2022 CBMS Supervisor's Manual (23 June 2022) v2

i
Foreword
The Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS) is an organized technology-based system
of collecting, processing, and validating necessary disaggregated data at the local level. The
CBMS data may be used as a basis in targeting Philippine households in planning, budgeting,
and implementing government programs geared towards poverty alleviation and economic
development.
In May 2022, the 2022 CBMS data collection will commence with the collection of data from
the various barangays, cities and municipalities. Meanwhile, from August to December 2022,
the Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) will conduct the household interviews and data
verification on barangay, city and municipal LGU data submitted. This activity entails
geotagging households and facilities per enumeration area, collecting individual information,
and analyzing and disseminating the collected data. Hence, a clear understanding of various
supervisory functions is important in ensuring that all interrelated activities in the CBMS are
promptly and properly operationalized, guided by standard procedures, and implemented with
sufficient knowledge of CBMS operations.
All supervisors who will be involved in the CBMS operations are to use this Supervisor’s
Manual as reference in the performance of their duties and responsibilities. This manual
presents extensive background information on the nature of CBMS operations and
instructions that would enable supervisors to accomplish tasks assigned to them and solve
problems that they may encounter in their course of work.
To be an effective supervisor, it is imperative that they fully understand the role of enumerators
during this undertaking. Therefore, this manual should be used together with the Enumerator’s
Manual, which discusses the detailed duties and functions of the enumerator. The supervisor
plays a critical role in the execution of each CBMS process, which will ultimately affect the
quality and timely release of CBMS data. Hence, it is expected from the supervisors to carry
out dutifully the functions assigned to them to ensure the success of the CBMS operations.
DENNIS S. MAPA, Ph.D.

Undersecretary
National Statistician and Civil Registrar General
Quezon City, Philippines

July 2022
ii
iii
Table of Contents
Foreword ii
Table of Contents iv
Introduction 1
1.1 The 2022 CBMS 1
1.2 Objectives of the 2022 CBMS 2
1.3 Uses and Importance of CBMS 3
1.4 Scope and Coverage 5
Enumeration Units 5
Data Collected 5
1.5 Reference Period 5
1.6 Enumeration Period 5
1.7 Authority for the Conduct of the 2022 CBMS 5
1.8 Data Privacy 6
1.9 Confidentiality of Information 7
1.10 Responsibility of the respondents to provide truthful information 8
1.11 Organizational Setup for the 2022 CBMS 8
1.12 Communication Flow 12
1.12 CBMS Operational Framework 12
1.13Timetable of Major Activities for the 2022 CBMS 15
Role of the CBMS Supervisors 17
2.1 Designation and Appointment 17
2.2 Head CBMS Area Supervisor 20
Pre-enumeration and Training 20
Enumeration 21
Post-Enumeration 22
2.3 CBMS Area Supervisor 22
Enumeration 23
Weekly Meeting with the TS 24
Weekly Meeting with the HCAS 24
Post-enumeration 24
2.4 Team Supervisor 25
Enumeration 26
iv
Weekly Meeting with the EN 27
Weekly Meeting with the CAS 27
Post-enumeration 28
2.5 Preferred Schedule of Weekly Meetings of CBMS Personnel 28
Training and Enumeration Area Assignment 29
3.1 Training of CAS 29
3.2 Training of TS/EN 30
3.3 Enumeration Area of Assignment 30
Head CBMS Area Supervisor 30
CBMS Area Supervisor 31
Team Supervisor 31
Enumerator 32
City/Municipal Statistician (or LGU Focal Person on the CBMS) 32
3.4 CBMS Materials and Supplies 33
CBMS Management Information System 37
4.1 Device Registration 37
How to register a device in MIS 37
4.2 Personnel Registration 38
How to register TS/EN account 38
4.3 Workload Assignment 40
How to assign workload through the “Workload Assignment” module 40
Steps on How to Access the Application 45
Guidelines in Preparing Tablets, Personnel and Devices using the CBMS Mobile App
and MIS 47
Field Supervision and Monitoring 53
5.1 Supervisory Activities for Field Monitoring 53
Observing Interviews Conducted by ENs 53
Field Editing of the Accomplished Questionnaires 54
Reinterview/Spot-checking of Accomplished CBMS Questionnaires/Forms 54
Conduct of Weekly Meetings of TS and ENs 55
Conduct of Weekly Meetings of CAS with the TSs 56
Conduct of Weekly Meetings of Head CAS with CASs 56
Progress Monitoring 57
Replacement of “Weak/Indecisive” TSs or ENs 57
Accomplishment of the CBMS Form 4 – Barangay Profile Questionnaire 58
Accomplishment of the CBMS Form 19 - Certification of Punong Barangay 58
v
5.2 Handling Enumeration and Other Field Problems 59
Callbacks 59
Refusals 60
Households with Incompletely Filled Out Questionnaire 60
Households in High-rise Buildings and Exclusive Villages 61
Homeless or Persons Living in the Streets or Public Spaces 61
Enumeration of Households and Barangays in Critical Areas 61
Presence of Temporary Evacuation Centers for Conflict or Disaster/Calamity-Affected
Areas 62
Political Intervention 62
Accidents or Injuries among CBMS Personnel 63
Lost or Damaged ICT Equipment, CBMS Forms and Materials 63
Intermittent or No Internet Connection 64
Health and Safety Concerns 64
Pre-Enumeration Protocols 65
Actual Fieldwork Protocols 65
Other protocols: 67
Concerns on Philippine Identification System and Civil Registry Documents 68
Civil Registration 68
Philippine Identification System 68
Instructions in Accomplishing CBMS Form 4 – Barangay Profile Questionnaire 69
6.1 Phases of Data Collection in CBMS Form 4 69
6.2 Contents of the CBMS Form 4 – Barangay Profile Questionnaire 71
6.3 General Instructions on How to Fill Out CBMS Form 4 72
Title Panel and Introduction 73
Geographic Identification Panel 73
Geopoints of the Barangay Hall 74
Name of the Barangay Chairperson (Punong Barangay) 74
Address of the Barangay Hall 74
Contact Information 75
Part I – Barangay Characteristics and Community Facilities 76
A. Physical Characteristics of The Barangay 76
B. Service Institutions and Infrastructure 81
C. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) 115
D. Significant Events in the Barangay in the Last 3 Years 125
E. Disaster Risk Reduction and Management 133
vi
Part II - Barangay LGU and Record-Based Data 144
A. General Information about the Barangay LGU 144
B. Volunteerism in the Barangay 151
C. Road Networks 156
D. Crime 160
E. Disaster Equipment 166
F. Budget, Revenue, and Expenditure 170
G. Programs, Projects, and Activities 171
Mode of Data Collection 177
Review and Submission of CBMS Form 4 177
Certification from the Barangay and Posting of Notice of Enumeration 178
Certification from Supervisors 179
Distributing and Collecting Self-Administered CBMS Form 4 179
Dealing with Refusal and Nonresponse in Barangay Profile Questionnaire 180
6.4 Instructions in Navigating 2022 CBMS Computer Assisted Web Interview (CAWI)
Application 181
Logging into CAWI 181
Navigation 182
Online Questionnaire Sections 183
CAWI Features 185
Instructions in Accomplishing CBMS Form 7 - Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet 189
Government Projects 189
Title of government project 190
Location/Address 190
Type of government project 190
Status of government project 192
Start date 193
(Expected) End date 193
Budget allotted for the government project 193
Coordinating agencies/organizations 193
Sectors who will benefit/benefitting/benefitted from the project 193
Remarks 193
Natural Resources 194
Certification from the City/Municipal Mayor 194
Field Editing of Questionnaires 195
Scrutinizing and Field Editing of CBMS Forms 1, 2 and 3 195
vii
General Guidelines in Scrutinizing the CBMS Forms 1, 2 and 3 195
Procedures in Scrutinizing the CBMS Form 2 196
List of Data Items to be Prioritized in Checking 200
Guidelines in Scrutinizing the CBMS Form 2 201
Section A: Demographic Characteristics 201
Section B: Migration 206
Section C: Education and Literacy 207
Section D: Community and Political Participation 208
Section E: Economic Characteristics 209
Section F: Entrepreneurial and Household Sustenance Activities 211
Section G: Agriculture and Fishery Activities 212
Section H: Family Income 213
Section I: Food Consumption 214
Section J: Food Security 216
Section K: Financial Inclusion 216
Section L: Health 217
Section M: Climate Change and Disaster Risk Management 218
Section N: E-Commerce and Digital Economy 220
Section O: Crime Victimization 221
Section P: Social Protection Programs 222
Section Q: Water, Sanitation and Hygiene 224
Section R: Housing Characteristics 225
Guidelines in Scrutinizing and Field Editing CBMS Form 1 226
Scrutinizing and Field Editing CBMS Form 4 232
Part I.A (Physical Characteristics of the Barangay) 232
Part I.B (Service Institutions and Infrastructure) 233
Part I.C (Information and Communications Technology) 234
Part I.D (Significant Events in the Barangay) 234
Part I.E (Disaster Risk Reduction and Management) 235
Part II.A (General information about the barangay) 235
Part II.E (Disaster Supplies and Equipment) 235
Part II.F (Budget, Revenue and Expenditure) 235
Part II.G (Programs, Projects, and Activities (Based on the Barangay Annual Investment
Program) 236
Process of Verification of Questionnaires/Forms by Supervisors 236
How to Navigate through CBMS Mobile Application 239
viii
Main Forms 239
Main Forms: Form 2 – Household Profile Questionnaire 239
Main Forms : Form 4 – Barangay Profile Questionnaire 247
Supervisory Forms 249
Form 16 – Observation Record 249
Form 17 – Spotcheck/Reinterview Record 258
Reports 263
Form 1 – Listing Record 263
Form 12 – Weekly Accomplishment Report 265
Incident Report 267
Data Management 273
Batch Upload 273
Reupload Cases 274
Download Workload 274
Download Geopackage 275
Resources 275
Utilities 279
Device Registration 279
Back Up 282
Import 284
Logout 285
Instructions in Accomplishing Other CBMS Forms 287
CBMS Form 8a (Notice of Listing/Enumeration) 288
CBMS Form 9 (Transmittal and Receipt Form) 290
CBMS Form 10 (Appointment Slip to the Household/Barangay Official) 291
CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of Team Supervisor) 293
CBMS Form 13 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of the CAS) 297
CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record) 299
CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check/Reinterview Record) 300
CBMS Form 18 (Central Office and Field Office Supervision Form - Data Collection) 302
CBMS Form 19 (Certification of Punong Barangay) 305
CBMS Form 20 (Certificate of Work Completed) 305
Post Enumeration Activities 307
Transmittal of CBMS Materials 307
Folioing of the Accomplished Administrative Forms 308
Summary Report on the Field Supervision 309
ix
Narrative Report 309
Issuance of Clearance 311
2022 CBMS Appendices 312
x
0
1 Introduction
This chapter introduces the 2022 Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS) and explains
its general and specific objectives. It also discusses the uses and importance of CBMS data,
scope and coverage, and other relevant facts about the CBMS data collection operation such
as the reference period, enumeration period, legal bases, data privacy, confidentiality of
information, obligation of the respondents to give truthful and complete information, and the
organizational set-up.
1.1 The 2022 CBMS

The CBMS refers to an organized technology-based system of collecting, processing, and
validating necessary disaggregated data that may be used for planning, program
implementation and impact monitoring at the local level while empowering communities to
participate in the process. It entails a census of all households in the community, wherein
individual- and household-level information are obtained by face-to-face interview of a
responsible member of each household in the community. Through the conduct of the CBMS,
several local-level key development indicators that capture various aspects of quality of life in
cities and municipalities will be gathered and compiled, particularly on: (a) health, (b) nutrition,
(c) housing, (d) water and sanitation, (e) basic education, (f) income, (g) employment, and (h)
peace and order.
Under Republic Act (RA) No. 11315 or the Community-Based Monitoring System Act, the
Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) shall lead the implementation of CBMS. Initial
preparations for the conduct of the 2021 Pilot CBMS have commenced since September 2020
to further develop the data collection system for the conduct of the CBMS in the succeeding
years. Through the improvement of the design of the CBMS, the PSA will be able to
institutionalize and synchronize the conduct of the CBMS as well as generate more relevant
and more locally disaggregated statistics on poverty such as the Multidimensional Poverty
Index (MPI).
The PSA, in partnership with the local government units (LGUs), will conduct the 2022 CBMS
in 331 cities and municipalities classified as 5th and 6th income class, and those that are not
yet classified. In these cities and municipalities, about 6,000 Enumerators (EN), 1,312 Team
Supervisors (TS), and 400 CBMS Area Supervisors (CAS) will be involved in this activity
covering about 5,000 barangays with 1.5 million estimated total workloads. The PSA field
offices will oversee the conduct of the CBMS in their area of jurisdiction.
In addition, at least 250 LGUs had expressed their intentions to join simultaneously with the
2022 CBMS operations. These LGUs are to be given technical assistance by the PSA. The
various CBMS instruments and applications needed for the CBMS implementation will be
1
shared with these LGUs. LGUs concerned will engage an estimate of 30,000 ENs, 6,000 TSs,
and 1,400 CASs.
The Regional Statistical Services Office (RSSO) focal person/s on the CBMS, CBMS
provincial statisticians (CBMS Focal Persons in the PSO, including the Statistical Specialist II
or Senior Statistical Specialist) and Information Systems Analysts in the PSA field offices will
undertake oversight, monitoring, and supervisory functions to ensure an organized 2022
CBMS operations. Head CBMS Area Supervisors will also be engaged for each
city/municipality with 2022 CBMS operations.
The 2022 CBMS will be the 2nd CBMS to be led by the PSA in the Philippines. The 1st CBMS
was conducted in 2021 covering nine (9) LGUs for purposes of finetuning the CBMS tools,
applications, and systems.
The 2022 CBMS will adopt the Computer-Assisted Personal Interview (CAPI) technique, which
will involve the gathering of information through the use of an electronic questionnaire
contained in an electronic gadget (tablet) to cover households and barangays in the selected
pilot areas. In addition, a Computer-Assisted Web Interview (CAWI) application will also be
used to complement data collection through the CAPI of the Barangay Profile Questionnaire
(BPQ) and City/Municipal LGU Data Sheet. As the need arises, the 2022 CBMS will also adopt
the traditional Paper and Pencil Interview (PAPI) technique for both the Household Profile
Questionnaire (HPQ) and BPQ.
The 2022 CBMS HCAS and CBMS focal persons in the PSA will make use of the CBMS
Management Information System to assist in the monitoring and management of 2022 CBMS
operations.
1.2 Objectives of the 2022 CBMS

The general objective of the 2022 CBMS is to conduct a full-scale enumeration in selected
areas nationwide to:
a. generate updated and disaggregated data necessary in targeting beneficiaries;

b. conduct more comprehensive poverty analysis and needs prioritization;
c. design appropriate policies and interventions;
d. provide mechanism for impact monitoring over time;
e. provide information that will enable a system of public spending that warrants
government allocation on areas and populace that are most wanting;
f. establish a data collection, data sharing, and information management system which
shall respect the fundamental human right to privacy, ensure data quality, and uphold
data protection principles of legitimate purpose, transparency, and proportionality;
g. establish CBMS database at the national and city/municipal level; and
h. generate relevant statistics at higher levels that will complement and supplement the
local level data.
2
1.3 Uses and Importance of CBMS
The Philippine Statistical Development Program 2018-2023 includes the CBMS as one of
the key data collection activities that will enable the generation of more locally
disaggregated statistics essential for targeting the poor and vulnerable in the country as
well as for use in local policymaking and program implementation. As cited in the DILG-
NEDA Joint Memorandum Circular No. 01, s. 2018, the CBMS also has great potential for
providing statistics on Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and indicators on the
Regional/Philippine Development Plan (PDP) 2017-2022 at the local level. The PDP also
cites the importance of local local-level data to provide a basis for mainstreaming social
protection systems, strengthening health-related programs, supporting micro, small and
medium enterprises, and enhancing the efficiency of public goods and service delivery.
Such development programs relate to the 10-Point Socioeconomic Agenda of the current
administration, particularly on increasing competitiveness of cities and municipalities,
increasing investments in human capital development, improving social protection
programs, and empowering families through financial planning and widened access to
health facilities.
The recent public health crisis brought by the COVID-19 pandemic further played the
importance of having community-level data for the programming and targeting of
beneficiaries of social assistance packages of the government. The implementation of the
CBMS by the PSA starting 2021 among the poorest municipalities of the country is essential
and indispensable to be done the soonest. Obtaining the community-level data from the
CBMS at the earliest possible time will greatly enhance local level planning and
development, programming of socio-economic interventions and correctly hitting the
program-purposed beneficiaries. Recognizing this undeniable importance and the figured
outcome, the CBMS has been declared a designated statistical activity under the System
of Designated Statistics in the Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of RA 11315.
The following are the expected outputs from the data to be collected from the nationwide
rollout of the CBMS:
1. CBMS database lodged at the respective Local Government Units (LGUs)

2. Poverty statistics and statistics on other statistical indicators at the city/municipality
level for LGUs that will be stored in the National CBMS Databank
3. CBMS microdata
4. Inputs to the annual accomplishment report for submission to the offices of the
Senate President and Speaker of the House of Representatives
Such data from the CBMS are also important to LGUs, National Government Agencies
(NGAs), and PSA for various reasons as follows:
3
Data Users Possible CBMS Data Uses
● Delivery of public services

LGUs and ● Allocation of resources and infrastructure for the cities, municipalities, and
NGAs barangays
● Assessment of ICT capacity of barangays identification and location of beneficiaries
for social development programs
● Formulation of LGU and NGA policies and plans concerning various segments of
the population (i.e., children, youth, elderly, women, farmers/fisherfolk, persons with
disability, among others)
● Development and improvement of programs and processes relative to the delivery
of basic services, such as health, education, employment, housing, agriculture,
infrastructure, disaster risk response and management, and other socio-economic
concerns
● Tracking progress and local data governance
● Monitoring of status of their constituents and area of jurisdiction vis-à-vis the
national/local development plans, SDGs inputs to registries maintained by the LGUs
and NGAs
● Promotion of data use in decision-making towards LGU and NGA innovations and
improved competitiveness digitalization of local data ecosystems adherence of the
LGUs to key statistical standards
● Statistical coordination
PSA ● Nationwide promotion of the use of statistical standards design and implementation
of the statistical capacity development programs for the LGUs integration of
geospatial information with statistical information
● Data quality inputs to the updating of the list of households and establishments
● Compilation of more locally disaggregated statistics that can address a variety of
data needs of the policymakers and development planners and program
implementers
Statistics from the CBMS can also be used by the private sector. But the extent of the use of
the CBMS data by the researchers is to be defined by the data sharing protocol, which will be
approved by the CBMS Council.
Another vital information which can be obtained from the CBMS operation is the generation of
digitized maps of all households, government services and natural resources. Geotagging is
the process of creating vector data by marking building structures such as households and
housing units, service facilities, government projects, and natural resources as points, lines,
and polygons in the digitized maps. This enables the mapping of all areas in the Philippines
and allows the government, the citizenry, and other stakeholders to be informed on the
progress of projects.
The general objective of the 2022 CBMS is to conduct a full-scale census in selected areas to
test the procedures recommended for use in the nationwide rollout of CBMS data collection
and to improve any aspect, if necessary.
4
1.4 Scope and Coverage
Enumeration Units
The enumeration units for the 2022 CBMS are the households and housing units as
well as the barangays in the 5th, 6th income class cities and municipalities and the
cities/municipalities that do not yet have income classifications. All of these will be
listed and enumerated. Homeless, households in temporary shelter (or evacuation
centers), and Filipinos residing in Philippine embassies, missions and consulates
abroad will be enumerated.
Data Collected
The 2022 CBMS aims to list buildings, housing units, and households through 2022
CBMS Form 1 (Listing Record of Buildings, Housing Units, and Households). Data on
the demographic and socio-economic characteristics of the households as well as
selected household-level and housing characteristics, on the other hand, will be
collected through CBMS Form 2 (Household Profile Questionnaire). CBMS Form 3
(Waiver/ Consent Form) will also be administered to solicit the consent of the
household respondent for LGU and PSA to be able to share their personal and
household data to other NGAs with social development programs that may/might help
them.
Moreover, CBMS Form 4 (Barangay Profile Questionnaire) will collect data on general
information about the barangay LGU, physical characteristics of the barangay, service
institutions, and infrastructure.
Location data of households and barangay LGUs will be recorded in accordance with
the geotagging mandate of the PSA and LGUs pursuant to RA 11315.
1.5 Reference Period

July 1, 2022 (Friday) at 12:01 A.M. will be the reference date and time for the 2022 CBMS,
on which the enumeration of the households and collection of pertinent data on housing in
the areas will refer. Specific reference periods are indicated in the questionnaire/form and in
the Enumerator’s Manual.
1.6 Enumeration Period

The period of enumeration for the 2022 CBMS is from Aug. 08, 2022 (Monday) to October 06,
2022 (Thursday). This is approximately 52 working days (including Saturdays).
1.7 Authority for the Conduct of the 2022 CBMS

RA No. 11315, also known as the Community-Based Monitoring System Act, which was
signed into law on April 17, 2019, mandates that the PSA shall serve as the lead agency in
5
the implementation of the CBMS. Key functions of the PSA include the setting of standards,
review, and development of data collection forms; capacitating the cities and municipalities
in the collection of the poverty data at the local level; monitoring of data collection activities
of the LGUs; act as the national repository of poverty data collected from the CBMS; and
processing and generation of poverty statistics using CBMS data collected from the CBMS,
among others. The Act also provides for the regular and synchronized conduct of the CBMS
every three (3) years.
Section 3(b) of RA No. 11315 also stipulates that the CBMS involves geotagging activities.
“Geotagging refers to the process of adding metadata about government projects,
households/housing units, service facilities, and natural resources to various media and of
uploading to a web-based application. This enables the mapping of all areas in the
Philippines and allows the government, the citizenry, and other stakeholders to check the
progress of projects in real-time.” The PSA through its Geospatial Management Division
(GMD) “shall be in charge of the development and implementation of operational plans for
the creation, continuous updating, and improvement of CBMS digital maps and data
visualizations. It shall likewise manage and maintain the geospatial information system for
CBMS.”
The conduct of the CBMS by the PSA is also supported by RA No. 10625, also known as
the Philippine Statistical Act of 2013, which was approved on 12 September 2013. The law
states that:
“The PSA shall be primarily responsible for all national censuses and surveys,
sectoral statistics, consolidation of the administrative recording system, and
compilation of national accounts.” Specifically, Section 6(b) of this Act mandates the
PSA to “prepare and conduct periodic censuses on population, housing, agriculture,
fisheries, business, industry, and other sectors of the economy.”
As per Section 4 of RA 11315, each city, and municipality is the primary data collecting
authority within its locality. For this purpose, city/municipal LGUs will have an active role in
the CBMS operations. In particular, their CBMS focal teams in the LGUs will closely
collaborate with the PSA to undertake the various training programs, provision of spaces
for CBMS local headquarters, and other materials and ICT equipment necessary in the
conduct of the 2022 CBMS.
1.8 Data Privacy

RA No. 10173, also known as Data Privacy Act of 2012, stipulates that “It is the policy of
the State to protect the fundamental human right of privacy, of communication while
ensuring free flow of information to promote innovation and growth. The State recognizes
the vital role of information and communications technology in nation-building and its
inherent obligation to ensure that personal data in information and communications
systems in the government and the private sector are secured and protected”.
Corollary to the above, Section 4(e) of RA 10173 states that the right of privacy does not
apply to “information necessary in order to carry out the functions of public authority, which
includes the processing of personal data for the performance by the independent agencies
of their constitutionally and statutorily mandated functions.” Moreover, Section 12(e) of this
6
Act states that the processing of personal information shall be permitted only if not
otherwise prohibited by law, and when the processing is necessary to fulfill functions of
public authority, which necessarily includes the processing of personal data for the
fulfillment of its mandate.
In this regard, Section 10 of RA No. 11315 recognizes that “the right to privacy of every
respondent remains inviolable. The citizen participating in the data collection shall be fully
informed of the nature and extent of processing intended for his or her personal data.
Participation in all data collection activities is purely voluntary. Notwithstanding Section 4 of
this Act, respondents may refuse to answer any question or reveal any information at any
point or terminate data collection activities with no further action needed”.
In this respect, the data collectors who will cover households will be describing the purpose
of the CBMS before the conduct of interview and will be administering the CBMS Form 3
after the household respondent accomplishes the CBMS Form 2. If the respondent signs
the CBMS Form 3, it signifies that he or she is making an explicit waiver to authorize the
PSA and the LGU to disclose their identity and other relevant information about their
household to the government entities which provide social protection programs for them.
The administration of the waiver is done under Section 10 of RA No. 11315.
Relatedly, respondents for the CBMS Form 4 will be informed about the objectives of
collecting information about the barangay and the extent to which their personal information
will be used for the CBMS purposes. Specifically, their personal information will be made
known and used only by the PSA and LGU through its hired personnel for data collection
purposes for follow up/callbacks and reference as the PSA and LGU hired personnel for
CBMS purposes undertakes the geotagging activities of community/service facilities,
government projects and natural resources using the CBMS Forms 5 and 6. All barangay
LGUs are likewise enjoined to participate in the CBMS for inclusive local development.
1.9 Confidentiality of Information

All personnel involved in the 2022 CBMS are required to keep in STRICT CONFIDENCE
any information obtained during the CBMS that pertains to any household or individual
person.
Section 26 of RA No. 10625 stipulates that “individual data furnished by a respondent to

statistical inquiries, surveys, and censuses conducted by the PSA shall be considered
PRIVILEGED COMMUNICATION and as such shall be inadmissible as evidence in any
proceeding.” Section 3(k) of RA No. 10173 defines privileged information as “to any and all
forms of data which under the Rules of Court and other pertinent laws constitute privileged
communication.”
Meanwhile, Section 19 of RA No. 10173 states that “the personal information shall be held
under STRICT CONFIDENTIALITY and shall be used only for the declared purpose.
Likewise, the provisions on data privacy are not applicable to processing of personal
information gathered for the purpose of investigations in relation to any criminal,
administrative or tax liabilities of a data subject.”
7
Moreover, only those households whose respondents have signed the CBMS Form 3 will
have their data shared with the NGA that provides social protection programs for them, as
provided under Section 10 of RA No. 11315. Otherwise, those data collected from
households whose respondents have not signed the CBMS Form 3 will be processed only
for purposes of generating statistics aggregated at the city/municipal and barangay levels.
Personal information of CBMS Forms 4 respondents shall also be kept confidential and
shall be used only for follow-up/callbacks and reference of the PSA hired personnel for the
geotagging exercise.
Oath of Data Privacy shall be accomplished by the PSA regular personnel, hired
enumerators, and supervisors before they proceed to collect data using the CBMS
applications and tools. Penalties will be applied according to the contract and based on
pertinent laws that sanction negligence, breach of confidentiality of information, improper
disposal, behavior with malicious intent, unauthorized access or the intentional breach, and
unauthorized disclosure of CBMS data.
1.10 Responsibility of the respondents to provide truthful

information
The participation in the conduct of CBMS is purely voluntary. The right to privacy of every
respondent remains inviolable. The citizen participating in the data collection shall be fully
informed of the nature and extent of processing intended for his or her personal data.
Truthful and complete responses to the CBMS data collection forms are important for the
LGUs and NGAs to craft appropriate policies and programs for inclusive and equitable
development. Thus, notwithstanding Section 10 of RA No. 11315, CBMS enumerators must
establish trust and confidence from the respondent prior to and during the interview to draw
in truthful and comprehensive information.
1.11 Organizational Setup for the 2022 CBMS
The 2022 CBMS will entail use of large manpower and financial resources. Hence, an
organizational set-up designed primarily to cater to the needs of the 2021 Pilot CBMS is
necessary. Furthermore, data to be collected from the pilot areas will also be provided to
the LGUs as reference for registries and as a data source for targeting beneficiaries for
social development programs. Data quality shall likewise be a priority to ensure that CBMS
data will be useful to the various data stakeholders.
As mandated by RA 11315, the CBMS Council, composed of the PSA, the Department of
the Interior and Local Government (DILG), and the Department of Information and
Communications Technology (DICT), shall serve as the decision and policy-making body
for the implementation of the CBMS.
8
Through the CBMS Council, Technical Working Groups (TWGs) shall be created to assist
in resolving issues related to the overall implementation of the CBMS. Moreover, a pool of
resource agencies from both the private and public sectors shall be consulted by the said
deliberative body to provide relevant information and other considerations to be covered in
the data collection and implementation initiative.
The PSA, headed by the National Statistician and Civil Registrar General (NSCRG), is the
agency mandated to lead the implementation of the CBMS. All directives pertaining to this
undertaking will emanate from the Office of the National Statistician (ONS). The NSCRG
will be assisted by the Deputy National Statistician (DNS) of the Censuses and Technical
Coordination Office (CTCO). Specific instructions and orders shall be delegated to the field
supervisors through a chain of command shown in Figure 1.1.
The DNS of the CTCO, together with the Interim Assistant National Statistician (IANS) of
the Community-Based Statistics Service (CBSS) will supervise the entire operations of the
CBMS. Under the supervision of the IANS of the CBSS are the CBMS-Planning and
Coordination Division (CBMS-PCD), Community-Based Statistics Division (CBSD), and
Geospatial Management Division (GMD), which will be responsible for the planning,
implementation, mapping, and technical supervision of the CBMS operations. The CBSS
thus makes up the National CBMS Core Team (NCCT) that spearheads collaboration with
various government agencies and stakeholders at the national level.
The Assistant National Statistician (ANS) of the Information Technology and Dissemination
Service (ITDS), on the other hand, will oversee the operations of the Systems Development
Division (SDD), the unit responsible for the development of the electronic data gathering
and processing systems of the 2021 Pilot CBMS. Quality checks in the applications to be
used shall be undertaken by the Systems Quality Assurance Division (SQAD), whereas
assistance for the inputs to the geotagging exercise and allocation of tablets, desktop
computers, data servers, and other ICT equipment to all PSA personnel for the CBMS shall
be extended by the Systems Operation and Infrastructure Division (SOID).
The ANS of the Finance and Administrative Service (FAS), under the Civil Registration and
Central Support Office (CRCSO), meanwhile, will be responsible for the transfer of funds
from the Central Office (CO) to the Field Offices (FOs) and other logistical requirements.
Both the ITDS and FAS will closely coordinate with the CBSS on all 2021 Pilot CBMS
concerns to ensure the smooth flow of operation.
On the other hand, the PSA Regional Statistics Service Office (RSSO) and Provincial
Statical Office (PSO), through their designated members of the Regional/Provincial CBMS
Core Team (R/PCCT) will be responsible for the coordination, implementation, and
monitoring of the entire CBMS operation in the areas under their jurisdiction, including data
review and evaluation, and issuance of certification pass. The regional CBMS core team
shall include the RSSO CSS, CBMS Focal Person/Senior Statistical Specialist/Statistical
Specialist II, and Information Systems Analyst I.
The PSO Chief Statistical Specialist (CSS) and/or the PSO CBMS focal person/team will
also supervise the operations in the 2021 Provincial Processing Center (PPC 2021). He/she
9
will have direct supervision over the operations, encoding, coding, key verification, and
archiving of the questionnaires, forms, and maps. The provincial CBMS core team shall
include the PSO CSS, CBMS Focal Person/Senior Statistical Specialist/Statistical
Specialist II, Information Systems Analyst I and Head CAS.
In the city/municipal level, the City/Municipal CBMS Core Team (C/MCCT) will be formed
to function in the coordination and implementation of CBMS activities in their area. They
will be monitored by the concerned R/PCCT through the PSO Representative and the Head
CAS. The C/MCCT shall be composed of city/municipal LGU staff-in-charge of the CBMS
coordination.
Alongside with the respective organized actors in the regional, provincial, and city/municipal
levels, and the existing Regional Statistics Committees (RSCs) and
Provincial/City/Municipal CBMS Coordinating Boards (P/C/MCCBs) will be created to play
an instrumental role in providing guidance and direction to local statistical activities, and to
serve as policy-making body on logistical issues and matters within their jurisdiction.
On May 26, 2021, the CBMS Council issued CBMS Council Resolution No. 06, s. 2021,
Approving the Establishment of the Provincial and City/Municipal CBMS Coordinating
Boards and their Terms of Reference. These P/C/MCCBs will be responsible in ensuring
logistical and other requirements are in place prior and during the CBMS operations, as
well as in resolving provincial/city/municipal-wide issues and concerns encountered in the
conduct of CBMS in their areas of jurisdiction.
The CBMS Area Supervisor (CAS), will be responsible, on a full-time basis, for the
supervision, monitoring, and coordination of CBMS activities in big cities or clusters of
smaller cities/municipalities within a district. He/she will supervise all the TSs assigned in
his/her area/s of assignment.
The CAS will be responsible for a group of five (5) teams, with each team consisting of one
(1) Team Supervisor (TS), and five (5) Enumerators (ENs). Generally, his/her teams will
cover a city/municipality. However, in big cities or municipalities, two (2) or more CASs may
be assigned.
The TS will take charge of the supervision of about five (5) ENs. He/she will update his/her
CAS about the problems encountered and the progress of enumeration in the areas
assigned to him/her.
The EN, meanwhile, will be responsible for the complete enumeration in the barangay or
enumeration area/s (EA) assigned to him/her. He/she will seek the help of his/her TS
regarding the problems which he/she himself/herself cannot resolve.
Prior to the start of the enumeration, the EN together with his/her TS and or CAS will
conduct an ocular inspection in his/her area/s of assignment. They will pay a courtesy call
to the Punong Barangay and other incumbent barangay officials and ask for their
cooperation and assistance in the CBMS activity. A short briefing will also be organized to
orient the barangay officials and staff about the CBMS and its operations, including the
10
geotagging activity and how to accomplish/update the responses in the CBMS Form 4
(Barangay Profile Questionnaire).
FIGURE 1.1
ILLUSTRATION OF THE 2022 CBMS ORGANIZATIONAL SET-UP
11
1.12 Communication Flow
All 2022 CBMS communications emanating from the CO will be transmitted to the FOs
through channels. Conversely, communications from the FOs to the CO will be addressed
to the ONS using the email address: cbms@psa.gov.ph and psacbms@gmail.com.
A forum for PSA CBMS personnel is included in the 2022 CBMS Management Information
System (MIS) intended to facilitate and organize filing of technical and administrative
questions and concerns of PSA central office and field office personnel as well as the
responses/answers and recommendations. Instructions on how to use the 2022 CBMS
MIS will be discussed in Chapter IV of this Manual.
Meanwhile, CBMS hired personnel such as the EN, TS and CAS are requested to direct
their concerns to the HCAS, who will then address the issues at the city/municipal level.
HCAS are to forward questions/concerns that could not be addressed at his/her level to the
PCCT under the PSO. PCCT may devise ways to facilitate reporting of technical and
administrative issues at the city/municipal/provincial level. CSS of the PSO are to forward
questions/concerns that could not be addressed at his/her level to the RCCT under the
RSSO. Those that could not be addressed in the regional level can be directed to the
NCCT members. The 2022 CBMS MIS Forum can be used to direct the questions from
PCCT to RCCT, and from RCCT to NCCT, respectively. Based on PSA standard protocol,
responses to queries should be made within two (2) working days.
1.12 CBMS Operational Framework

The PSA together with DILG and LGU implements the following operational framework for
CBMS implementation:
First, there will be planning and coordination among the CBMS stakeholders. A
memorandum of agreement will be signed by PSA, DILG and LGU to facilitate the conduct
of CBMS in their locality.
Second, there will be assessment of the knowledge and skills of stakeholders to determine
the LGUs’ training needs as well as their capacity in implementing the CBMS.
Next there will be recruitment and hiring personnel that will be involved in CBMS data
collection. It includes enumerators, supervisors and map processors. Hiring process should
follow the qualifications standards set by PSA. At a later date, data processors and other
map processors will be engaged for the CBMS data processing phase.
This will be followed by the training of Barangay Officials and Personnel on the BPQ. There
will be three (3) modes of data collection for the BPQ: CAWI, CAPI, and PAPI.
City/municipal LGU data on government projects and natural resources will also be
collected.
12
After these, there will be series of training programs for the CBMS data collection activity.
All personnel that will involve will have to undergo training on field operations, concepts,
and definitions of terms to be used in CBMS, how to collect data for HPQ, how to geotag
buildings, housing units and households.
Then there will be almost two (2) months of field operations to gather and collect data to
the households and perform geotagging activities among buildings, housing units and
households. It will be immediately followed by processing of data collected which includes
verification of data, completeness and consistency checks.
All BPQ-listed service institutions and government projects will be geotagged thereafter. In
addition, geotagging will also cover mapping of barangay/city/municipal government
projects and natural resources. Map processing will be done to ensure quality in map data
files.
All the processed data will be stored in a database that will be established and maintained
by PSA and LGU. For organized storage and handling of CBMS data, the LGU may have
their own local CBMS databank pursuant to Section 8 of the CBMS Act, provided they
would comply with the data sharing and privacy protocol.
When the data collected were cleaned, validated, and stored in the database, PSA and
LGUs can generate statistical tables and descriptive statistics. LGU will also be trained on
how to analyze, interpret, and present the data. Furthermore, thematic maps can also be
generated from the data, and LGUs’ concerned staff/officials will be required to participate
in the capacity development activities to ensure understanding, knowledge and right
interpretation of CBMS data and maps.
Lastly, those data generated will be used as input in the plan formulation and budgeting of
LGUs. They may use it as reference for their Annual Investment Plan, Comprehensive
Development Plan, Comprehensive Land Use Plan, and other local government plans and
programs for development.
There will be information, education, and communication (IEC), monitoring and evaluation,
and the feedback mechanism within CBMS operations. This means that all throughout the
CBMS operations, there should be an IEC campaign and strategies to ensure high
participation of all stakeholders. Also the monitoring and feedback mechanism would
ensure compliance to standard protocols at all phases and enable continual improvement
of the CBMS operations.
13
FIGURE 1.2
CBMS OPERATIONAL FRAMEWORK
14
1.13Timetable of Major Activities for the 2022 CBMS
All 2022 CBMS personnel shall be aware of the timetable of the following major activities:
Activity Start date End date
Coordination with Local Officials (includes signing of MOA, meetings on Jan 2022 Jun 2022
barangay boundaries, endorsement of Mayors, IEC)
Procurement of supplies (as listed in Annex F) Jan 2022 Apr 2022
Printing of questionnaires, forms, and manuals Feb 2022 Apr 2022
Recruitment and hiring of enumeration personnel May 2022 Jun 2022
Orientation on the BPQ for Barangay Officials May 2022
Generation and Processing of QField GeoPackages for the 2022 CBMS

Training of Trainers/Task Force Training
Second Level Training 25 Apr 2022 29 Apr 2022
Field Operation 02 May 2022 06 May 2022
09 May 2022 22 Jun 2022
Training Module I-A (CBMS Data Collection)

Training of Trainers 23 May 2022 31 May 2022
Task Force Training 06 Jun 2022 14 Jun 2022
Second Level Training (Regional) 17 Jun 2022 25 Jun 2022
Third Level Training (Provincial) 27 Jun 2022 05 Jul 2022
11 Jul 2022 18 Jul 2022
City/Municipal Level Training 21 Jul 2022 28 Jul 2022
29 Jul 2022 06 Aug 2022
Ocular Inspection/Courtesy Call to Punong Barangay 28 July or 06 Aug 2022
Operations 08 Aug 2022 06 Oct 2022

(Enumeration and Supervision)
Barangay Profile Questionnaire Household Profile Questionnaire with
Geotagging of Building Structures
Training Module I-B (CBMS Mapping)

Training of Trainers 17 Oct 2022 19 Oct 2022
Task Force Training 24 Oct 2022 26 Oct 2022
Second Level Training (Regional) 14 Nov 2022 16 Nov 2022
Third Level Training (Provincial) 21 Nov 2022 23 Nov 2022

City/Municipal Level Training 28 Nov 2022 30 Nov 2022
Geotagging of Government Projects, Service Institutions/Infrastructure and 01-Dec-22 30-Dec-22

Natural Resources
Training Module II-A (Data Processing 1: Data Cleaning, Verification and

Validation)
Task Force Training 24 Aug 2022 26 Aug 2022
Second Level Training 07 Sep 2022 09 Sep 2022
Third Level Training 14 Sep 2022 16 Sep 2022
Preparation of status report on the CBMS operations Aug 2022 Sep 2022
15
Activity Start date End date
Data Verification at the City/Municipal Level 12-Sep-22 30-Sep-22
Data Processing at the PSA Provincial Offices (includes data validation and 26-Sep-22 07-Oct-22
field verification)
Certification pass (ID validation, completeness check and machine edit) at 03-Oct-22 21-Oct-22
the Provincial Offices (POs)
Submission of clean data files by PO to the Regional Statistical Service 24-Oct-22 28-Oct-22
Office (RSSO) including updated maps
Certification pass (ID validation, completeness check and machine edit) of 24-Oct-22 04-Nov-22
CBMS data files by RSSO
Data Evaluation 21-Nov-22 09-Dec-22
Tabulation of Results 05-Dec-22 23-Dec-22
Training-Workshops on Generation of Statistical Tables and Poverty Maps

Task Force Training 19 Dec 2022 23 Dec 2022
Second Level Training (Regional and provincial level) 09 Jan 2023 13 Jan 2023
16 Jan2023 20 Jan 2023
Series of Dissemination Fora Apr 2023 May 2023
Training-Workshops on Local CBMS Database Management

Task Force Training 29 May 2023 02 Jun 2023
Second Level Training (Regional and provincial level) 05 June 2023 09 Jun 2023
Training on Local Development Planning and Budgeting July 2023
Training on the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) August 2023
16
Role of the CBMS Supervisors
2
This chapter presents an overview of the role and basic duties and responsibilities of the
supervisors in the Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS).
Each supervisor is responsible for the successful conduct of the CBMS in the area/s assigned
to him/her. In the RSSO, a core team will be organized and will consist of the Statistical
Specialist II and other designated permanent staff/officials, and Information Systems Analyst
I. CBMS provincial statisticians from the PSA, i.e., the Senior Statistical Specialist/Statistical
Specialist II and other designated permanent staff/officials, and Information Systems Analyst
I, from the Provincial Statistical Office (PSO), will oversee province-wide CBMS operations.
The Head CBMS Area Supervisor (Head CAS) is a hired personnel from the PSA assigned
by the Chief Statistical Specialist (CSS) of the PSO to focus on the supervision of
city/municipal level operations. He/She is responsible for the supervision of each CBMS field
personnel in his/her team of CASs, Team Supervisors (TSs), and Enumerators (ENs). The
CAS is responsible for the CBMS operation in a city, municipality or a cluster of
cities/municipalities in a district. He/She will be assisted by a TS in supervising all the ENs in
their areas of assignment. The TS will supervise about five (5) ENs, who will be responsible
for the complete and accurate coverage of the barangay or Enumeration Area (EA). The TS
will serve as the link between the CAS and ENs. Similarly, the CAS will serve as the link
between the Head CAS and TSs.
2.1 Designation and Appointment

The PSO-CSS with the PCCT will hire personnel who will be designated as HCAS, CAS,
TSs, and ENs. All CBMS personnel will be provided with an identification card (ID) duly
signed by the National Statistician and Civil Registrar General of the PSA and
countersigned by the PSO-CSS. They should always bring with them their ID cards in case
the respondents would seek verification of their identity and authority.
The PSO-CSS will issue a Special Order designating permanent PSO staff as members
of the CBMS PCCT. A Contract of Service, meanwhile, will be executed between the PSO-
CSS and all hired CBMS personnel in the province. All hired CBMS personnel will also sign
an Oath of Data Privacy as proof of their commitment and responsibility in maintaining data
confidentiality and data privacy.
Your contract as a supervisor will be effective officially at the start of the training. As a
supervisor, you are required to undergo training before going out on fieldwork. You are
expected to complete the tasks assigned to you within the specified enumeration period.
Being designated as a supervisor means that you will be the one who will perform all the
work that will be assigned to you. Allowing any unauthorized person to do the listing and
17
interviewing on your behalf is strictly prohibited. In no instance, therefore, should you ask
anybody else to do the listing and interviewing for you. Violation of this rule is a ground for
dismissal from CBMS work or termination of your contract.
You are likewise cautioned that: (a) copying or reproducing of data in the questionnaires,
(b) allowing unauthorized persons to accompany you during your data collection, which
provides other persons with access to the information that you are gathering, or (c)
administering other forms other than the 2022 CBMS questionnaires that are not provided
clearance by the PSA through the Statistical Survey Review and Clearance System
(SSRCS) are deemed violations of the confidentiality provision in Republic Act (RA) No.
11315. Such violations are grounds for dismissal/ termination of your contract and/or
prosecution in proper court. In case you fail to perform your duties as a supervisor, the PSA
management as overall supervisors of the 2022 CBMS conduct has the right to terminate
your services. Compliance to supervisory standard protocols for both PSA-funded and
LGU-funded CBMSs will also be checked by the PSA and the DILG. Noncompliance to
PSA standard protocols on supervision will mean that the data files did not undergo the
necessary data quality checks and are not advised to be analyzed in comparison with those
that followed PSA standard protocols.
As a supervisor, you are also expected to work harmoniously with your other co-workers,
the LGU concerned and perform other CBMS-related duties that assigned to you from time
to time by your higher-level supervisors.
Below is the general procedure for supervisors:
Illustration 2.1 – Supervision General Process Flow
18
CBMS Supervisors will also make use of the CBMS mobile application. Below is a
process flow for the 2022 CBMS supervisors when they navigate and work on the Main
Forms (CBMS Forms 2 and 4).
Illustration 2.2 – Supervision Process Flow Using the CBMS Forms 2 and 4
Illustration 2.3 – Supervision Process Flow Using the CBMS Forms 16 and 17
19
2.2 Head CBMS Area Supervisor
In coordination with the PCSS, the Head CBMS Area Supervisor (HCAS) formulates and
recommends specific strategies for the efficient implementation of the 2021 Pilot CBMS
plans in his/her area/s of assignment. He/She will be responsible for the supervision of all
field personnel in his/her team composed of CBMS Area Supervisors (CAS), Team
Supervisors (TS), and Enumerators (EN), and in the implementation of the field
enumeration activities in all the areas assigned to the team.
The specific duties and responsibilities of the Head CAS during each phase of the CBMS
undertaking are as follows:
Pre-enumeration and Training

1. Coordinate with the LGU and local chief executives for the efficient conduct of the
CBMS in his/her areas of assignment;
2. Assist the PSA PCCT in the coordination with LGU regarding the availability of
suitable training venue/s;
3. Assist the PSA PCCT in the coordination with LGU regarding the availability of
CBMS headquarters to be used as office for the entire duration of CBMS
operations and for safe keeping of the CBMS forms and materials;
4. Assist in the recruitment of ENs, TSs, and CASs;
5. Attend the 2022 CBMS training diligently;
6. Assist in the distribution of CBMS Form 7 (Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet);
7. Act as a trainer during the conduct of training for CASs, TSs, and ENs;
8. Recommend the TSs to be selected from among the trained ENs based on latter’s
performance during the training;
9. Secure the copy of the EA Reference File (EARF) from PCSS,which contains the
name and code of the province (2 digits), city/municipality (2 digits), barangay (3
digits), and EA number (6 digits);
10. Provide the CAS under his/her supervision with their specific area/s of
assignments (including the tasks of the assigned TS and EN under the CAS
supervision);
11. Provide or create the corresponding CBMS Personnel Unique Codes (generated
in close coordination with the PFP of the field office) user credentials to CASs,
TSs, and ENs;
12. Provide digital and/or printed block maps of the EA/city/municipality/ barangay to
CAS;
13. Allocate and distribute all the CBMS questionnaires/forms, supplies, and materials
needed for the enumeration in his/her area of assignment;
14. Prepare list of status of CBMS Form 4 (BPQ) CAWI and inform/give advice CAS
on this; and
15. Perform other CBMS-related duties that may be assigned from time to time by the
PCSS.
20
Enumeration
1. Assist and accompany his/her team in paying courtesy calls to local officials
(Mayors and/or Punong Barangays);
2. Collect accomplished CBMS Form 7 (Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet) from
city/municipal LGUs. Verify information submitted with city/municipal LGU focal
persons and/or city/municipal statistician/s;
3. Observe ENs using CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record) and discuss any error
committed during interviews and provide corresponding solutions to correct these
errors;
4. Visit or conduct spot-check to CASs, TSs, and ENs to check on the progress of
enumeration and determine if the correct operational procedures are being
followed; visits as many EAs as possible and randomly checks if households of
housing units with stickers were interviewed by the assigned EN. The HCAS shall
reinterview households using CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check/Reinterview Form);
5. Evaluate the quality of the data collected by reviewing the error lists and randomly
checking the contents of the accomplished questionnaires;
6. Provide instructions/feedback and discuss with the EN the inconsistencies and
correct the relevant entries in the questionnaire accordingly;
7. Conduct a general meeting preferably in the first Friday or any convenient time
within the first week of enumeration with ENs, TSs, and CASs to discuss issues
and problems encountered;
8. Supervise the interviews and data verification of CBMS Form 4 (BPQ) with the
Punong Barangay or any barangay official who is knowledgeable about the
characteristics of the barangay.
9. Supervise using CBMS Form 18 (Central Office/Field Office Supervision Form:
Data Collection). Guide and assist the team in the resolution of problems
encountered during the course of enumeration and supervision;
10. Oversee the supervisory activities of CASs;
11. Meet with CAS, preferably every Monday to discuss the progress of enumeration
in their respective areas of assignment. Unresolved problems encountered by the
ENs, TSs, and CASs during the week and recommended actions to take should
also be discussed during the meeting;
12. Evaluate the performance of TSs/ENs, who were recommended by the CAS for
dismissal and endorse their dismissal after confirming their poor performance;
13. Help solve the problems encountered by the CASs, TSs, and ENs, such as cases
of refusal, uncooperative households, and hard-to-reach enumeration areas;
14. Inform the PCSS and/or CBMS Focal Person/PCCT in the PSO on the reported or
observed irregularities relating to the conduct of enumeration and assist him/her
in the investigation of such cases;
15. Report the status of enumeration and other CBMS concerns to the PCSS and/or
CBMS Focal Person/PCCT;
16. Give timely feedback to incident reports, and record/submit thru the CBMS Mobile
Application feedback/actions taken to all incidents submitted;
17. Checks and certifies the data submitted by CAS as final data which are ready for
data processing by PSO Machine Processor;
18. Verify data gathered from the CBMS Form 7 (City/Municipal LGU Data Sheet) with
the city/municipal LGU;
21
19. Report any untoward incident to the PCSS; and
PCSS.
Post-Enumeration
1. Collect all tablets, files, folioed questionnaires and maps for completed
EAs/barangays from CAS;
2. Accomplish CBMS Form 21 (Summary of Report on Field Supervision of CAS) to
summarize the problems encountered and action taken during enumeration/
supervision;
3. Certify the correctness of financial claims made by the CASs, TSs, and ENs and
recommend the payments thereof;
4. Evaluate CBMS Form 11 (Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator) submitted
by the CAS by checking, for instance, the average household size;
5. Submit all CBMS Forms 11 (Daily Accomplishment of Enumerator), CBMS Form
19 (Certification of Punong Barangay), accomplished/unused
questionnaires/forms, administrative and other forms, and maps to the PSO-CSS;
6. Sign the CBMS Form 20 (Certificate of Work Completed) of CAS, TS, and EN after
the completion of works assigned to them; and
PCSS.
2.3 CBMS Area Supervisor

Each CAS is responsible for (5) TSs. He/She will be assigned in at least one (1) city or
municipality. However, in large cities or municipalities, two (2) or more CAS may be
assigned.
The specific duties and responsibilities of the CAS during each phase of the CBMS data
collection undertaking are as follows:

1. Help in the coordination with local government agencies and local executives
regarding the efficient conduct of the CBMS in his/her assigned area;
2. Assist in the publicity of information dissemination campaign, by distributing 2022
CBMS primers and posting in strategic places the posters and other materials
provided by the PCSS;
3. Assist in the establishment of CBMS headquarters;
4. Attend the 2022 CBMS training diligently;
5. Act as trainer during the conduct of training, following strictly the schedule/plans
specified in the Training Guide for TSs and ENs;
6. Recommend the TSs to be selected from among the trained ENs on the basis of
their performance during the training;
7. Conduct a meeting with his/her TSs on the area/s of assignment and their itinerary;
22
8. Assists in providing the CBMS Personnel Unique Codes for TS, and EN;
9. Assist in securing the copy of the EA Reference File (EARF) from PCSS for his/her
assigned area,
10. Assist in providing the TS and EN with the block maps for their area of assignment;
11. Allocate and distribute all the CBMS questionnaires/forms, supplies, and materials
needed for the enumeration in areas assigned to him/her; and
PCSS and HCAS.
Enumeration
1. Accompany the TS/EN in paying courtesy call to local officials (Mayors and
Punong Barangays) and carrying out ocular inspection of barangay/EA
boundaries;
2. Observe the EN as they do the mapping, listing, and interviewing of households
and record the observations in CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record). Discuss with
the TS and EN the observations recorded in CBMS Form 16;
3. Conduct editing and scrutinizes all the accomplished CBMS Forms 1, 2 and 4 for
the day using the CBMS Mobile Application; makes the appropriate corrections in
the data or actions (e.g., ask the EN or TS to revisit the household).
4. Discuss with the TS and/or EN all the inconsistencies observed in the
questionnaires;
5. Visit/spotcheck the TS, and EN to check on the progress of enumeration and
determine if the correct operational procedures are being followed. Visit as many
EAs as possible and check randomly if households of housing units with stickers
were actually interviewed by the EN. Reinterview households using CBMS Form
17 (Spot check/Reinterview Record).
6. Performs the matching of the contents of CBMS Form 17 with the accomplished
CBMS Form 2 Household Profile Questionnaire. Discuss inconsistencies with the
EN or TS;
7. Assist the TS in interviewing the Punong Barangay or any barangay official who is
knowledgeable about the characteristics of the barangay using CBMS Form 4
(Barangay Profile Questionnaire);
8. Perform the monitoring of CBMS Form 4 data collection and data verification
efforts. Discuss inconsistencies with the EN or TS;
9. Submit all the completed and checked data under his/her jurisdiction to HCAS for
further review and possible consideration for data processing;
10. Supervise, guide, and assist the TS in solving problems encountered in the
assigned areas;
11. Supervise TSs/ENs who will enumerate special areas;
12. Accomplish the CBMS Form 13 (Weekly Report of CBMS Area Supervisor);
13. Give timely feedback to incident reports, and record/submit thru the CBMS Mobile
Application feedback/actions taken to all incidents submitted;
PCSS and HCAS.
23
Weekly Meeting with the TS
1. Meet with the TS, preferably every Friday; and discuss the progress of
enumeration and geotagging activities in their respective areas of assignment
using the CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Report of Team Supervisor). In this meeting,
unsettled problems encountered during the week should be discussed;
2. Discuss with the TS the major findings from the matching and/or checking of
data through CBMS mobile app and manual scrutiny/field editing of CBMS
questionnaires/forms; provides announcements, guidance and reminders to
the TS on concepts and definitions and procedures that should be
followed/observed.
3. Collect from the TS all reviewed accomplished questionnaires and
notes/computation sheets for further review and checking, and/or for possible
submission to the HCAS;
4. Review and edit the accomplished questionnaires submitted to him/her by TSs
the during the weekly meeting before he/she submits to the HCAS;
5. Collect information necessary for his/her submission of CBMS Form 13
(Weekly Accomplishment Report of CAS) and CBMS Form 21 (Summary
Report on Field Supervision of CAS; and
6. Supervise, guide, and assist the TSs in the resolution of problems encountered
during enumeration and supervision.
Weekly Meeting with the HCAS

1. Meet with the Head CAS, preferably every Monday to discuss the progress of
enumeration;
2. Endorse and recommend to the Head CAS the replacement of TS who are
unable to perform their work satisfactorily;
3. Evaluate the performance of the ENs, who were recommended by the TS for
dismissal and endorse their dismissal after confirming their poor performance;
and
4. Report to the HCAS the status of the enumeration and other CBMS concerns in
his/her assigned areas.
Post-enumeration
1. Collect all the tablets and files; and folio questionnaires, maps, and administrative
forms of his/her team;
2. Ensure that all accomplished questionnaires, maps, and administrative forms are
properly submitted by the TSs;
3. Collect the CBMS Form 19 (Certification of Punong Barangay) submitted by the
TS (for completely enumerated barangays) and submit these to HCAS;
4. Collect from the TS all remaining accomplished questionnaires/ forms and maps;
collects also all unused questionnaires/forms and other CBMS materials;
5. Transmit to the HCAS, within the prescribed period all accomplished
questionnaires/forms, files and maps, unused questionnaires/forms, and other
CBMS materials of the completely enumerated barangays/EAs;
24
6. Countersign the certificates of completion and clearances of TSs, and ENs at the
end of the enumeration period;
7. Certify the correctness of financial claims made by the TSs, and ENs and
recommend the payments thereof;
8. Endorse the CBMS Form 20 (Certificate of Completed Work) of TSs and ENs by
affixing his/her signature (initials) after the completion of the works assigned to
them;
9. Fill out CBMS Form 21 (Summary Report on Field Supervision of CAS) to
record/document the problems encountered, and actions taken during the
supervision;
10. Prepare a narrative report on all phases of the field operations (pre-enumeration,
enumeration, and post-enumeration) and submit this report to the HCAS within 10
days after completion of the enumeration; and
PCSS and HCAS
2.4 Team Supervisor

The TS serves as the link between the CAS and EN on all matters about the CBMS
undertaking. The TS is responsible for a group of five (5) ENs. He/She will directly and
closely supervise the ENs during the listing, mapping, and enumeration and make sure that
the CBMS data collection operations are completed on time.
Specifically, the duties and responsibilities of the TS are as follows:

1. Attend the 2022 CBMS training diligently to gain all the knowledge necessary to
understand the concepts and instructions in the Enumerator’s Manual and
Supervisor’s Manual;
2. Assist the CAS in providing the area/s of assignments of the EN;
3. Assist the CAS in the allocation and distribution of the questionnaires/forms and
other CBMS supplies and materials that are needed in the mapping and
enumeration to EN;
4. Coordinate with the Punong Barangay and other barangay officials regarding the
conduct of the CBMS in their barangay.
5. Provide the local officials and the community members background and
information on the nature of the CBMS undertaking;
6. Accompany the EN in the courtesy call to the Punong Barangay or any barangay
official regarding the conduct of the CBMS and makes an ocular inspection of the
boundaries of the EA; and
CAS.
25
Enumeration
1. Conduct the interview to Punong Barangay or other barangay officials using CBMS
Form 4 (Barangay Profile Questionnaire) if the Barangay was not able to complete
the CBMS Form 4 via CAWI;
2. Verify data submitted by the barangay through the CBMS Form 4 CAWI;
3. Accompany the EN, especially during the first week of the enumeration period to
determine if the CBMS concepts and operational procedures are strictly being
followed. Observe the interview conducted by the EN and record the observations
in CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record). Discuss with the EN the observations
after the conduct of the interview;
4. Closely supervise the work of the EN under his/her supervision during listing and
enumeration by spot-checking and revisiting the households enumerated by the
EN.
5. Records, spot-checks, and reinterviews using CBMS Form 17 (Spot
check/Reinterview Record); Performs the matching of the contents of CBMS Form
17 with the accomplished CBMS Form 2 Household Profile Questionnaire. Discuss
inconsistencies with the EN or TS;
6. Review error list. Conduct editing and scrutinize all the accomplished CBMS
Forms 1 and 2 for the day using the CBMS Mobile Application. Make the
appropriate corrections in the data or actions (e.g., ask the EN to revisit the
household).
7. Discuss with the EN all the inconsistencies observed in the questionnaires;
8. Update the CBMS Form 8A (Notice of Listing/Enumeration) sticker posted on the
door or any part of the building where it can easily be seen or noticed.
9. Accomplish or check using CBMS Mobile Application the status of enumeration by
the EN under his/her team using CBMS Form 1 (Listing Record of Buildings,
Housing Units and Households).
10. Address the concerns or observations flagged by CAS by correcting the entries in
the forms or reinterview the respondent.
11. Submits (or uploads) the accomplished questionnaires (data) daily to CAS through
the CBMS Mobile Application.
12. Back-up accomplished questionnaire daily using the CBMS Mobile Application.
13. Ensure the complete enumeration of all households and/or barangays in the EA;
14. Accomplish CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Report of TS);
15. Render periodic reports to the CAS regarding the progress of work in the areas of
assignment using CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Report of TS);
16. Help solve and report to the CAS problems encountered by the ENs such as
callbacks, areas in lockdown, and others;
17. Report any untoward incidents or problems encountered either to CAS or by
encoding through the CBMS Mobile Application.
18. Recommend to the CAS the replacement of ENs who are unable to perform their
work satisfactorily or for some other reasons;
19. Perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the CAS
26
Weekly Meeting with the EN
1. Meet with the ENs, preferably every Wednesday to review their accomplished
questionnaires, discuss inconsistencies found in the questionnaires, and the
corresponding corrections;
2. Facilitate data submission by ENs. Collect all the questionnaires accomplished
by the ENs for a more thorough review;
3. Scrutinize as many accomplished questionnaires to check for the completeness,
legibility, correctness, and consistency of responses. Inform ENs on actions to
be taken after scrutiny of accomplished questionnaires;
4. Check the consistency of entries in the data items indicated in the CBMS Form
17 (Spot check/Reinterview Form);
5. Check if the tablet and its other paraphernalia as well as maps (printed and
digital) of the EN are updated and/or are still in good condition (that is, not ripped,
cut or soiled). If so, report the matter to the CAS for possible reprinting of the map
and addressing of issues on the digital format of map. Record status of tablet
used for data collection. Instruct the EN to redraw the symbols and reflect the
necessary updates on the reprinted map;
6. Collect the accomplished forms and notes/computation sheets from the EN;
7. Help solve the problems encountered by the ENs, such as callbacks,
uncooperative households, hard-to-reach enumeration areas, and peace and
order, among others;
Weekly Meeting with the CAS

1. Meet with the CAS, preferably every Friday to discuss the progress of
enumeration in the EAs, and to report problems that were not settled;
2. Study/review and submit (if area covered is already completed) CBMS Form 1;
3. Transmit to the CAS, preferably every Friday all accomplished CBMS Forms 2,
3, 4;
4. Recommend to the CAS the replacement of ENs who are unable to perform their
work satisfactorily or for some other reasons;
5. Report untoward incidents to the CAS.
27
Post-enumeration
1. Request the Punong Barangay to certify in the CBMS Form 19 (Certification of
Punong Barangay) that the barangay had already been completely covered by the
EN. For barangays with two (2) or more TS, the TS assigned in the EA where the
Barangay Hall is located should facilitate the accomplishment of the CBMS Form
19;
2. Scrutinize all the maps, forms and questionnaires before submission to the CAS;
3. Instruct the ENs to return all unused questionnaires and other CBMS forms, ID
card, manual, and other CBMS supplies and materials. Transmit to the CAS using
CBMS Form 9 (Transmittal/Receipt Form) all the remaining accomplished
questionnaires, administrative forms, and maps;
4. Assist the CAS in folioing, packaging, and transmittal of the accomplished
questionnaires;
5. Prepare a narrative report on all phases of the field operations (pre-enumeration,
enumeration, and post-enumeration) and submit to the CAS within 10 days
after the completion of enumeration; and
6. Perform such other CBMS-related duties that may be assigned from time to time
by the CAS.
2.5 Preferred Schedule of Weekly Meetings of CBMS

Personnel
Preferred Day of Head CAS CAS TS Personnel to Meet

Meeting
Monday X CAS
Wednesday X EN
Friday X TS
28
Training and Enumeration Area
3 Assignment
Training of personnel who will be involved in the actual collection of data is one of the crucial
aspects of the implementation of the Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS). This
chapter describes the training which the CBMS Area Supervisor (CAS) will have to undergo
before they can effectively train and supervise the Team Supervisors (TSs), and Enumerators
(ENs).
This chapter discusses how the CAS will conduct the training of the TSs and ENs. Also
included in this chapter are discussions on the inspection of Enumeration Area (EA) maps,
familiarization/ocular inspection of areas of assignment, CBMS materials and supplies
needed, and assignment of EAs to TSs and ENs.
3.1 Training of CAS

As a CAS, you should be trained on all aspects of CBMS work from pre-enumeration to
post-enumeration activities. You should be familiar with all the mapping, and enumeration
procedures, and the materials and supplies that will be used during the CBMS. Remember
that you will not only supervise the TSs and ENs but will also be responsible for their
training.
You will be taught the systematic procedures for checking the work of your TSs and ENs
in the field, verifying the accuracy of the data that they collect or gather, and assisting them
in times of difficulties during listing and enumeration. Moreover, you will also learn how to
prepare regular progress reports on the conduct of the listing and enumeration and how to
fill out the various CBMS questionnaires/forms and administrative forms.
As part of your training as CAS, instructions on what pre-enumeration activities you will
undertake and how you can efficiently carry out the various tasks involved will be discussed
to you extensively.
The data collection for the 2022 CBMS will be mainly undertaken using tablets. The data
collection for CBMS Form 4 (Barangay Profile Questionnaire) will also be made available
via Computer-Assisted Web Interview (CAWI). In view of the COVID-19 pandemic,
telephone interviews may also be done to complement the face-to-face interview using
tablets. In some extraordinary cases, Paper-and-Pencil Interview (PAPI) method may be
employed.
In 2022 CBMS, some LGUs will undertake a full-scale PAPI implementation for household
interviews. You should also thus be familiar in implementing a PAPI should the need
arises.
29
3.2 Training of TS/EN
As a CAS, you may be called to act as a trainer during the five-day training for ENs and
additional one-day training for TSs to discuss the Supervisor’s Manual. In such cases, you
may be assisted by the Head CAS.
You should conduct the training properly so that the TSs and ENs would be ready to
perform their job satisfactorily and in accordance with the prescribed rules and procedures.
Exercises will be administered, and class participation is needed during mock interview. A
field practice will be done to ensure that all TSs or ENs are able to understand correctly
the terms, definitions, concepts, and procedures that will be taught during the training. It is
important that you ensure that the venue is conducive to training and the class size is
manageable.
A detailed day-to-day schedule has been prepared for the training of TSs and ENs (see
Appendix 1). All trainers must adhere to this schedule as strictly as possible, so as not to
compromise the timeliness and quality of the training. Attendance should be checked daily
to ensure that the same TSs or ENs are attending the entire duration of the training.
After the training, the CAS will provide the TSs with the following:
• List of EAs and barangays with the assigned ENs and TSs;
• Printed/electronic copy of city/municipality, barangay, and EA/block maps; and
• Printed/electronic copy of the EARF for the specific areas assigned to them. The
EARF contains the name and geographic code of the province (two digits),
city/municipality (two digits), barangay (three digits), and EA number (six digits).
REMINDER:
Do not change the geographic codes or order of listing of the barangays and EAs in
the EARF. This will serve as the standard reference for all the CBMS forms and maps.
The training for CAS will also be an opportunity to install the needed files and applications
on the tablets to be used for field operations. Meanwhile, the training for TSs and ENs will
be focused on the familiarization of applications and files to be used for the field work.
3.3 Enumeration Area of Assignment

The Head CAS will be responsible for providing the areas of assignment of the CASs, TSs,
and ENs. He or she shall also establish rapport and coordinate with the city/municipal
statistician and/or LGU focal person during pre-enumeration, enumeration and post-
enumeration activities. He or she shall also work closely with the PCCT to ensure effective
monitoring and observation of implementation of 2022 CBMS standard protocols in cities
and municipalities with CBMS operations.
Head CBMS Area Supervisor

The Head CAS is a regular PSA staff assigned by the Chief Statistical Specialist (CSS)
of Provincial Statistical Office (PSO) to supervise on a full-time basis, one or more
30
cities/municipalities. His/Her areas of assignment and the team of CAS, TSs, and ENs
were already identified prior to the enumeration.
The Head CAS will define the areas of assignment of the CAS. He/She will also
distribute equitably the work among all the TSs and ENs. One EA may be assigned to
only one (1) EN. Changes in the assigned workload to an EN will be undertaken using
the 2022 CBMS Management Information System (MIS). Caution should be practiced
in reassigning an EN to another EA. Any adjustments to be made by Head CAS and
PCCT should be under close supervision of the PSA Provincial Focal Person. An EN
should complete the field enumeration in his/her originally assigned EA. After which,
he/she may be assigned to assist in another EA.
Prior to the enumeration, the output rate per day for each EA will be determined based
on the objective assessment of the area and recommendation made by the PSO-CSS.
As a standard for all cities and municipalities, an average quota of four (4) to five (5)
household interviews per day will be observed. Adjustments to this quota can be made
with the discretion of the PSO-CSS and following the 2022 CBMS Field Operations
Manual. The dispersion of the houses, building structures, terrain, mode of
transportation, and other related factors will be taken into consideration. Thus, the daily
output rate may vary from one EA to another. The output rate per EA has been
established in the workload analysis done in the PSO.
A Head CAS is expected to assist in the coordination with city/municipal LGU and
support to the PCCT in the city/municipal level monitoring and supervision of
implementation of the CBMS.
CBMS Area Supervisor

A CAS is expected to supervise at least five (5) TSs. However, every city/municipality
will have at least one (1) CAS, who will supervise the enumeration in the entire
city/municipality. The CAS will provide the areas of assignment of the TSs in his/her
areas of jurisdiction. Mentoring the TSs and ENs should be prioritized by CAS to
ensure data quality. A CAS should also deal well with local officials in the communities
in order to garner public support to the CBMS.
Team Supervisor
The TS will assist the CAS in providing the EA of assignment of the ENs. Each TS
must be assigned to supervise ENs, whose areas of assignment are contiguous and
accessible. This is done to facilitate close supervision in his/her areas of assignment
and so that he/she can effectively carry out the other duties assigned to him/her. On
the average, a TS is expected to supervise five (5) ENs. The TS shall also verify data
submitted via the CBMS Form 4 CAWI and administer the CBMS Form 4 (Barangay
Profile Questionnaire) in cases when the barangay has not responded to the call for
responses to the CBMS Form 4 CAWI. Should there be two (2) barangays assigned to
31
a TS, he or she may assign an EN to undertake data collection for CBMS Form 4 in
one of these barangays.
Enumerator
The EN will be assigned to cover an entire barangay or just a portion of it, that is, an
EA. It is also possible that the EN will be assigned in more than one EA. However, he
or she should finish and submit all his/her data for the first assigned EA before he or
she could be assigned to proceed enumerate the next one. The specific areas of
assignment will be given by the TS (in close coordination with CAS and HCAS and thru
the 2022 CBMS MIS) to the ENs under his/her team during the last day of the training.
It is his/her responsibility to make sure that the EN finishes the field work within the
prescribed enumeration period. The TS should give emphasis on data quality in their
supervision of ENs while ensuring that health and safety protocols are practiced during
field enumeration.
City/Municipal Statistician (or LGU Focal Person on the

CBMS)
The City/Municipal Statistician will be assigned by the LGU to coordinate with the PSA
on CBMS matters. In the absence of a City/Municipal Statistician, the LGU may assign
an LGU Focal Person or C/MCCT, who would usually come from the City/Municipal
Planning and Development Office, Research/ Geographic Information
Systems/Management Information Systems Unit/Division/Office of the City/Municipal
LGU. He or she will work with the Head CAS/PCCT/PSO-CSS in: (a) providing
responses to the CBMS Form 7 (Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet); (b) identifying
training venues, CBMS operations headquarters; (c) providing assistance to the hiring
of data collectors and supervisors; (d) coordinating CBMS advocacy activities at the
city/municipal level to encourage barangay and public participation in the CBMS; (e)
monitoring progress of CBMS operations in their locality, especially on the compliance
of the barangays in responding to the BPQ; (f) validating/verifying results of the CBMS;
(g) facilitating the preparation of the LGU in analyzing, using and preserving/securing
CBMS data; and (h) ensuring right use and dissemination of CBMS data to its intended
internal users following the data sharing protocol.
The City/Municipal Statistician or LGU Focal Person on the CBMS may also be
requested to provide information on the barangay and/or city/municipal boundaries.
He/she will attend the orientation for the barangay officials on the CBMS Form 4
(Barangay Profile Questionnaire) CAWI as well as the Provincial Level Training.
He/she may also be asked to serve as one of the trainers in the City/Municipal Level
Training.
The City/Municipal Statistician or LGU Focal Person on the CBMS will have no specific
EA assigned to him/her. However, in selected cases when he or she exhibits technical
preparedness to lead or supervise a team or conduct interviews, the City/Municipal
Statistician or LGU Focal Person on the CBMS may be called to serve full-time
32
throughout the duration of data collection phase as CAS, TS, or EN as the need arises
and as approved by the PSO-CSS.
The Head CAS/PCCT will inform and work closely with the City/Municipal Statistician
or LGU Focal Person about the status of data collection, and shall alert him/her about
incidents in which the LGU can help address issues faced during enumeration.
3.4 CBMS Materials and Supplies

The CAS will be given several boxes/packages containing the questionnaires,
administrative forms, and other supplies and materials that the ENs will need during the
enumeration work. Also included in the boxes/packages are other CBMS materials and
supplies that the CAS/TS will use in the course of their supervisory work.
The CAS should verify the contents of the boxes by checking the types and quantities of
the questionnaires, forms, supplies, and materials indicated in CBMS Form 9
(Transmittal/Receipt Form) vis-à-vis the actual types and quantities received. He/She
should report to his/her Head CAS any discrepancy in the contents of the boxes/packages
for appropriate action. A copy of all accomplished CBMS Form 9 should be kept in file by
both the transmitting and receiving personnel.
The following are supplies and materials, tools and documents that should be considered
in preparation for training and data collection:
1. ICT Equipment
a. Tablet, charger and other paraphernalia (for CAPI implementation)
b. Powerbank (for CAPI implementation)
c. Calculator (optional)
2. Training Materials
a. Enumerator’s Manual
b. Supervisor’s Manual
c. CBMS Form 1 - Listing Record of Buildings, Housing Units and Households
d. CBMS Form 2 - Household Profile Questionnaire
e. CBMS Form 3 - Waiver/Consent Form
f. CBMS Form 4 - Barangay Profile Questionnaire
g. Answer Sheet for CBMS Training Workbook
h. Barangay/EA/Block Map (printed or electronic copy)
i. CBMS Training Workbook (printed or electronic copy)
j. CBMS Codebook (printed or electronic copy)
k. CBMS Training Guide (printed or electronic copy)
l. Enumerator’s Kit – bag, black/blue ballpen, pencil, eraser, sharpener, and
notebook
m. Blown-up questionnaires (optional)
33
3. Enumeration Forms and Other Supplementary Materials
a. CBMS Form 1 - Listing Record of Buildings, Housing Units and Households
b. CBMS Form 2 - Household Profile Questionnaire
c. CBMS Form 3 - Waiver/Consent Form
d. CBMS Form 4 - Barangay Profile Questionnaire
e. CBMS Form 7 - Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet
f. CBMS Form 8A - Notice of Listing/ Enumeration: Sticker
g. CBMS Form 10 - Appointment Slip to the Household /Barangay Official
h. Printed/electronic copies or city/municipality, barangay, and EA/block maps
corresponding to the areas of assignment
i. Showcards (list of rare diseases, agricultural facilities/equipment, etc.)
j. Computation Sheets
k. Files needed for mapping/geotagging housing units and buildings
l. Data collection applications (for CAPI implementation):
i. PSA CBMS Mobile Application
ii. PSA E-Classification Mobile Application
iii. QField Application
iv. CSPro Application
4. Field Enumeration/Supervision Reporting Forms

a. CBMS Form 11 - Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator
b. CBMS Form 12 - Weekly Report of Team Supervisor
c. CBMS Form 13 - Weekly Report of CBMS Area Supervisor
d. CBMS Form 16 - Observation Record
e. CBMS Form 17 - Spot-check/Reinterview Record
f. CBMS Form 18 - Central Office and Field Office Supervision Form: Data
Collection
g. CBMS Form 21 - Summary Report on Field Supervision of CAS
5. Certification Forms
a. CBMS Form 19 - Certification of Punong Barangay
b. CBMS Form 20 - Certification of Work Completed
c. Certificate of Travel Completed
6. Other CBMS Forms

a. CBMS Form 9 – Transmittal/Receipt Form
b. CBMS Form 22 – Clearance
7. Other Administrative Forms

a. Identification Card
b. Itinerary of Travel
c. Daily Time Record (CSC Form48)
d. Disbursement Voucher (General Form5A)
e. Payroll (General Form7A)
8. Health and safety materials

a. Medical kit
b. Face masks
34
c. Alcohol and/or soap
d. COVID-19 test results (if required by LGU)
e. COVID vaccination card
f. Cap, umbrella and/or raincoat
g. Tumbler or water bottle
9. Post-enumeration Materials
a. Folder
b. Glue
c. Corrugated boxes
d. Packaging tape
e. Plastic twine
f. Shoelace
g. Wrapping paper
10. Other CBMS supplies such as clipboard, permanent marker, t-shirts, etc.
All needed enumeration materials and equipment will be distributed to the TSs and ENs by
the CAS during the last day of the training. The distribution will be based on the allocation
list provided by the Head CAS and the PSA Provincial Focal Person. It should be noted
that some of the questionnaires and forms are intended as reserves, which the CAS and
Head CAS should keep. These reserves will only be given to TSs or ENs who experience
shortage of such questionnaires and forms.
The CAS should maintain a record of the types and quantities of the forms and supplies
that he/she provides to each TS/EN using CBMS Form 9. The PSO staff assigned for
receipt and control, who will transmit/receive the materials should sign his/her name and
indicate the date of transmittal/receipt.
The hired personnel of the PSA provincial offices may assist in the distribution and
checking of the completeness of materials.
35
36
CBMS Management Information
4 System
The CBMS Management Information System (MIS) is developed by the PSA to facilitate
authorization of devices and personnel, assignment of workload and monitoring of progress
of the 2022 CBMS operations.
This chapter discusses the CBMS MIS and provides instructions on how the users of the
CBMS applications and systems can prepare their login credentials and devices for the 2022
CBMS CAPI implementation. During this phase, strong and stable internet connection is
required.
Head CBMS Area Supervisor
4.1 Device Registration

Once the device has been issued to CBMS hired personnel such as the EN, TS, CAS and
HCAS, the owner of the tablet should register the device.
How to register a device in MIS

1. The supervisor shall register the device of his/her team members by scanning the
QR Code generated by clicking the QR Code Icon of the TS/EN, on the upper right
corner of the screen.
37
2. The generated QR code from the CBMS Mobile Application will be scanned by their
direct supervisor. EN and TS devices are to be registered by their CAS, for CAS
device by his/her HCAS and HCAS by PCCT.
3. Once the device is registered, you may now proceed to personnel registration.
4.2 Personnel Registration
How to register TS/EN account

1. Go to CBMS MIS at https://cbms.psa.gov.ph/MIS, log-in the CBMS MIS account
provided by PFP/Head CAS/ISA I/ SS II.
2. Click on the “Personnel” module.
3. Click on the “Add Personnel” button. This can be found in the upper left part of the
screen.
38
4. A pop-up information
sheet will be seen on the screen.
Fill-up all the information needed.
5. Choose if the TS/EN is

PSA Hired or LGU Hired. PSA
Hired are those personnel whose
funding came from PSA while
LGU Hired are those hired by
respective city/municipality.
6. Enter the full name of the

CBMS hired personnel. The
format is First Name, Middle
Name, Last Name and Suffix, if
applicable.
7. Enter the email address of

the CBMS hired personnel. If
none or no longer active, he/she is
suggested to make his/her own
account first.
8. Enter the address of the

CBMS hired personnel. Note that
Region and Province fields cannot
be edited as these are automatically filled in depending on the access level
provided, i.e., RSSO account has its Region field and PSO account has its
Province field automatically filled in. For Municipality and Barangay, select/choose
manually the respective address. In the address box, record the complete address
which includes floor number, building numbers/name, if any, block/lot number,
street name, zone, and/or village/sitio/purok name.
9. Enter the cellphone number of the CBMS hired personnel. Note that the cellphone
number format is 10-digit (ex. 9123456789). The cellphone number should be
active since the password of the CBMS Mobile Application will be sent via SMS.
10. Choose the role of the CBMS hired personnel. Different roles are available in the
drop down choices. Choose only one (1) role.
11. Once encoding of the needed information is done, click the Save button.
12. The supervisor shall provide his/her team members the system generated
Username once registered in the MIS.
39
4.3 Workload Assignment
As soon as you are able to register a device, and add CBMS personnel information, through
the CBMS MIS at https://cbms.psa.gov.ph/MIS, you must assign workload to each hired
CBMS personnel. This process must be done so that accessing the CBMS Mobile
Applications would be successful.
This instruction guide is advised to be shared only to authorized users of the CBMS MIS.
The Head CAS, PSA Focal Person and other staff in the provincial offices may collaborate
to hasten the assignment of workload of CAS, TS and ENs.
How to assign workload through the “Workload Assignment”

module
1. Click on the “Workload Assignment” module.
2. Note that Region and Province fields cannot be edited as these are automatically
filled in depending on the access level provided, i.e., RSSO account has its Region
field and PSO account has its Province field automatically filled in. For Municipality
and Barangay, select/choose manually the respective area.
Holders of MIS accounts in the PSO (Head CAS and/or CBMS Focal Person/s) are
requested to assign the workload. Should they need assistance, it shall be their
responsibility to coordinate closely with the RSSO’s MIS account holders so as to
ensure that the process of workload assignments will be organized.
40
3. Once all this information is selected/filled in, area codes will be shown including
the enumeration area (EA) codes and area names.
4. Under the “Personnel Assigned” column, names of the enumerator (EN), team
supervisor (TS), and CBMS area supervisor (CAS) assigned for each EA can be
seen. If these are blank, it only means that there are no assigned personnel yet.
To allocate a workload, identify the EA where you wish to assign personnel and
click the “Assign Personnel” button (blue) under the desired EA.
41
5. Upon clicking the “Assign Personnel” button (blue), a prompt will show up to select
Enumerator, Team Supervisor, and CBMS Area Supervisor. All saved names of
personnel (entered using the Personnel module) can be selected under each
category to which they are assigned. Make sure to assign devices to personnel
first since personnel with no assigned device cannot be allocated a workload. Click
the “Save changes” button (blue) once selection of personnel is completed.
6. As soon as the workload assignment is done, names of the enumerator, team

supervisor, and CBMS area supervisor will automatically appear on the “Personnel
Assigned” column as mentioned.
42
ADDITIONAL NOTES:
1. Note that you can only assign one EN in one EA. TS assignments should also not
overlap. The names of personnel with workload assignments (whose names
appear in the “Personnel Assigned” column) will not appear in succeeding
processing of workload assignments.
2. If you wish to make changes in workload assignment, proceed to the desired EA

where a personnel is assigned previously and click the “Assign Personnel” button
(blue). Click “Remove (EN/TS/CAS)” on the field depending on personnel
categories as seen below.
43
Enumerator:
Team Supervisor:
CBMS Area Supervisor:
3. Once you remove the personnel, make sure to replace/reassign new personnel
before hitting the “Save changes” button (blue). Re-logging in on personnel device
application should follow.
44
Team Supervisor and Enumerator
Steps on How to Access the Application

1. TS and EN shall be registered in the MIS provided the following information: First
Name, Middle Name, Last Name, Extension Name, Email Address, Address
(Region, Province, Municipality, Barangay), Complete Address, Contact Number
and Role. Also, the personnel will be identified whether he/she is PSA or LGU
hired.
2. The supervisor shall provide the system generated Username to TS/EN once
registered in the MIS.
3. Through the MIS, a One Time Password (OTP) shall be sent to the registered
mobile number of TS/EN.
45
4. To register the device, TS/EN shall provide to his/her respective supervisors the
QR Code that can be generated by clicking the QR Code Icon on the upper right
corner of the screen.
5. After successful device registration, the user will log-in using the provided
Username and OTP as his/her password. After logging in, the user will change
his/her password. The user is advised to keep a copy of his/her new password for
reference.
46
6. Once registered, Head CAS shall assign the workload of every user through the
MIS.
7. The user can now download his/her workload

by clicking the three vertical dots/kebab button
on the upper right corner of the screen,
functions for downloading the workload and
geopackage will appear right after. These two
functions will be clicked by the enumerator to
download his/her workload and reference map.
After the successful downloading of the
mentioned files, the user can now select
his/her city/municipality, barangay and EA.
PSA Regional and Provincial Office Personnel, Supervisors and Focal Persons
Guidelines in Preparing Tablets, Personnel and Devices using

the CBMS Mobile App and MIS
1. Make a list of personnel.
• Include information on the roles (EN/TS/CAS/HCAS, ISA/SSII), workload

(assigned EA, personnel under each TS/CAS/HCAS), contact no. (cellphone
number), email address, etc.
• In the worksheet, include columns for device IDs, PRO tablet IMEIs, serial
number of tablets to be distributed to each personnel, and usernames of
personnel. These columns should be left blank.
47
• You may refer to the illustration below for the format of the list of personnel.
Columns may include name of personnel, role, address, workload (barangay,
EA), Username/CBMS ID No. (system-generated from MIS), team assignment,
team supervisor, CAS, HCAS assigned, Device ID, Device Serial No. (for PSA
devices), IMEI (for PSA PRO tablets).
2. Install applications.
• Make sure the tablet follows the System Requirements. Huawei devices are
not advised to be used as the CSEntry application does not work in these
devices.
• Minimum system requirements:
o Processor: 2.0 GHz Quad-Core Qualcom SDM 429
o Internal Memory: 3GB RAM, 32GB ROM
o Battery: 4200mAh
o Display 8.0” WXGA
o Resolution: 1280 x 800 pixel
o OS: Android version 7 – 11
• The following applications need to be installed:

o CBMS Mobile Application (Get the latest version from the National
CBMS Core Team)
o CSEntry (version 7.7.1)
o Qfield (version 1.10.0)
o E-Classification Mobile App
(https://play.google.com/store/search?q=e-classification&c=apps)
o CBMS Resources App (https://cbms.psa.gov.ph/resources/)
• Below is the step-by-step procedure for installing applications using a desktop

PC/laptop:
1. Access applications through this link: https://tinyurl.com/2p9cjrm5.
(Always check the Announcements in the CBMS Mobile application for
updates in applications whenever you connect to the internet.)
2. Right click “CBMS Installers and Files”
3. Click “Download”
4. Connect your “Device” to your desktop/laptop
5. In your desktop/laptop, go to “Downloads” > Right Click > copy “CBMS
Installers and Files.zip”
48
6. Create “CBMS Installers” folder in a very accessible location in your
desktop/laptop
7. Inside “CBMS Installers” Folder
8. Right Click > Paste the “CBMS Installers and Files”.
9. Right Click “CBMS Installers and Files.zip”
10. Click “Extract Here”
11. A folder named “CBMS Installers and Files” should have been extracted
12. Right Click > Copy “CBMS Installers and Files”
13. Go to “Device Name”
14. Go to “Tablet”
15. Right Click > Paste “CBMS Installers and Files” folder in the root of your
“Tablet”.
• Below is the step-by-step procedure for installing applications using a tablet:

1. In your tablet tap he folder icon.
2. Tap on “Internal Storage”.
3. Tap on “CBMS Installers and Files”.
4. Tap on the latest CBMS mobile app version’s apk.
5. Click on “Install”.
6. Click on “Open”.
7. When an alert on the permissions appears, click “Allow”.
8. Tap “Open App Info”
9. Allow access to all files.
3. Use CBMS MIS to record personnel details.
• Create MIS accounts for PSA personnel who will assist in the encoding of
personnel details and workload assignment. Note the Account Registration
standard procedure:
1. On the Utilities module of the CBMS MIS, click on “Create MIS

Account”.
2. Add the complete name, email address (which will serve as the CBMS
MIS username and CBMS mobile app username as PSA PSO
supervisor/personnel), province, address, contact number (mobile
phone).
3. Click on “Save”.
4. An OTP will be sent to the PSA personnel. The OTP shall serve as
his/her password.
• The MIS Accounts of the PSA personnel will serve as login credentials to the
tablet with CBMS Mobile Application that can scan the devices of the first set
of tablets. Username is the email address of the PSA personnel. Password is
the OTP.
• On the Personnel module, register and encode personnel details of CBMS

hired personnel. (See Section 4.2. of this Chapter for the detailed instructions.)
49
• TS and EN shall be registered in the MIS provided the following information:
First Name, Middle Name, Last Name, Extension Name, Email Address,
Address (Region, Province, Municipality, Barangay), Complete Address,
Contact Number and Role. Also, the personnel will be identified whether
he/she is PSA or LGU hired.
4. Assign workload to personnel. (See Section 4.3. of this Chapter for the detailed
instructions.) Only one EA should be assigned to one EN at a given point in time.
Assignment of new/other EA may be done after finishing the first EA assigned to
him/her.
5. Register authorized devices. (See Section 4.1. of this Chapter for detailed instructions.)
• Generate QR Code of the device using the CBMS Mobile Application.

• The MIS Accounts of the PSA personnel (PSO/RSSO accounts) will serve as
login credentials to the tablet with CBMS Mobile Application that can scan the
devices of the first set of tablets. Username is the email address of the PSA
personnel. Password is the OTP.
• PSO/RSSO to scan the device IDs of tablets for the HCAS, ISA and other
members of the PCCT/RCCT.
• HCAS/CAS/TS to scan QR code using the CBMS Mobile Application.
• Connect to internet in order to submit list of all registered devices.
• In the MIS, the device assigned to each personnel will be reflected when that
personnel logs in the first time while connected to the internet.
• IMEIs of PSA PRO tablets to be used for CBMS should be submitted to CBSS
by RSSOs: cbms@psa.gov.ph and psacbms@gmail.com. PSA PRO tablets’
profiles will have to be adjusted by the SDD for these to be able to install CBMS
applications.
• For each tablet, a Screen Lock should be set. Use the 8-digit username as the
screen lock PIN for each tablet. Do not allow the EN to replace the screen lock
PIN.
6. Update list of personnel.
• Add details on the system-generated username from the CBMS MIS. The said
username shall serve as the EN/TS/CAS/HCAS code and the personnel’s ID
no. Inform the personnel concerned about it. And have it printed as the ID no.
of the personnel.
• Serial number of tablet issued to personnel and the date when the tablet was
issued to them.
7. CBMS Personnel shall login to the app.
• Connect to the internet.

• Enter username and password.
• Use the OTP sent via SMS to login.
• Note that the OTP can be sent again to the registered mobile phone no. To do
this, select Resend OTP button.
50
• Successive sending of OTPs is discouraged. Please wait for a few minutes
before requesting another one.
• CBMS Mobile App is advised to be logged out after each day of use.
• In the MIS, the device assigned to each personnel will be reflected when that
personnel logs in the first time while connected to the internet.
8. Download workload and geopackage.
a. Download workload.
i. Connect to the internet.
ii. Download workload using the CBMS Mobile application.
b. Download geopackage
i. Under Data Management tap “Download Geopackage” and a
notification will appear
ii. Select desired geopackage to download.
iii. Tap “Download” to proceed.
51
52
Field Supervision and Monitoring
5
This chapter presents the various field supervision and monitoring activities to
be done during the 2022 CBMS. Also discussed in this chapter are guidelines on field editing
of CBMS forms/questionnaires as well as some pointers on how to handle enumeration and
other problems encountered in the field.
5.1 Supervisory Activities for Field Monitoring

Close supervision, continuous monitoring of the progress of enumeration, early detection
of the problems encountered during the data collection, and taking appropriate actions on
these problems are some of the necessary activities that should be done to ensure the
success of the CBMS. Specifically, the supervisory activities that should be undertaken by
all supervisors are as follows:
Observing Interviews Conducted by ENs

The Head CBMS Area Supervisor (Head CAS), CAS, and Team Supervisor (TS)
should observe an enumerator (EN) while conducting an interview. This is required so
that the performance of the ENs could be monitored. However, it is important that the
EN should not be interrupted while the interview is ongoing. They should merely note
down their observations and comments on CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record) while
the interview is in progress. The observations and suggestions must be discussed with
the EN right after the interview. In this way, the errors committed can be corrected
immediately. The Head CAS, CAS, and TS should closely supervise the ENs especially
during the first few days of enumeration. They should spend more time
observing/supervising “indecisive ENs”, or those ENs who have relatively poor quality
of work, hence, do not meet the standard output. ENs must be able to undertake four
(4) to five (5) household interviews each working day.
The CAS and TS should be aware of the common errors committed during a CBMS
interview such as incorrect identification of points and/or plotting of geographic symbols
on the map, incorrect filling out of the CBMS forms, improper way of asking questions,
failure to follow skipping patterns in the questionnaire, failure to ask the probing
questions that will avoid omission of household members, inability to obtain a
successful interview of all households, and incorrect geotagging and mapping
implementation.
The detailed instructions in accomplishing CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record) will

be discussed in Chapter IX (Instructions in Accomplishing Other CBMS Forms) of this
manual.
53
The standard quota for a Head CAS in terms of administration of CBMS form 16 is
observation of one (1) to two (2) observations per EN within 10 working days.
Meanwhile, a Head CAS will also be tasked to undertake two (2) to three (3) household
reinterviews per week for two weeks using the CBMS Form 17 (Spotcheck and
Reinterview Form).
CAS, on the other hand, must observe the performance of the TS once or twice per
TS/EN using the CBMS Form 16. CAS will also be tasked to undertake two (2) to three
(3) household reinterviews per week for two weeks using the CBMS Form 17.
A TS shall be in-charge of observing the performance of duties of all his/her ENs under
his/her supervision. He/she may conduct observation using the CBMS Form 16 once
or twice per EN. He/she shall undertake one (1) to two (2) spotchecks/reinterviews per
day using the CBMS Form 17.
Field Editing of the Accomplished Questionnaires

The Head CAS, CAS, and TS shall scrutinize/edit all accomplished CBMS Forms 1, 2,
3, and 4. The detailed instructions in the scrutiny/editing of these questionnaires are
discussed in Chapter VIII (Field Editing of Questionnaires) of this manual
Reinterview/Spot-checking of Accomplished CBMS

Questionnaires/Forms
The Head CAS, CAS, and TS should ensure the complete enumeration of all
households in their respective areas of assignment. With the ENs, they shall also exert
efforts in collecting/verifying information about the barangay through the CBMS Form
4 and the city/municipal LGU through the CBMS Form 7 (Municipal/City LGU Data
Sheet).
The ENs were instructed to post a CBMS Form 8A or CBMS sticker on a conspicuous
place of the building/house being occupied by a household, indicating that the
household had already been interviewed. The barangay LGU which was interviewed
for/verified to have answered the CBMS Form 4 shall also be given a CBMS Form 8A
or CBMS sticker. If no sticker had been posted, the supervisors should inquire whether
the household had been already interviewed by an EN. In the case of barangay LGU,
the supervisor should inquire from the Punong Barangay/barangay LGU
personnel/official if the TS or designated CBMS personnel visited them for interview
or data verification. All occupied and vacant buildings/houses should also have a
sticker.
Check the area for possible inaccurate coverage of households especially along
barangay/EA boundaries, and omission of households and service facilities,
government projects and natural resources situated in isolated parts of the
barangay/EA.
54
Spot-checking and reinterviewing of households using CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check
and Reinterview Record) is done to verify if the EN adheres strictly to the CBMS
concepts and definitions and to the prescribed procedures in conducting a personal
interview for the CBMS.
Entries in the CBMS Form 17 should be compared/matched by the supervisor against

the corresponding CBMS Form 2. If there is any discrepancy in the responses given,
especially if they had the same respondent, the supervisor should promptly discuss
the matter with the EN. It is important that doubtful entries are verified with the
household and corrected/resolved promptly/immediately while the EN is still in the
area. Moreover, a reinterview should be done in areas with suspected incidents of
padding and those areas that showed abrupt change (increase or decrease) in
population counts or number of households. In other words, reinterviews are
recommended in areas known to have a history of gross overcount or undercount of
population in previous censuses as they are more likely to have similar problems in
the CBMS. The detailed instructions in accomplishing CBMS Form 17 will be
discussed in Chapter IX (Instructions in Accomplishing Other CBMS Forms) of this
manual.
Conduct of Weekly Meetings of TS and ENs

Before the start of the enumeration, the TS must call a meeting with the ENs to discuss
strategies that will facilitate enumeration in the areas of assignment. The TS should
meet with each EN at least once a week. He/She should also schedule weekly
meetings to check on the progress of his/her ENs’ work. The ENs should submit all
accomplished questionnaires and duplicate copies of CBMS Form 11 (Daily
Accomplishment Report of EN) during the weekly meetings, preferably every
Wednesday. Based on the CBMS Form 11 submitted by the ENs, the TS should
prepare his/her own accomplishment report using CBMS Form 12 (Weekly
Accomplishment Report of the Team Supervisor) for each barangay/EA under his/her
supervision.
Moreover, during the weekly meetings, the results of the observations/spot-checks

conducted by the TS during the enumeration should be thoroughly discussed.
Specifically, the TS must point out the errors committed by ENs and give suggestions
on how such errors could be avoided. Also, the TS should record in his/her CBMS
Form 12 or through the CBMS Mobile Application recommendations/observations
about the questionnaires/operations and as well as the incident reports or problems
referred to him/her by the ENs and the corresponding actions taken.
To properly account for all the accomplished paper questionnaires/forms that the TS
receives from his/her ENs during in each meeting, the TS, while he/she is still with the
EN, should arrange the accomplished paper questionnaires/forms in ascending order:
● household serial number by barangay/EA (for households);

● Barangay code based on the Philippine Standard Geographic Code (PSGC) (for
barangays).
55
Editing of questionnaires, encoding of accomplished forms (in the case of data
collection using a printed form/questionnaire) in the tablet, and submission of electronic
responses to the CBMS Forms to the data server while on CBMS field work
headquarters can also be done during this weekly meeting.
Conduct of Weekly Meetings of CAS with the TSs

The CAS are required to meet with his/her TSs, preferably every Friday to discuss the
progress of enumeration in their respective areas of assignment using the CBMS Form
1, CBMS Form 12 or updates through the CBMS Mobile Application as references.
He/She may also call for a meeting of the TSs and ENs of a team, whenever necessary.
During the regular meeting, the TS should submit to the CAS all accomplished paper
questionnaires/forms, and data files through the server. The TS should also submit to
the CAS the accomplished CBMS Form 11 that he/she collected from his/her ENs.
The accomplishments of the EN and TS may be based on the accomplishment report

and/or CBMS Form 1 that is automatically generated from the CBMS Mobile
Application designed for the purpose.
Based on these information, the CAS should be able to assess the progress of the
work of his/her TSs and ENs. Also, during these weekly meetings, the TSs should
discuss with the CAS the problems that they encountered in the field, the performance
of their ENs, among others. The CAS should then record in his/her CBMS Form 13
(Weekly Report of CAS) or through the CBMS Mobile Application
recommendations/observations about the questionnaires/operations and as well as the
incident reports or problems referred to him/her by the TSs and the corresponding
actions taken.
Conduct of Weekly Meetings of Head CAS with CASs

The Head CAS is required to meet with his/her CAS every Monday to discuss the
progress of enumeration in their respective areas of assignment. He/She may also call
for a meeting of the TSs and ENs assigned to his/her CAS, whenever necessary.
During the weekly meeting, the Head CAS should provide instructions on how to deal
with recurring major issues and concerns in data collection, issue reminders on
standard protocols/guidelines that are often overlooked during the enumeration period,
and in field editing of CBMS questionnaires/forms. He/She should also use meetings
to disseminate information/instructions from the PCCT/PSO-CSS and address
questions of CASs. He/She can also get updates on the ICT use and challenges
among CASs, TSs and ENs, and provide guidance whenever necessary.
The CASs should also bring their tablets with data files and accomplished paper
questionnaires/forms during these weekly meetings with Head CAS for these to be
56
submitted physically using a CBMS Form 9 (Transmittal and Receipt Form) and
electronically by sync uploading their data files to the server using Wi-Fi and
3G/4G/LTE/5G connections available in the meeting site.
The Head CAS can take the opportunity to review submissions from CASs during these
weekly meetings.
Progress Monitoring
During the weekly meeting of TS and CAS, the TS should report to his/her CAS the
progress of enumeration in his/her areas of assignment. The PCCT in close
coordination with Head CAS should check and update the progress monitoring forms
prescribed by the PSA CBSS.
For cities and municipalities that will be using CAPI and CAWI methodologies, CBMS
Management Information System (MIS) application will also be used by the HCAS,
PSA PSO, RSSO, CO and the city/municipal LGU to monitor progress in data collection
and data processing. Chapter IV of this manual presents the features of the MIS. A
supplementary set of guidelines/user manual may be issued for the use of the CBMS
MIS.
Replacement of “Weak/Indecisive” TSs or ENs

The TS or EN may be replaced if he/she has unsatisfactory performance in terms of
quantity and quality of work. The CAS, upon assessing the performance of the TS or
EN must recommend to his/her Head CAS the replacement of a TS or EN who:
a. does not work in his/her area of assignment as required;

b. asks someone else to do the CBMS work on his/her behalf;
c. fabricates data;
d. intentionally omits to interview qualified respondents;
e. violates confidentiality of information policies (Section 10 of RA No. 11315, and
Section 26 and 27 of Republic Act No.10625) as well as data privacy policy
(Data Privacy Act of 2012);
f. behaves unethically (for instance, under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs
while conducting an interview);
g. does not correct his/her errors immediately;
h. does not exert enough effort in convincing households/barangay officials to
cooperate and agree to be interviewed;
i. intentionally loses or destroys ICT equipment assigned to him/her; and
j. is reported/observed in multiple instances as exhibiting unruly behaviour towards
respondents.
The PSO shall maintain a record of performance of all hired CBMS personnel. This
information can serve as a basis for hiring of personnel for the future CBMS and other
data collection activities in the PSA.
57
Updates in the roles due to turnovers or entry of new CBMS hired personnel shall also
be recorded by the PSO/PCCT with the assistance from Head CAS in the CBMS MIS.
Accomplishment of the CBMS Form 4 – Barangay Profile

Questionnaire
The TS is tasked to undertake data verification for the barangays which responded via
CAWI and to administer the CBMS Form 4 in every barangay within his/her area of
jurisdiction. He/She may ask the assistance of the EN in accomplishing/verifying this
form, if needed. The CAS may also provide assistance in the CBMS Form 4
administration as may be necessary especially in cities and municipalities with many
barangays to be covered. The instructions in accomplishing this form are discussed in
Chapter VI (Instructions in Accomplishing CBMS Form 4) of this manual.
Accomplishment of the CBMS Form 19 - Certification of

Punong Barangay
If there is only one (1) EN assigned in a barangay, the EN will be responsible for having
the CBMS Form 19 signed by the Punong Barangay or any authorized barangay
official. However, if the barangay is divided into two (2) or more EAs, it should be the
responsibility of the TS to have this form signed upon completion of the enumeration
work in the barangay. The certification refers only to the conduct of enumeration in the
barangay. The CBMS Form 19 should be submitted together with the last set of
accomplished CBMS Form 11 for the EA/barangay.
Illustration. CBMS Form 19 (Certification of Punong Barangay)
58
5.2 Handling Enumeration and Other Field Problems
All supervisors should always make themselves available for the prompt resolution of
problems related to the listing and enumeration. The following are the suggested solutions
to the common problems that may arise during the CBMS fieldwork:
Callbacks
The supervisor should advise the EN to plan the callbacks efficiently so that the
schedule of the EN will not be greatly affected. For households, callbacks may be made
in the late afternoon or evening, or on a Sunday or holidays when people are most
likely to be at home. For callbacks with the Punong Barangay or barangay personnel
for the CBMS Form 4, the TS concerned is encouraged to schedule an appointment
with the authorized respondent.
The supervisor should also remind the EN to use the CBMS Form 10 (Appointment
Slip to the Household/Barangay Official) in making an appointment with the household
that was not interviewed during the first or second visit. If CAPI is being implemented,
the EN/TS shall use the CBMS Mobile App to record the appointment schedule (date
and time). The supervisor shall also remind the EN and TS to be on time during such
appointment.
There may be instances wherein a household cannot be interviewed even after several
callbacks. In such cases, the supervisor should accompany the EN to interview the
said household. As a last resort, the EN may obtain information about the household
from the neighboring households and/or other reliable sources. The supervisors should
be informed if this was the strategy done by the EN.
The CBMS Form 10 should also be used by the TS to set an appointment with the
Punong Barangay or barangay personnel/official who is identified as the authorized
respondent for the CBMS Form 4.
During callbacks for the CBMS Form 4, the Interview Record Panel should record the
actual date of interview. The TS should input the date and time of first visit but failed to
undertake an interview in the Remarks portion of the Interview Record Panel. In the
case of callbacks for the CBMS Form 4 with partial responses from previous visit, the
TS should record in the Remarks portion the time and date the interview resumed.
There may be instances wherein a barangay LGU cannot be interviewed even after
several callbacks. In such cases, the CAS should accompany the TS to interview the
said barangay LGU. Furthermore, the CBMS Form 4 can be accomplished through
means other than face-to-face interview (CAPI and PAPI), namely: CAWI and self-
administered questionnaire.
The following are some situations that may necessitate a callback:
59
a. No responsible household member who can serve as respondent at home (for
CBMS form 2), or no barangay personnel present in the office (for CBMS Form
4);
b. Respondent is busy; or
c. Household/barangay personnel is/are away for some time.
Refusals
The supervisor should exhaust all possible means to persuade the respondent to
cooperate and be interviewed. He/She may ask for the assistance of the officials of the
barangay or homeowner’s association, if necessary. He or she may show a letter from
the city/municipal Mayor endorsing the CBMS data collection activity.
If the number of refusals in an area indicates a “planned refusal” campaign or

resistance of some sectors in the area toward the CBMS activities, the TS may ask for
the assistance of the officials of the barangay or homeowner’s association.
If the TS still fails to obtain an interview even with the assistance of the officials of the
barangay or homeowner’s association, the TS should notify his/her CAS about the
situation. The CAS should discuss this with the Head CAS for further appropriate
actions.
Note: However, under RA No. 11315 participation in all data collection activities is
purely voluntary. Respondents may refuse to answer any question or reveal any
information at any point, or terminate data collection activities with no further action
needed. But then, the TS/EN should be able to mention to the respondent that their
nonresponse or refusal will also mean that they might not be included in the
identification of target beneficiaries of the LGU and national government agency/ies
(NGA) social development programs.
In the case of refusal/nonresponse or failed callbacks due to no-show of target

respondent for the CBMS Form 4, refer to Chapter 6 of this manual for the Guidelines
on Dealing with Refusal and Nonresponse in Barangay Profile Questionnaire.
Households with Incompletely Filled Out Questionnaire

For incompletely filled out questionnaires, the TS should require the EN to revisit the
household. However, if the EN cannot make such a revisit, the TS may revisit the
household himself/herself to complete the entries in the questionnaire.
If the respondent refuses to respond or does not know the answers, the EN or TS may
seek the help of the other members of the household in providing the needed
information.
If the EN missed out the administration of CBMS Form 3 (Waiver/Consent Form), the
TS should request the EN to revisit the household to solicit their response to the said
form.
60
Households in High-rise Buildings and Exclusive Villages
If the residents in these areas refuse to be interviewed, coordination with the Punong
Barangay and/or president of the homeowner’s association or building administrator
should be tried to provide them with the printed CBMS Forms 2 and 3.
Homeless or Persons Living in the Streets or Public Spaces

For the 2022 CBMS, homeless persons or those living in the street or public
places/spaces who have no usual place of residence or are not certain to be
enumerated elsewhere should be listed and geotagged where they are found.
PSO-CSS, together with the Head CAS, CAS, TS, and other PSO staff should
strategize on the best way to enumerate the homeless population. Coordinating may
also be done with the concerned city/municipal/barangay LGU officials, as well as with
other government agencies such as the Department of Social Welfare and
Development, and among others.
Please be reminded that the objective of the CBMS is to provide evidence-based data
that can be used by NGAs and LGUs for targeting beneficiaries with the ultimate goal
of addressing poverty in the country. Thus, homeless and persons living in the streets
or public spaces should be covered in the CBMS.
Enumeration of Households and Barangays in Critical Areas

An area is said to be critical when it is: (a) hotspot for election; (b) an area where there
is ongoing spread of disease or epidemic/pandemic (e.g., high risk areas and with
localized lockdowns due to COVID-19) or (c) has a peace and order problem, among
others. The PSO-CSS/PCCT through the Head CAS shall provide the CBMS personnel
with a list of pre-identified critical areas in the city/municipality.
Unexpected occurrences of natural disasters (e.g., volcanic eruption, earthquake,

landslide, etc.) may also pose danger for CBMS personnel. Thus, these areas may
suddenly be identified as critical areas. If during the course of enumeration, an EA
suddenly becomes a critical area, the TS should immediately inform his/her CAS to
discuss the best strategy to adopt in such a situation.
The CAS, in turn, should promptly inform the Head CAS or PSO-CSS by phone, text
message or through the fastest possible means about the existence of emergency in
any critical area in the city/municipality/barangay/EA assigned to them. This is very
important especially when the occurrence of such an event would endanger the life,
safety, and security of the CBMS field workers and/or hamper the CBMS operations.
After addressing the situation, the Head CAS or PSO-CSS should record and file the
incident in the Supervisor’s application so that the PSA Central Office/CBSS is made
61
aware of this. Incident reports on such are important to be recorded, as these will help
the CBSS and PSA prepare for the future occurrences of these incidents.
Note that incident reports shall also be recorded and sent to the PSA server via the
CBMS Mobile Application by both the supervisors and ENs for documentation and
possible action by the PSA central office.
Presence of Temporary Evacuation Centers for Conflict or

Disaster/Calamity-Affected Areas
Seek the assistance of the concerned city/municipal/barangay LGU officials in
gathering information on the households in the temporary evacuation center:
● Expected duration or length of stay in the temporary shelter/evacuation center

● Addresses/areas where they came from
● Number of households and barangays affected
The Head CAS, CAS, and TS should discuss with the concerned EN and
city/municipal/barangay LGU officials on the best strategy to enumerate the
households in temporary evacuation centers. The city/municipal statistician and/or
LGU focal person may be contacted as well in order to manage the data collection
situation.
The Head CAS or PSO-CSS are also advised to record and file the incident in the
Supervisor’s application so that the PSA Central Office/CBSS is made aware of this.
Incident reports on such are important to be recorded, as these will help the CBSS and
PSA prepare for the future occurrences of these incidents.
Political Intervention
The supervisors concerned should report to PSA when a political intervention occurs
such as when LGU officials prevent the enumeration in the EA, or require copies of
CBMS questionnaires/forms or data files showing personal information about specific
households and persons, as well as counts of households and counts of persons in
their areas of jurisdiction while the enumeration is ongoing.
Bounded by the Oath of Data Privacy, policies on Data Privacy Act of 2012, and
confidentiality of information in RA No. 11315 or the CBMS Act, the Head CAS, CAS,
TS and EN should not engage with LGU officials not authorized to have access to the
CBMS data. If faced with such instances, the Head CAS/CAS/TS/EN should also
inform the PSO-CSS, who should in turn elevate the matter to the CSS of the Statistical
Operations and Coordination Division (SOCD) of the PSA Regional Statistical Services
Office (RSSO).
The PSO-CSS and SOCD-CSS should discuss the appropriate actions to take. This
concern may be raised during the meeting of the local CBMS coordinating board.
62
Replacement of CBMS hired personnel and formal report to appropriate authorities are
possible options if political interventions are proven to have happened.
As part of CBMS hired personnel’s commitment to data quality and data privacy, the
Head CAS, CAS, TS and ENs are required to adhere to the PSA-led CBMS standard
protocols and observe professional independence, statistical confidentiality, data
security and objectivity in all of their activities.
Accidents or Injuries among CBMS Personnel

The supervisor should immediately inform the Head CAS or PSO-CSS within 72 hours
by any fastest possible means of communication about any accident met by the CAS,
TS, or EN in the course of CBMS work. A written report containing the full details of
such accident should be subsequently submitted to the Head CAS. Reporting should
be done by the immediate supervisor of the CBMS personnel who met the accident,
that is, the TS for his/her EN, the CAS for his/her TS, and Head CAS for his/her CAS.
Following the hierarchy of supervision and communication flow, the Head CAS will
ensure that all incidents are reported immediately to the PCCT/PSO-CSS for
appropriate action and possible assistance.
The Head CAS should assess if the CBMS personnel (CAS, TS, or EN) can still
continue with the assigned task during the prescribed period. In case the personnel
can no longer perform the assigned task, the Head CAS will recommend for his/her
replacement and take back all CBMS questionnaires/forms, ICT equipment/gadgets
(e.g., tablet, powerbank, charger, etc.) and materials from the personnel.
Lost or Damaged ICT Equipment, CBMS Forms and Materials

CBMS questionnaires/forms, ICT equipment/gadgets and materials that are lost or
damaged should be reported immediately to the CAS through the TS. The CAS, in
turn, should likewise report the matter to the Head CAS or PCCT/PSO-CSS for
immediate action.
In the case of lost tablet due to theft or damaged tablet due to criminal act encounter
or accident, the CAS/TS/EN concerned is required to present a photocopy of the blotter
or affidavit documenting the reason for the loss or damage to the tablet because of
crime/accident. Procedures will be implemented to hold accountable persons due to
loss of the tablet.
If for some reasons, the data files of the accomplished CBMS questionnaires/forms
were lost from the tablet, reporting should be done by the CBMS personnel concerned
to immediate supervisor, that is, the TS for his/her EN, the CAS for his/her TS, and
Head CAS for his/her CAS. The raw database of the PSA should have the latest file
copy of accomplished CBMS questionnaires/forms if these were previously submitted
to the server. The PCCT/PSO-CSS shall coordinate with the PSA CO to check the
data files of that tablet/personnel in the PSA server.
63
If the data files of the accomplished CBMS questionnaires/forms are not yet uploaded
in the raw database or were lost/destroyed, the EN/TS concerned will have to
undertake reinterview of the households. The BPQ CAWI data and information, on the
other hand, are to be handled with care so that these are not accidentally
deleted/revised. Reinterview of barangay personnel will be needed if BPQ CAWI data
previously submitted are lost or destroyed.
Intermittent or No Internet Connection

Internet connection is a staple in the implementation of the 2022 CBMS. The Head
CAS and PCCT/PSO-CSS should be able to monitor the data submissions using the
CBMS MIS. If there are no submissions from EN/TS in one week, the Head CAS and
CAS should be able to remind and instruct the concerned EN/TS to submit.
The Head CAS and PCCT/PSO-CSS shall undertake prior coordination with the
city/municipal LGUs to identify Department of Information and Communications
Technology (DICT) free wifi hotspots and internet facilities that could be made available
in the CBMS headquarters. Depending on available resources, limited support for
communication expenses may be extended to the CBMS supervisors and PCCT/PSO-
CSS to undertake downloading and uploading of data to the PSA server.
The PSO-CSS is also highly encouraged to prioritize advocacy for a secure and stable
internet connection in his/her coordination with city/municipal LGUs through the
City/Municipal CBMS Coordinating Board.
Health and Safety Concerns

If COVID-19 is spreading in the community, stay safe by taking some simple
precautions, such as physical distancing, wearing a mask, keeping rooms well
ventilated, avoiding crowds, cleaning your hands, and coughing into a bent elbow or
tissue. Regularly check local advice in the assigned areas.
The PSA shall implement the following protocols as guided by the World Health
Organization (WHO) and Department of Health (DOH):
a. Require that all personnel must check themselves for symptoms of COVID-19
(i.e. fever, cough, or shortness of breath) before reporting to work. If a personnel
is feeling sick or experiencing symptoms or if he/she has a fever, cough, and
difficulty in breathing, that specific personnel must stay at home and notify the
supervisor immediately. He/She shall also be advised to seek medical attention
as soon as possible.
b. Provide personnel with PPE supplies (i.e. reusable face shield, face mask,
gloves) and alcohol/sanitizer during the enumeration to minimize the risk of
exposure and prevent transmission of COVID-19.
64
c. Call for all personnel to be briefed by a qualified health professional (e.g. staff
health services, health care provider or local public health partner) on health
emergency protocols, including proper donning, removal and disposal or
disinfection of reusable PPEs and other enumeration equipment, fixtures and
supplies.
d. Implement strictly at least one-and-a-half meter rule in physical distancing.
e. Require PSA Field Offices to conduct regular spot checks at training centers and
CBMS headquarters to ensure that the above requirements are met.
f. Encourage personnel to bring and use their own writing materials.
g. A regular inventory of sanitation supplies and COVID-response items shall be
made.
h. Remind personnel to avoid touching their eyes, nose, or mouth with unwashed or
unclean hands.
i. Promote respiratory hygiene.
● Cover mouth and nose with a tissue when coughing or sneezing.
● Perform hand hygiene (handwashing or rubbing alcohol on hands) after
coughing or sneezing, and/or as often as possible.
● Make sure trash bins with pedal caps (if possible) are immediately available
for disposal of tissue after use.
Pre-Enumeration Protocols
1. Identify barangays with high risk of COVID-19 outbreak, with the assistance of
LGU. Low priority shall be given to barangays with high risk of COVID-19
outbreak. The PSO may opt to consider the listing from the LGU (bottom-up
approach).
2. Remind the applicant to wear a face mask and face shield, to bring his/her own
pen during the enumeration.
3. Encourage ENs, TSs and CASs to bring their own sanitizers/alcohol and must
sanitize before and after the enumeration.
4. Wear face masks and remind all CBMS personnel to wear face masks (at least
3-ply surgical mask, preferably N95 mask) at all times. Wearing of face shields
is optional.
Actual Fieldwork Protocols

Before starting work each day, the CBMS Personnel shall:
1. Register in the log/record book. This is to monitor employee’s whereabouts
for their day-to-day activity, and shall be attached to weekly reports.
2. Complete COVID-19 risk assessment. This short questionnaire will assess
individuals for any symptoms or suspected exposure to COVID-19.
3. Conduct temperature checks. This objective measure will identify fever, a
symptom of COVID-19.
Before approaching the household/respondent, the EN/supervisor must:
1. Wear a face mask and face shield. If an adjustment or replacement is needed,
this should be done before approaching the respondents.
65
2. Sanitize hands and equipment. Sanitation prevents transmission of the virus
from one household to the next. Hand sanitization keeps the ENs safe.
Upon approaching the household/respondent:
1. Remind the respondent to wear a mask. This will keep both the respondent
and the interviewer safe during the interview. If a respondent doesn’t have a
mask, provide them one to proceed with the interview. If the respondent
refuses to wear a mask or follow other safety protocols, log in the incident
report and record the interview result as “Respondent refused to wear a
mask.”
2. Assess COVID-19 risk of respondent. To minimize risks, ENs will screen
respondents for symptoms and risks of COVID-19 exposure. If the
assessment does not identify any issues, the interview may continue. If the
assessment identifies symptoms or risks, the interview with that respondent
cannot continue. In that case, the interviewer should provide information on
where to seek health care to the respondent such as a national COVID hotline
and record the interview result as “Respondent failed the risk assessment.”
Protocols During the Interview:
1. Observe social distancing. ENs/Supervisors will conduct the interview in a
way that respects social distancing protocols.
2. Avoid physical contact, including handshakes.
3. Prioritize outdoor settings. Conduct interviews in an open, well-ventilated
space, with the least number of observers. Ideally, this would be outdoors. A
back-up plan should be in place for cold or inclement weather.
Protocols After the Interview:
At the end of each interview, the EN should:
1. Sanitize both hands of the interviewer and respondent.
2. Sanitize equipment such as handheld tablets must be properly disinfected
before returning.
Other protocols are encouraged to follow at home:

1. Wash clothes worn by the CBMS Personnel staffer including reusable face
masks must be properly disinfected, and dried separately from other family
members’ clothes or his/her other clothes.
2. Dispose PPE supplies (e.g. surgical/face masks with proper filter, surgical
gloves, goggles/face shields) properly. If they are reusable they must be
properly washed, and disinfected.
3. Disinfect personal belongings of the personnel such as bag, cellphone, pen,
Employee ID etc. immediately upon arrival at home.
4. Ensure that Personnel must have thoroughly showered and changed into
clean clothing before socializing with family members.
5. Inform PSA if someone at the enumeration activity was isolated as a
suspected COVID-19 case. The personnel present at the activity shall be
advised to stay at home and monitor themselves for symptoms for 14 days
and take their temperature twice a day.
66
6. Call their healthcare provider or the local public health department and
provide details of their recent activity and symptoms if the personnel develop
even a mild cough or low-grade fever (i.e. a temperature of 37.3 C or higher)
Other protocols:
1. The PSA shall maintain the names and contact details of all persons present
during the enumeration for at least one month by the PSA as recommended by
WHO (03 March 2020). This will help public health authorities trace people who
may have been exposed to COVID-19 if one or more participants become ill
shortly after the event.
2. Risk assessment:
3. Varying community quarantine status due to the COVID-19 Pandemic
4. Delayed delivery and shipment of CBMS materials (training and enumeration)
due to the quarantine restrictions and imposition of stricter localized lockdown
5. Insufficient/lack of funds of Covid-19 response items (i.e. RT-PCR tests)
6. Suggested Actions/Resolutions
7. Adhere to localized lockdowns and restrictions as may be imposed, subject to
coordination with the concerned LGU and local IATF, citing PSA exemptions
(IATF Resolution 38), if warranted:
8. Deferment of field operation activities in high-risk areas (brgy/EA/zone) due to
quarantine restrictions
9. Presentation to LGUs on the budget constraints of the 2022 CBMS on the full
PPE, rapid/swab test requirements
67
Concerns on Philippine Identification System and Civil
Registry Documents
Given the prominence of the civil registration services and Philippine Identification
System registration mandates of the PSA, the CBMS hired personnel are often asked
by respondents in households and barangays about the status of their PhilIDs and
some questions about their civil registry documents. In preparation for such questions,
the PSO-CSS with the Head CAS shall be in-charge of preparing a document/s
containing the following details:
Civil Registration
● Office address and phone number of Local Civil Registrar

● List of Serbilis Outlets/Centers
● FAQs on how to order PSA copy of civil registration documents online
● Leaflets on common issues and problems in civil registry documents and how
to address them
Philippine Identification System
● How to check status of PhilID

● Online and onsite Step 1 and/or 2 registration process
Should there be questions from respondents on the matter, printed materials

containing such information can be distributed by the CBMS hired personnel as the
need arises. Incident report facility in the CBMS application can also be used if there
are complaints received from respondents on these matters.
68
Instructions in Accomplishing CBMS
6 Form 4 – Barangay Profile
Questionnaire
The Barangay Profile Questionnaire (CBMS Form 4) is designed to gather data on the
characteristics of barangays such as the types of facilities and establishments present in the
barangay. The CBMS Form 4 was administered through Computer-Assisted Web Interview
(CAWI) and distributed to Punong Barangays prior to CBMS enumeration period. An
orientation to the Punong Barangays and/or target respondent Barangay Officials was
organized to orient them on how to accomplish CBMS Form 4 using the CAWI system.
During enumeration period, the Team Supervisor (TS) will be responsible in administering the
CBMS Form 4 in each barangay assigned to him/her. The TS, therefore, should more or less
be acquainted with the facilities and establishments in the barangays assigned to him/her.
Should there be more than three barangays assigned to a TS, he or she may assign an EN
to undertake data collection/verification for CBMS Form 4 in one of these barangays. This
chapter discusses the enumeration procedures, contents and instructions in accomplishing
the CBMS Form 4.
6.1 Phases of Data Collection in CBMS Form 4
1. Coordination with Local Government Units (LGUs). PSA Field Offices will
coordinate with the City/Municipality and Barangay LGUs in their region/province. A
proforma letter was provided (https://bit.ly/2022CBMS-BPQFiles), to be signed by the
respective Regional Director and/or Chief Statistical Specialist of the Provincial
Statistics Office.
69
2. Orientation of 2022 CBMS BPQ and City/Municipality Data Sheet. An online/onsite
briefing to be undertaken by the PSA Field Offices, i.e., the PSO and CBMS Focal
Persons (FPs) in the area, to orient the mayors and/or city/municipal personnel,
punong barangay, secretaries and other barangay officials/staff on how to fill out the
2022 CBMS BPQ and City/Mun LGU Data Sheet.
3. Registration of CAWI Accounts of the City/Municipality and Barangay. During the

orientation, the PSA staff will register one (1) CAWI account for each city/municipality
and barangay using the CBMS Management Information System (MIS). Email
address, contact number and geographic location are the needed data for the
registration. As soon as PSA is able to register accounts for the 2022 CBMS
barangays and cities and municipalities, the authorized users of the 2022 CBMS CAWI
will receive text messages in their mobile phone for the one-time password (OTP). The
CAWI users from the LGUs will access the 2022 CBMS CAWI at:
https://cbms.psa.gov.ph/. The username is the email address used to register for the
2022 CBMS CAWI. While it is advised that the accounts be registered before the 2nd
level training, the PSOs are given two (2) weeks for the registration of city/municipality
and barangay LGU users for the period 23 May to 03 June 2022.
4. BPQ and City/Municipality LGU Data Collection. CAWI technique for both BPQ and
City/Mun LGU Data Sheet will be the primary data collection approach to administer
information from the LGU respondent. However, Self-administered questionnaires
(SAQ) can also be used in filling up the questionnaires. In some cases, other mode of
data collection such as telephone interview may also be employed. Contact information
of the PSO staff/CBMS FPs will be made available to the barangay LGU officials in
case they have queries. One (1) month will be allocated for barangay LGU officials to
provide information.
NOTE: Data collection in the cities, municipalities and barangay LGUs will have two
stages:
● 01 June 2022 to 22 July 2022: CAWI, SAQ

● 08 August 2022 to 05 October 2022:
○ Data verification and updating to consider 01 July 2022 reference period
by CBMS hired personnel, i.e. team supervisor (TS) for the 2022 CBMS
Form 4 or BPQ and CBMS area supervisor (CAS) for the 2022 CBMS
Form 7 or City/Municipal LGU Data Sheet.
○ Face-to-face interview (CAPI or PAPI) for LGUs without responses
submitted
5. Monitoring of status of submissions. The responses submitted through the CAWI

application site will be monitored by the PSA Field Offices using the 2022 CBMS
Management Information System (MIS). Of enumeration. Follow up in the responses
of LGUs will be done within three (3) days from the last day . Within two (2) weeks after
deadline of submission, the mayor (copy furnished the city/municipal statistician or
CBMS LGU FP) will be informed about the status of submission of CBMS Forms
among barangay LGUs in their jurisdiction.
70
6. Data verification. Should there be any inconsistencies found, missing information or
nonresponse, the city/mun staff, the barangay chairperson or any official will be
interviewed personally by the PSA personnel, head CBMS Area Supervisor (CAS),
CAS or TS using the CAPI (Computer-Assisted Personal Interview) as part of the
verification phase. CBMS Form 10 (Appointment Slip to the Household Head/
Barangay) will also be used to set the schedule of verification/interview with the LGU
officials. Verification/interview among LGU officials should be done during the week of
the CBMS data collection among the households in the barangay.In some cases, other
mode of data collection such as telephone interview may also be employed.
7. Data processing as basis for mapping. After verification of gathered data by PSA
field personnel, the accomplished forms will be ready for Data Processing. Data
processing is a major part of the quality assurance procedures of the CBMS
implementation. This is done to ensure the highest quality of the CBMS data, in
adherence to data quality commitment as emphasized in Rule II of the Republic Act
No. 11315 Implementing Rules and Regulations.
6.2 Contents of the CBMS Form 4 – Barangay Profile

Questionnaire
The Barangay Profile Questionnaire (BPQ) is composed of two (2) parts, The Part I of the
CBMS Form 4 collects information on the physical characteristics of the barangay and its
service institutions and infrastructure. Meanwhile, Part II of the CBMS Form 4 records
administrative data on the general information about the barangay LGU and other
information such as government projects and disaster preparedness, among others.
The BPQ in Computer-Assisted Web Interview (CAWI) format is composed of four (4)
sections.
The Section 1 of the CAWI format contains the following:
● Title Panel
● Letter from the National Statistician
● Geographic Identification
● Name of the Punong Barangay
● Other Details of the Barangay
○ Address of the Barangay Hall
○ E-mail Address
○ Contact Information
Part I-A of the CBMS Form 4 contains questions on the physical characteristics of the
barangay.
71
The Part I-B of the CBMS Form 4 begins from Section 1 up to Section 3. The Part I-B
requests information on service institutions and infrastructure. These service institutions
and infrastructure are as follows:
● Health Facility
● Education Facility
● Service Facility
● Agricultural Facility
● Input Dealer
● Water Facility
● Sources of Electricity
● Financial and Credit Institutions
● Tourism Sites and Destinations
● Transport Facility
● Garbage and Waste Disposal Facility and Practices
● Modes of Transportation
Part I-C of the CBMS Form 4 contains questions on the information and communications
technology (ICT) infrastructure and resources in the Barangay.
Part I-D of the CBMS Form 4 has questions on the significant events in the barangay for
the past 3 years.
Part I-E of the CBMS Form 4 covers disaster risk reduction and management (DRRM)
questions.
Part II of the CBMS Form 4 collects information on the following:
● General Information About the Barangay LGU

● Number of Establishments
● Volunteerism in the Barangay
● Road Networks
● Crime
● Disaster Supplies/Equipment
● Budget, Revenue, Expenditure
● Programs, Projects, And Activities (based on the Barangay's Annual Investment
Program during the Past Year/Past 3 Years)
6.3 General Instructions on How to Fill Out CBMS Form 4

To effectively collect the information needed for the CBMS Form 4, you must understand
the question and what information the question is attempting to collect. You must also know
how to correctly record the answers that the respondent gives and follow instructions in the
questionnaire.
72
Title Panel and Introduction
This panel is found at the uppermost part of the CBMS Form 4. This panel contains
the following:
● Form Title (2022 Community Based Monitoring System)
● Country (Republic of the Philippines)
● Implementing Agency (PSA)
● Form Number
● PSA Approval Number
● Expiry Date of PSA Approval Number
● Letter from the PSA National Statistician
Read the letter from the PSA National Statistician. The letter discusses the key
significant messages to the respondent such as the objectives of CBMS, the
importance of participating in this data collection, and the strict confidentiality being
practiced by PSA in every data collection activity.
Geographic Identification Panel

Enter the name of the region, province, city/municipality, and barangay on the fields
provided and their corresponding geographic codes inside the boxes. This portion will
be filled-up by the PSA personnel.
73
Geopoints of the Barangay Hall
Tick “Get Geopoint here” button in order to record the geolocation of the barangay hall.
In the absence of a Barangay Hall, get the geolocation where the Punong Barangay
holds his/her office. In the absence of internet connection in the barangay, get the
geopoints (Latitude and Longitude) of the Barangay Hall and input the geopoints
manually in the CAWI.
To assist in the getting the geopoints of the Barangay Hall, you may use Google Maps
in another page of your browser or using your phone’s browser
(https://maps.google.com). Simply pin the location of the barangay hall and right click
on the pin to view the geopoints (latitude and longitude) of the barangay.
Name of the Barangay Chairperson (Punong Barangay)

Enter the name of the Barangay Chairperson on the field provided. Enter the last name,
first name, suffix (e.g. Jr., III, etc.), and middle name in the fields provided.
Address of the Barangay Hall

Record the specific location of the Barangay Hall, which should include the floor
number, building numbers/name, if any, block/lot number, street name, zone, and/or
74
village/sitio/purok name. In the absence of a Barangay Hall, write the address where
the Punong Barangay holds his/her office.
Some barangay halls have annexes. In such case, please record the main office. But
you are also requested to provide the barangay hall annex address under “ n. Others,
specify” on Section III (Service Facility) of Part I-B.
Contact Information
Enter the official email address/es of the Barangay. Tick the portion “Telephone
number” and “Mobile number” of the Barangay if there is then enter the information on
the fields provided. Add more entry by pressing enter. If the barangay does not have
official email addresses and contact information, personal contact information of the
punong barangay and/or staff may be provided as long as they gave his/her permission
and remarks in the notes section.
75
Part I – Barangay Characteristics and Community Facilities
For each question in Part I, enter the number or code corresponding to the answer
provided by the respondent.
A. Physical Characteristics of The Barangay

A1 – What is/are the general descriptions and characteristics of the
barangay? Does this barangay have…
In A1, provide general description/s and characteristic/s of the barangay. This

may pertain to topographic profiles like plains, upland, mountainous, coastal,
agricultural, hilly, and others.
Answer each characteristic. Tick Yes or No. Note that there should be at least
one characteristic describing the barangay.
Please refer to official documents and references whenever possible.
General descriptions and characteristics of the barangay are as follows:
● Plain – the barangay is categorized as plain land when the broad area of
relatively flat land
● Upland – the area is considered highland especially at some distance from the
sea
● Mountainous areas – the barangay has many mountains
● Coastal area/land – The land area is a band of dry land and adjacent ocean
space (water and submerged land) in which terrestrial processes affect oceanic
processes and uses and vice versa. Its geographic extent may include areas
within a landmark limit of 1 kilometer from the shoreline at high tide to include
mangrove swamps, brackish water ponds, nipa swamps, estuarine rivers,
sandy beaches and other area within a seaward limit of 200 meters isobath to
include coral reefs, algal flats, sea grass, beds, and other soft bottom areas.
(Source: DENR Administrative Order No. 2000 – 83)
If the answer in all the topographic profiles presented is NO, the field for “Others,
specify” should have an entry. You may also record other general physical
76
features describing the barangay. Others physical characteristics of the barangay
may include agricultural land, mineral land, etc.
A2 – Are there puroks in the barangay?
A purok is a subdivision of the barangay, especially used in many rural areas in

the Philippines. Purok often serves as a unit for delivering services and
administration within a barangay.
Ask the respondent “Are there puroks in the barangay?”. Then, tick Yes or No. If
the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to A4.
Other related terms for purok are: zones and wards.
A3 – What are the puroks in the barangay?
If the answer for A2 is Yes, list all the puroks in the barangay. Refer to a document
or complete list of puroks in the barangay whenever available. In some cases,
name of purok can be written in number or letters (e.g., Purok 7 or Purok Syete).
Both answers are correct, however, the respondent should enter the officially
recognized by the barangay. Write the word “Purok” and its name for consistency
and for easy reference.
77
A4 – Are there sitios in the barangay?
A sitio is a territorial enclave that forms part of a barangay, the location of which
may be distant from the center of the barangay itself.
Tick Yes or No. If the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to A6.
A5 – What are the sitios in the barangay?
If the answer for A4 is Yes, list all the sitios in the barangay. Refer to a document
or complete list of sitios in the barangay whenever available. Name of sitios can
also be written in number or letters (e.g., Sitio 2 or Sitio Dos). Both answers are
correct, however, the respondent should enter the officially recognized by the
barangay. Write the word “Sitio” plus its name for consistency and for easy
reference.
78
A6 – What is the land area (in square meters) of the barangay used for the
following purposes?
In A6, provide information on the barangay land classifications. Ask the total area
(in square meter) according to land use in the barangay—residential,
commercial, agricultural, industrial, mineral, timberland, special classes,
and vacant lot. If the land classification is not included in the list, record the
specific land classification and the corresponding land area under “Others,
specify”.
Residential Land - land principally devoted to habitation.
Commercial Land - land devoted principally for the object of profit and is not
classified as agricultural, industrial, mineral, timber, or residential land;
Agricultural Land - land devoted principally to the planting of trees, raising of

crops, livestock and poultry, dairying, salt making, inland fishing and similar
aquacultural activities, and other agricultural activities, and is not classified as
mineral, timber, residential, commercial or industrial land;
Industrial Land - land devoted principally to industrial activity as capital

investment and is not classified as agricultural, commercial, timber, mineral or
residential land;
Mineral Lands - lands in which minerals, metallic or non-metallic, exist in

sufficient quantity or grade to justify the necessary expenditures to extract and
utilize such materials;
Timberland – land identified as forest or reserved area by the government,

which may or may not be granted to a concessionaire, licensee, lessee or
permitee;
Special Classes - all lands, buildings, and other improvements actually,

directly and exclusively used for hospitals, cultural, or scientific purposes, and
those owned and used by local water districts, and government owned or -
controlled corporations rendering essential public services in the supply and
79
distribution of water and/or generation and transmission of electric power shall
be classified as special. Cemetery is a “Special Use” property because it is
adapted for a particular purpose. It may be a non-profit or a profit enterprise.
Vacant lot refers to a parcel of land in the resettlement project that is not yet
occupied/sold/disposed, and/or a lot declared as abandoned by virtue of an
Order of Cancellation. (Source: Department of Agrarian Reform, Administrative
Order No. 03, series of 2019)
Others, Specify – other land classification that do not fall in any categories
above
Foreshore Land – a strip of land along the seashore, the use of which may or
may not be granted by the government to private persons or corporations;
(Source: Local Government Code of the Philippines)
Common sources of information on these are maps, barangay development

plans, comprehensive land use plans, records from Assessor’s Office, and
community development plans of the cities and municipalities.
The system will not proceed if any of the land areas are left blank. If the
specified land classification is not present in the barangay, enter “0” on the line
provided. Specifically, for residential, the land area should not be “0”. Once all
these fields are answered accordingly, the system will automatically compute
for the total land area, which should be greater than 0. The system also accepts
answer up to 2 decimal places.
After providing the information, enter the time period (year) when the data are
collected, the title of the reference document, and the name of
agency/unit/office where the data came from.
Write “NONE" in the source document, if it is based on the knowledge of the

barangay officials/staff and add necessary remarks. Still, we encourage
reference document on this matter.
80
A7 – What are the boundaries of the barangay? Please indicate the
barangay and/or landmark.
A7 asks about the boundaries (north, east, west, and south) of the barangay,
which can be other barangays or any landmarks. Landmarks may include water
bodies, mountains, streets/roads, major structures, etc. In case the boundary of
the barangay lies in sea, record the name of the specific body of water. This item
should not be left blank.
After providing the information, enter the time period (year) when the data are
collected, the title of the reference document, and the name of agency/unit/office
where the data came from.

barangay officials/staff and add necessary remarks. Still, we encourage
reference document on this matter.
B. Service Institutions and Infrastructure
This section takes into account different information on the facilities, infrastructure,
and resources in the barangay that can be government-operated, privately owned,
etc.
Examine the presence of different types of facilities, namely: Health, Education,

Service, Agricultural, Input Dealer, Water, Sources of Electricity, Financial
and Credit Institutions, Tourism Sites and Destinations, Transport, Garbage
and Waste Disposal Practices, and Modes of Transportation in the barangay.
Each facility has categories e.g., Barangay Health Center, Hospital, and Maternity
and Child Clinic under Health Facility.
81
The following information will be collected for each category of facilities:
Presence of the facility

Does this barangay have at least one (Type of Facility)?
For each of the facilities listed, indicate whether the identified subcategories are
present in the barangay. Tick Yes or No as for the presence of the facility.
If the facility is present in the barangay, click on “Add Facility”. You will then be
asked for the name of the facility, address of the facility, presence of other
services/facility, name of the other service facility, and presence of government
project facility completed in the last three (3) years.
Name of the facility

What is the name of the (Facility)?
Record the complete name of the facility. Do not abbreviate. For example, the
PSA should be recorded as Philippine Statistics Authority.
Address of the facility

What is the address of the (Facility)?
Indicate the complete address, which should include the floor number, building
numbers/name, if any, block/lot number, street name, zone, and/or
village/sitio/purok name. Names of barangay, city/municipality and province
should no longer be included in the field.
Presence of other services/facilities

Is there other service/s and/or facility/ies present?
Tick Yes or No, whether there are other services/facility that is present in the
same service/facility that is previously asked. Only answer yes, if the facility name
and address is the same.
Other services/facilities
What is/are other services/facility present in the (Facility)?
If other services/facility is present in the particular barangay facility, identify the

facility and refer to the reference data below. Other purpose/s can be multiple
responses. Write other codes in the remarks section.
Codes Description
HEALTH FACILITY
0101 Barangay Health Center
82
Codes Description
0102 Rural Health Unit (RHU)/ Urban Health Center
0103 Hospital
0104 Maternity/Lying-in Clinic/Birthing Home
0105 Pediatric/Child Clinic
0106 Medical Clinic/Diagnostic/Dialysis Center
0107 Dental Clinic
0108 Mobile Clinic
0109 Botika ng Barangay
0110 Botika ng Bayan
0111 Pharmacy/Drugstore
0112 COVID-19 Quarantine/Isolation Facility
0113 COVID-19 Testing Center/ Vaccination Site
0114 Habilitation Facility
0115 Rehabilitation Center
0199 Others, please specify ____
EDUCATION FACILITY
0201 Day Care Center
0202 College/ University
0203 Senior High School
0204 Junior High School
0205 Elementary School
0206 Preschool
0207 SPED school/center
0208 TVET institution/training institute
0209 Alternative Learning System (ALS) Center
0299 Others, please specify _____
SERVICE FACILITY
0302 Multi-purpose Hall
0304 Police Station/Substation
0305 Jail
0306 Fire Station
0307 Trial Court House
0308 Public Plaza/Parks/Garden/Sports Facility (gymnasium, court, etc.)
0311 Disaster Risk Reduction Desk/Office
0312 Women’s Crisis Center
0313 Violence against Women and Children (VAWC) Desk/Office
0314 Go Negosyo Center
0315 Persons with Disabilities Affairs Office (PDAO)
0316 Office of Senior Citizens Affairs
0317 Local Council for Protection of Children Office
83
Codes Description
0318 Post Office/Postal Service
0319 Evacuation Center
0320 Library
0321 Public Market
0322 Communal Toilet
0323 Cemetery/Memorial Park
AGRICULTURAL FACILITY
0401 Rice Mill (fixed and mobile)
0402 Corn Mill (fixed and mobile)
0403 Feed Mill (fixed and mobile)
0404 Sugar Mill (fixed and mobile)
0405 Mechanical/Electrical/Solar Dryer (coconut, rice, etc.)
0406 Fish Landing Center
0407 Agriculture produce market (permanent/bagsakan, and
periodic/talipapa/weekend market)
0408 Slaughterhouse/dressing plant
0409 NFA warehouse
0410 Commercial agriculture warehouse
0411 Layer farm (poultry)
0412 Hatchery for aquafarm species
0413 Breeding/multiplier farm for livestock
0414 Breeding farm for poultry
0415 Nursery/greenhouse/screen house/nethouse
0416 Veterinary/para-veterinary clinic
INPUT DEALER
0501 Agricultural Supplies Dealer (feeds, fertilizer, pesticide,
seeds/seedling)
0502 Agriculture/fishery machine/equipment dealer
0503 Boat/fishing gear dealer
0504 Veterinary medicine dealer
WATER FACILITY
0601 Deep Well (Level I)
0602 Artesian Well (Level I)
0603 Shallow Well (Level I)
0604 Level II Water system (communal faucet system or standposts)
84
0605 Level III Water system (reservoir, piped distribution within adequate
network)
0606 Water Refill Station
ENERGY FACILITY
0701 Electric Company
0702 Hydroelectric Power Plant
0703 Geothermal Power Station
0704 Wind Farm
0705 Non-Renewable Power Plant/Station (Coal, Diesel, Natural Gas,
Nuclear)
FINANCIAL AND CREDIT INSTITUTION

0801 Bank
0802 Community/Barangay Cooperative
0803 Microfinance NGOs
TOURISM SITES & DESTINATION FACILITIES

0901 Natural Sites (nature parks, reserves, zoos, aquaria, and botanical
garden)
0902 Tourist Attraction (museums, religious sites, historical landmark)
0903 Theme/Amusement Parks
0999 Others, please specify ______
TRANSPORT FACILITIES
1001 Airport
1002 Seaport
1003 Terminal (bus, jeepney, tricycle)
GARBAGE AND WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES

1101 Open Dump Site
1102 Sanitary Landfill
1103 Barangay Compost Pits
1104 Material Recovery Facility (MRF)
1105 Treatment, storage, & disposal (TSD) Facility
1106 Waste-to-energy facility
1107 Sewage Treatment Plant
85
Presence of government project facility
Is the facility a government project completed in the last 3 years?
Tick Yes or No, whether the facility present in the barangay is a government
project completed in the last three (3) years.
Operator of the facility

What type of institution operates the facility?
Identify which institution operates the facility among those in the list provided.
Code Description
1 Private (Business/Profit-Oriented) institution which is operated for
profit and which requires a license issued by the department.
2 National Government
3 Provincial Government
4 City/Municipal Government
5 Barangay Government
National/Provincial/City/Municipal/Barangay Government facility means a
facility, agency or area used for public purposes, and owned or operated by an
instrumentality or agency of federal, state or local government.
6 Government-Owned and Controlled Corporation (GOCC) is a
term used to describe government-owned corporations that conduct
both commercial and non-commercial activity. GOCCs both receive
subsidies and pay dividends to the national government.
7 Non-Governmental Organization (NGO)/ Non-Profit Institution
Serving Household is an organization that is independent of
government involvement. NGOs are a subgroup of organizations
founded by citizens, which include clubs and associations that
provide services to their members and others.
8 Don’t Know if the institutions operating the facility are not on the
listed types.
9 None if the there are no institutions operating the facility.
In some cases, the question on the operator of the facility is automatically field.
As an example, barangay health center will no longer be asked on the type of
institution operating the facility since it is already identified to be operated by the
barangay LGU.
If the facility is not present in the barangay, the distance of the nearest facility to
the barangay hall and the type of institution who operates the facility will be
asked.
86
Distance of the facility
What is the distance of the barangay hall to the nearest facility?
If the facility is not present in the barangay, the distance of the nearest facility to
the barangay hall will be asked. Identify the distance and refer to the following
list below:
Code Description
1 Within 2 km (Inside the City/Municipality)
2 More Than 2 km (Inside the City/Municipality)
3 Within 2 km (Outside the City/Municipality), Specify
4 More Than 2 km (Outside the City/Municipality), Specify
8 Don’t Know
If the nearest facility is situated outside the city/municipality, indicate the

province and city/municipality. If the distance is unknown to the respondent,
tick Don’t Know.
After answering this question, the system will automatically proceed to the
question on the facility’s operating institution.
To assist in the estimation of distance between the barangay and the service
institution/facility, you may use Google Maps in another page of your browser or
using your phone’s browser (https://maps.google.com). Simply pin the location
of the barangay hall and the nearest service institution/ facility.
Be guided by the following instructions:
1. Please record ALL facilities that are present in the barangay by adding
additional rows for multiple entries. It is important that facilities are well-
accounted so that the mappers will be able to locate easily the facilities within
the barangay.
2. Consider only the facilities that are currently operating/being used/utilized

and located in the barangay whether private-owned, government- owned,
etc, unless otherwise indicated. If temporarily not available/under renovation,
still report the facility with appropriate remarks.
3. In recording the facility, consider each facility by its main purpose. e.g.,
Schools with libraries should only be considered in college/university /
senior/junior high school under Education Facility and not in Library under
Service Facility. You may include the other purpose of the facilities in
answering the questions, “Is there other services/facility present in the
(Facility)?” and “What is/are other purpose/s of the facility?”. Enter the
corresponding codes using the reference data.
87
4. Further, a facility, may or may not be physically located within the barangay.
Consider as present/available in the barangay persons or mobile trucks or
vans regularly making rounds in the barangay or those who/which are
available when called upon by the residents for inputs/goods or services. In
such cases, enter the address if it is located/resident of the barangay,
otherwise, place a “mobile” word in the field provided. Put remarks in the note
section.
5. In case the facility is located in 2 or more barangays boundaries, consider the

official address (including the barangay) of the facility. In the absence of
official address, record both in barangay. This will be discussed in the
community validation after the data collection.
6. In case of doubt, put remarks in the note section.
7. Account each facility that is not included in the list in the “Others, specify”
category. Correspondingly, complete all the fields thereafter.
I. Health Facility
RA 11223 defines health facility as a facility, “public or private, devoted primarily
to the provision of services for health promotion, prevention, diagnosis, treatment,
rehabilitation and palliation of individuals suffering from illness, injury, disability, or
deformity, or in need of obstetrical or other medical and nursing care.
Determine whether the following health facilities are present in the barangay:
Barangay Health Center, Hospital, Maternity and child clinic, Private medical clinic,
Botika ng Barangay, Botika ng Bayan, Dental clinic, COVID-19 quarantine/isolation
facility, COVID-19 testing center, Habilitation facility, and Rehabilitation center.
Kindly note that there are other important health facilities that may be listed under
“Others, specify” category.
Each health facility is defined as follows:
a. Barangay health center is a health station that requires only the presence of a
midwife either live-in or present only during office hours.
However, there are doctors on call. Barangay health station is a peripheral health
facility that delivers basic services to a barangay with an estimated population of
5,000 and usually staffed by a midwife. (Source: 2020 CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
b. Hospital refers to a place devoted primarily to the maintenance and operation of

facilities for the diagnosis, treatment, and care of individuals suffering from
illness, disease, injury or deformity, or in need of obstetrical or other medical and
88
nursing care. The term hospital also refers to any institution, building or place
where there are installed beds or cribs or bassinets for 24-hour use or longer by
patients in the treatment of diseases, diseased-condition, injuries, deformities or
abnormal physical and mental states, maternity cases, and sanitary care
infirmaries, nurseries, dispensaries, and such other means by which they may be
designated. This includes both government and private hospitals. (Source: 2020
CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
A government hospital is a hospital operated and maintained either partially or

wholly by the national, provincial, municipal or city government, or other political
subdivision, or by any department, division, board or other agency thereof.
(Source: 2020 CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
A private hospital, on the other hand, is a hospital which is privately owned,

established, and operated with funds raised or contributed through donations, or
by private capital or other means, by private individuals, association, corporation,
religious organizations, firms, company or joint stock association. (Source: 2020
CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
c. Rural Health Unit (RHU)/ Urban Health Center is a field health unit/center of
local government units (LGUs) providing or making accessible under the direct
supervision of at least one (1) physician, the basic health services for a
city/municipality. (Source: 2020 CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
Rural health units are managed by LGUs that provide the basic health services
for the population it serves, i.e., control and monitoring of communicable
diseases, promotion of maternal and child health, as well as giving communities
access to medical care, among others.
d. Maternity/Lying-in Clinic/Birthing Home is a health facility that provides

maternity service on pre-natal and post-natal care, normal spontaneous delivery,
and care of new-born babies. (Source: Department of Health - Administrative
Order No. 2016-0042)
e. Pediatric/Child Clinic is a health facility that is designed to provide optimal care

to infants, children, and adolescents in a specific environment where parents
were admitted and where the special needs of children were catered for.
f. Medical Clinic/Diagnostic/Dialysis Center
Medical clinic is a place in which patients can avail of medical consultation or

treatment on an outpatient basis.
Diagnostic Clinic refers to licensed facilities where tests are done on the human
body or on specimens thereof to obtain information about the health status of a
89
patient for the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of diseases. (Source: RA
11223)
Dialysis Center or Hemodialysis Clinic a health facility doing medical

procedures whereby the patient's blood is delivered by a machine to a dialyzer
(filter) to remove metabolic waste and restore fluid and electrolyte balance
(Source: Department of Health - Administrative Order No. 2016-0042)
g. Dental clinic is a place where a dentist performs dental procedures and

treatments on patients. It can be found in hospitals and other health- related
establishments. It is usually a single room housing all dental equipment and tools.
Often, though not always, low-cost or free treatments are performed. For the
purpose of statistics, dental clinics in establishments (e.g., dental clinics in
schools and government offices) will not be recorded.
h. Mobile clinics or laboratories can be listed as long as it is regularly making

rounds in the barangay and large part of the community is being served. A one-
time medical/dental mission of specific organization should not be included.
i. Botika ng barangay (BnB) refers to a drug outlet managed by a legitimate

community organization (CO)/non-government organization (NGO) and/or the
Local Government Unit (LGU), with a trained operator and a supervising
pharmacist. It also refers to a drug outlet wherein primary, non-prescription
generic drugs listed in the Philippine National Drug Formulary (PNDF) and
selected prescription drugs (Cotrimoxazole, Amoxicillin, Metoprolol, Captopril,
Metformin, Glibenclamide, Salbutamol, among others) are sold/made available.
j. Botika ng bayan (BNB) is an outlet similar to BnB, but typically one per
municipality, that uses the franchising business format. BNBs are flagship outlets
of the Cheaper Medicines Program of the government.
In some instance botika ng bayan is located inside the community hospital,

record both facility in hospital and botika ng bayan.
k. Pharmacy/Drugstore refers to drug establishments where registered drugs,

chemical products, dental, medicinal and household remedies are dispensed
directly to the general public on a retail basis. (Source: Department of Health -
Administrative Order No. 2014-0034)
l. COVID-19 quarantine/isolation facility is designed to make sure potential

COVID-19 carriers are kept separate from the public until they complete the
mandatory 14-day quarantine period and be cleared to return home. It is
designated for probable, suspect, and confirmed cases.
90
m. COVID-19 testing/ Vaccination center is a facility where a healthcare worker
takes a sample from inside the back of one’s throat and nose using a swab for
COVID-19 testing.
n. Habilitation facility. Residential habilitation center (RHC) means a community-

residential facility certified to provide Intermediate Care Facilities for Individuals
with Intellectual Disability (ICF/ID) and/or nursing facility level of care for persons
with developmental disabilities. e.g., Philippine Cerebral Palsy Center
o. Rehabilitation center focuses on an integrated approach to physical, social,

cultural, spiritual, educational, and vocational measures that create conditions for
the individual to attain the highest possible level of functional ability.
p. Other health facilities may include emergency facility, rural health units,
laboratory and diagnostic centers, among others.
● Emergency facility gives immediate response such as ambulance services and
pre-hospital treatment among others
II. Education Facility
Indicate the presence in the barangay of education facilities as enumerated below.
a. Day care center is a facility in a barangay where children who are three (3) to
six (6) years old are cared for during part of the day by an accredited day care
worker. A day care worker is a child care worker providing supplemental parental
care and early childhood enrichment activities.
b. College or dalubhasaan is an institution of higher learning offering academic
programs and usually pre-professional training leading to a
bachelor’s/baccalaureate degree. (Source: CHED)
University or pamantasan is an institution made up of an undergraduate that
offers bachelor’s degrees and a graduate division that comprises a graduate
school and professional schools, each of which may confer master’s degrees and
doctorates. It is an entire socio- physical infrastructure comprised of schools,
colleges, and institutes offering degree programs in various disciplines and
levels. (Source: CHED)
c. Senior high school (SHS) is a school facility that offers two years of specialized
upper secondary education. Students enrolled in this institution may choose a
specialization based on aptitude, interests, and school capacity.
d. Junior high school (JHS) is a school facility that offers lower secondary general
education programs and lower secondary technical-vocational livelihood
programs. JHS schooling usually lasts of four (4) years.
e. Elementary school is a school facility that administers primary education
programs which usually lasts for six (6) years. (RA 10533)
91
f. Preschool/Kindergarten is a facility that offers first stage of compulsory and
mandatory formal education which consists of one (1) year of preparatory
education for children at least five (5) years old as a prerequisite for Grade 1.
(Source: RA 10533)
g. Special Education (SPED) school/center is a facility that provide access to
basic education among children with special needs, namely, the gifted/talented,
the mentally retarded, the visually impaired, the hearing impaired, the
orthopedically handicapped, the learning disabled, the speech defectives, the
children with behavior problems, the autistic children and those with health
problems through the formal system and other alternative delivery services in
education. (Source: DepEd)
h. Technical-vocational education and training (TVET) institution/
institute/center is a facility that offers technical-vocational education and
training. It involves, in addition to general education, the study of technologies
and related science, and acquisition of practical skills relating to occupations in
various sectors of economic life and social life, comprises formal (organized
programs as part of the school system) and non-formal (organized classes
outside the school system) approaches. (Source: TESDA)
i. Alternative Learning System (ALS) Center or Community Learning Center
(CLC) is a physical space to house learning resources and facilities of a learning
program for out-of-school children in special cases and adults. It is a venue for
face-to-face learning activities and other learning opportunities for community
development and improvement of the people's quality of life.
j. Other education facilities may include Development Academy of the
Philippines, as long as the specific facility/building/room/structure is created for
that purpose.
These questions refer only to public and private institutions that offer elementary,
high school, and college/university levels of education. Entities that offer private
or tutorial services (e.g.,, review centers and language centers) are not
considered here.
Currently, most of the public schools are isolation/quarantine facility. In this case,
record it in education and enter the other purpose of the facility.
NOTE: Basic public education is still largely the responsibility of the central
government, delivered through the Department of Education (DepEd),
notwithstanding the devolution of many basic services to LGUs (Source: PIDS).
The respondent should also take note that there are Non-DepEd Public School
which refers to a public school offering basic education operated by an agency
of the national government other than the DepEd, or by a local government unit.
(RA 10533)
92
III. Service Facility
Inquire about the identified service facilities below.
a. Multi-purpose hall refers to a place to accommodate a variety of events or
activities/gatherings and is usually situated in an accessible location.
b. Police station/Substation is the office or headquarters of a local police force.

Kindly list also the police substations as long as there is a regular duty assigned
in the post.
c. Jail is a place of confinement detainees/prisoners, any fugitive from justice, or
person detained awaiting or undergoing investigation or trial and/or pending
transfer to the National Penitentiary, and/or violent, mentally ill person who
endangers him/herself or the safety of others, duly certified as such by the proper
medical or health officer, pending transfer to a mental institution. (Source: BJMP
Comprehensive Operations Manual 2015 Edition)
d. Fire station is a facility where firefighting apparatus such as fire engines, fire
hoses, and other specialized equipment are stored. List also fire substations.
e. Trial Court House refers to a court of law where cases are tried in the first place,
as opposed to an appeals court.
f. Public plaza/garden/park/sports facility (gymnasium, court, etc.)
Public plaza or town plaza refers to an open area that offers amenities for
relaxation. Public Park refers to a public garden surrounded by grass and trees,
or a public area set aside as nature reserve. Government-owned playing courts
such as tennis and basketball courts are considered as sports facilities.
Parks refer to an area of natural, semi-natural, or planted space set aside for
human enjoyment and recreation or for the protection of wildlife or natural
habitats. Theme parks and other amusement parks shall be considered part of
this operational definition. Theme Park refers to an amusement park with defined
and designed space that features themed rides and attractions. (Source: DOT)
g. Disaster Risk Reduction Desk/Office refers to a facility which shall be

responsible for setting the direction, development, implementation and
coordination of disaster risk management programs within their territorial
jurisdiction. (Source: Republic Act 10121: Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and
Management Act of 2010)
h. Women’s crisis center pertains to a community center that offers services for
people impacted by domestic violence and sexual abuse, and aims to transform
a community through violence prevention. (Source: PCW)
93
i. Violence Against Women and Children (VAWC) Desk/ Office is a facility that
would address VAWC cases in a gender-responsive manner, managed by a
person designated by the punong barangay. It is situated within the premises of
the barangay hall. In the absence of a barangay hall, the VAWC Desk shall be
established within the premises where the punong barangay holds office.
(Source: Ordinance no. 0645 S. 2016)
j. Go Negosyo Center. Under the Negosyo Center Program, Go Negosyo Center

is responsible for promoting ease of doing business and facilitating access to
services for Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs). According to the
Philippine Center for Entrepreneurship (which also refers itself to Go Negosyo),
the Philippine Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) has set four types of
Negosyo Centers with different features:
● Model A (Ideal for provinces, cities, and first-class municipalities with 3 to 5
business counselors plus support staff). A facility includes a reception area with
receiving counter, PBR kiosk, computers, lounge, and library; consultation and
meeting room; working area; and a training room.
● Model B (Ideal for second-class municipalities with 2 to 3 business counselors
plus support staff). A facility includes a reception area, consultation and meeting
room, and working area.
● Model C (Ideal for third- to fourth-class municipalities with 2 business counselors
plus support staff). A facility includes reception area and 3 desks.
● Model D (Ideal for fifth to sixth class municipalities with 1 desk officer LGUs). The
private sectors are encouraged to assign personnel to support the Negosyo
Centers. They are also allowed to host the facility should they have available
space that is accessible to more entrepreneurs.
Negosyo Centers are usually found in strategic areas convenient for the existing
and would-be entrepreneurs, such as DTI offices, Local Government Units
(LGU), academe, Non-Government Organizations (NGOs), and malls. (Source:
DTI)
k. Person with Disabilities Affairs Office (PDAO) is a facility where the policies,
programs, services for persons with disabilities (PWDs) take place under
Republic Act No. 10070.
l. Office of Senior Citizen Affairs is a facility which draws up a list of available

and required services which can be provided by the senior citizens; maintains
and regularly updates on a quarterly basis the list of senior citizens and to issue
nationally uniform individual identification cards which shall be valid anywhere in
the country; and services as a general information and liaison center to serve the
needs of the senior citizens under Republic Act No. 9994.
94
m. Local Council for Protection of Children Office is organized as a council at
the provincial, city, municipal, and barangay levels that serves as the umbrella
organization for all children’s concerns.
n. Post office or postal service is a public department responsible for mail

services. Postal service is said to be available in a barangay if there is a post
office unit/service or a postman who handles the transmission or delivery of mails
in the barangay. Postal services carried out by couriers (Philippine Postal
Corporation (PhilPost), LBC, JRS, Air 21, 2GO, etc.) are included here. However,
transmission or delivery performed by individuals, whether as a favor or for a fee,
is excluded here. (Source: 2020 CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
o. Evacuation Center refers to a place where evacuees are brought before, during,
and after calamities/disaster such as but not limited to typhoon, floods,
landslides, earthquake, or fire for care, safety, and protection.
p. Library refers to a place where reference materials and daily newspapers are
kept for free use by the public. This may also be known as information and
reading center. Privately owned libraries in the barangay will only be included if
they are open for the free use which are exclusive for the general public. School
libraries for students, faculties, and alumni of the school are excluded. (Source:
2020 CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
q. Public Market refers to a place, building or structure or any kind owned and/or
operated by a city or municipality designated as such by their respective
Sanggunians and dedicated to the service of the public in general and where
basic food items and other commodities are displayed and offered for sale. The
term also includes market stalls, tiendas, buildings, roads, subways, waterways,
drainage, parking spaces, and other appurtenances that are an integral part
thereof.
r. Communal Toilet is a room, booth or building with toilets, urinals and sinks
intended for use by the general public for hygiene and sanitation purposes only.
In reporting communal/public toilets, kindly exclude toilets located in the
fastfood/restaurants, terminals and malls or other establishments.
s. Cemetery/Memorial Park refers to a burial ground, government or privately

owned, that is open for the general use of the public. This is a place duly
95
t. authorized by law for burying the dead. Memorial parks are included in this type
of facility/service. (Source: 2020 CPH Supervisor’s Manual)
u. Other service facilities may include crisis intervention center, tourism

information and assistance office, among others.
Crisis Intervention Center is a special unit operating on a 24-hour basis to

serve as an action center to immediately respond to cases of individuals and
families in crisis situations. It provides integrated services such as immediate
rescue and protection, provision of direct financial assistance and referrals for
immediate medical, legal, psychosocial services including temporary shelter to
clients.
Tourist information and assistance centers are often located at strategic

locations across the country, and are necessary to disseminate relevant
information pertaining to the tourist locations and products and to assist tourists
and tourism enterprises. (Source: RA 9593)
IV. Agricultural Facility
Indicate the presence of agricultural facilities that are defined below:
Agricultural Facility Photo

a. Rice mill
b. Corn mill
Rice/corn mill (fixed and mobile) is a

machine which dehulls or polishes grains in
one operation, generally producing a high
proportion of broken kernels. Included in this
category are rice/corn mills that have fixed
location and those that are mobile. Rice/corn
mills are also known as cono, rubber roll, or Source: Department of Agriculture –
kiskisan (Source: 2012 CAF Supervisor’s Region XI
Manual).
96
Source: PhilMech compact cornmill / Dr.
Romualdo Martinez, Dr. Michael
Gragasin, and Engr. Jayvee Illustrisimo
c. Feed mill (fixed and mobile) refers to

a mill in which stock feeds, which can be for
livestock, poultry, and/or aquafarm species,
are prepared. (Source: 2012 CAF
Supervisor’s Manual)
Source: www.gcmec.com
d. Sugar mill is a machine for pressing out
the juice of the sugar cane, usually consisting
of three or more rollers, between which the
cane is passed to produce raw or white sugar.
(Source: 2012 CAF Supervisor’s Manual)
Source: www.jjwrightfineart.com
e. Mechanical/ Electrical/ Solar Dryer
(coconut, rice, etc) is a power operated
equipment or device used for drying grains by
removing moisture from the grains to a level
safe for storage or milling, normally at 14%
moisture content. (Source: Revise Rules and
Regulations of the National Food Authority on
Grains Business)
Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com
97
f. Fish landing center is a facility where
fish and other aquatic plants and animals are
brought right after they are caught/gathered
and are prepared for sorting. Fish catches all
over the Philippines are typically landed in
private, traditional, or government-owned
landing centers. The government-owned
landing centers are fish ports managed either
by the Philippine Fisheries Development
Authority (PFDA) or by Local Government
Units (LGUs) or jointly managed by both. Source: Business Mirror
(Source: 2012 CAF Supervisor’s Manual)
g. Agriculture produce market
(permanent/ bagsakan and periodic
/talipapa/ weekend market) is a place or
building where farmers bring their produce or
harvest for purposes of trading or private
purchase and sale. The market may be
operational every day or only on certain days
of the week. This place is commonly known as
“bagsakan” or “bulungan”. (Source: 2012 CAF
Supervisor’s Manual) Source: www.trekearth.com
h. Slaughterhouses/dressing plants is a
facility where animals are slaughtered before
they are processed as food products for
consumption.
Source:
www.metromanila.politics.com.ph
i. National Food Authority (NFA)
warehouse is a storage area for low-priced
basic food, e.g., NFA rice, that are sold to
NFA licensed retailers associations.
Source: ptvnews.ph
j. Commercial agriculture warehouse is

a facility that has storage structures for the
protection of the quantity and quality of
agricultural commodities.
k. Layer farm (poultry) is where the layer
98
farm sequence takes place. This procedure
starts when female chicks are raised into
pullets for commercial egg production.
l. Hatchery for aquafarm species refer

to facilities where brood stock of eggs are
hatched and reared into fry in a body of water
(artificial or natural) contained in tanks or
ponds under controlled condition in fresh
and/or saltwater environment.
Source: www.agriculture.com.ph
m. Breeding/multiplier farm for livestock
n. Breeding farm for poultry
Breeding/multiplier farm for livestock and
breeding farm poultry are establishments for
selective breeding/reproduction of livestock
and/or poultry.
o. Nursery/greenhouse/screen
house/nethouse
A nursery is a place where young plants,
trees, or vines are propagated for purpose of
transplanting. It could be in an open area or
under a protective cover. Some nurseries
specialize in one or more specific phase of the
process of growing plants: propagation, Source: www.jains.com
growing out, or retail sale; or in one or more
type of plant: groundcover, shade plant, fruit
tree, or rock garden plant.
A greenhouse, screenhouse or nethouse is

a building where plants are grown. A
greenhouse is a structure with different types
of covering materials, such as glass or plastic
roof and frequently has glass or plastic walls.
It heats up because incoming visible radiation
from the sun are absorbed by the plants, soil,
and other things inside the building. A
screenhouse uses screens as covering
materials for the roof and walls to protect the
plants usually under nursery. A nethouse, on
99
the other hand, uses nets (such as fishnets)
as covering materials.
p. Veterinary/para-veterinary clinic.
Animal health services are typically provided
by a network of regional and provincial
veterinarians and para-veterinarians. Para-
veterinarians are veterinary paraprofessionals
commonly known as livestock inspectors,
meat inspectors, and agricultural technicians
employed by LGUs who are trained by
government veterinarians, though not
recognized yet by the veterinary statutory
body, to reach municipalities/cities that are
located in remote areas.
q. Other agricultural facilities, specify
Please include here facilities that research and/or provide assistance for
sericulture, apiculture, cut flower production and ornamental plants, as well as
post-harvest support services among others.
V. Input Dealer
Different types of input dealers are:
a. Agricultural Supplies Dealer (Feeds, Fertilizer, Pesticide, Seed/ Seedlings)

An agricultural input dealer is defined as any establishment that sells any type of
agricultural input such as fertilizer, pesticide, seeds, and feeds. It includes small
transient retailers to agricultural input wholesalers.
● Fertilizer dealer is a person or establishment who/that sells fertilizers to farmers

or farm operators. A fertilizer is any organic or inorganic material/substance of
natural or synthetic origin, which is applied to the soil, irrigation water, or
hydroponic medium to supply plants with nutrients or enhance plant growth.
Excluded in this category are persons/establishments who/that sells chicken
dung and other animal manure as fertilizer.
● Pesticide dealer is a person or establishment who/that sells pesticides to

farmers or farm operators. A pesticide is a substance or mixture of substances
intended to repel, mitigate, control, or destroy diseases and pests in plants or
animals, and prevent any harm to agricultural commodity during the production,
storage, transport, processing, and/or marketing phase. Included in this category
100
are dealers of weedicides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, insecticides, and
other biopesticides.
● Seeds/seedling dealer is a person or establishment who/that supplies seed

inputs to farmers or farm operators.
● Feeds dealer is a person or establishment who/that supplies processed food

products for livestock and/or poultry. Also included in this category are
aquaculture feeds dealers.
b. Agriculture/fishery machine/equipment dealer is a person or establishment

who/that sells machinery and equipment for the production, harvesting,
processing, storage, manufacture, preserving, transporting, and distribution of
agricultural and fisheries products.
c. Boat/fishing gear dealer is a person or establishment who/that supplies boat,

gears, and equipment used for fishing.
d. Veterinary medicine dealer is a person or establishment who/that supplies

veterinary medicines for livestock, poultry, and even animal species cultured in
aquafarms.
e. Other input dealers, specify agricultural dealer that do not fall in any dealer
above.
For purposes of the CBMS, a “Yes” answer should refer to those input dealers
who/which are currently existing and in operation in the barangay. As such, input
dealers which are temporarily or permanently closed or non-operational at the
time of the visit should no longer be listed as facility in the barangay.
Further, an input dealer may or may not be physically located within the
barangay. Consider as present/available in the barangay persons or mobile
trucks or vans regularly making rounds in the barangay or those who/which
are available when called upon by the residents for inputs/goods or services. In
such cases, enter the address if it is located/resident of the barangay, otherwise,
place a “mobile” word in the address field provided (e.g., 005 P.Tuazon St. –
mobile). Put remarks in the note section.
101
VI. Water Facility
Inquire about the water facilities as listed below.
Department of Health defines Level I water facility is a protected well or a developed

spring with an outlet but without distribution system, generally adaptable for rural
areas where the houses are thinly scattered. A Level I facility normally serves
around 15 households.
Deep well, artesian well and shallow well are examples of Level I water facility.
a. Deep well (Level I) Water is taken from a

tubed/piped well, which is at least 100 feet (5 pcs.
of 20-feet pipes) or 30 meters deep
Source: myphilippinelife.com
b. Artesian well (Level I) Water is taken from a

tubed/piped well, which is less than 100 feet deep.
Source: medicalaviation.org
c. Shallow well (Level I) water is taken from a well, which may be provided with a
protective device against contamination or pollution.
d. Water refill station. These are water stations that refill and sell purified/distilled
water in bottles, gallons, or any other containers.
For the succeeding water facilities/systems below, indicate whether the source is
located in the barangay or not. Tick Yes or No.
e. Level II water system (Communal faucet system or standposts).
It is a water supply facility composed of a source, a reservoir, a piped distribution

network with adequate treatment facility, and communal faucets. One faucet
usually serves 4 to 6 households. Generally, it is suitable for rural and urban fringe
areas where houses are clustered densely to justify a simple piped system. The
definition was modified with the inclusion of the underlined phrase “with adequate
102
treatment” to emphasize that source of water supply has passed the Philippine
National Standards for Drinking Water.
f. Level III water system (reservoir, piped distribution within adequate

network).
This is a water supply facility with a source, a reservoir, a piped distribution

network with adequate treatment facility and household taps. It is generally suited
for densely populated urban areas. The definition was modified with the inclusion
of the underlined phrase “with adequate treatment” to emphasize that source of
water supply has passed the Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water.
g. Others, specify - water facilities that do not fall in any facility above. (e.g.,
Include only water facilities that are used publicly or by the community. Thus,
individual household deep wells, for instance, are excluded. It is recognized that
some water facilities do not have name, in such cases, record the name of the
nearest household or the name it was known for.
VII. Sources of Electricity
Tick Yes or No, whether electricity is being used in the barangay. If the answer is
No, the system will automatically proceed to Credit Institutions section.
If electricity is being used in the barangay, include all the available source of
electricity used by the households in the barangay.
a. Electric company is a firm that engages in the electricity generation and

distribution for sale generally in a regulated market. Electric cooperatives are
included.
An electrical substation is a subsidiary station of an electricity generation,

transmission and distribution system. Substations take the electricity from power
plants and from the transmission lines and transform it from high to lower voltage.
They distribute electricity to consumers and supervise and protect the distribution
network to keep it working safely (CBMS Handbook)
b. Hydroelectric Power Plant shall refer to an electric-power-generating plant

which: (a) utilizes the kinetic energy of falling or running water (run-of-river hydro
plants) to turn the turbine generator producing electricity. (Source: RA 7156)
c. Geothermal Power Station shall refer to an electric-power-generating plant

which uses machines or other equipment that converts geothermal energy into
useful power. (Source: Republic Act No. 9513)
d. Wind Farm shall refer to an electric-power-generating-plant which uses machines

or other related equipment that convert wind energy into useful electrical or
mechanical energy. (Source: Republic Act No. RA 9513)
e. Non-Renewable Power Plant/Station (Coal, Diesel, Natural Gas, Nuclear)
103
f. Others, specify - Other electricity sources.
List all those electric sources that are regularly used by the community in the
barangay. As an example, If the barangay uses solar street lights include them in
others, specify
Sources of Electricity available in the barangay hall.

Tick Yes or No if the following sources is/are available and/or used in the barangay
hall:
a. Generator is used for providing source of temporary and transportable electric

power. It is commonly used in building and construction areas, onboard electric
power for boats, and during prolonged power cuts and outages.
Source: nmccat.com Source: www.popularmechanics.com

b. Solar is an alternative energy source. Solar power uses solar panels to convert
the sunlight into usable energy.
Source: large.stanford.edu
104
c. Battery is another source of power that typically does not last long. It is usually
used only to power lights.
Source: myphilippinelife.com
VIII. Financial and Credit Institutions
Tick Yes or No whether there are any financial and credit institutions operating in
the barangay. If the answer is No, tick No and the system will automatically proceed
to Tourism Sites and Destination section.
If there are financial and credit institutions within the barangay, tick Yes or No in the
following selections as per availability of the institution.
a. Bank is an establishment that engages in financial service activities and

insurance, reinsurance, and pension funding and activities to support financial
services. Activities of holding assets, such as activities of holding companies,
trusts, funds, and similar financial entities are included in this kind of
establishment.
b. Community/Barangay Cooperative are groups or associations voluntarily
formed by people to meet their socio-economic needs. Members pay their dues
like membership fees and regular contributions which in turn are used by the
group to grant loans and provide other financial services to its members.
c. Microfinance NGOs are nonprofit voluntary citizens’ group which is organized on

a local, national, or international level. Task-oriented and driven by people with
common interest, NGOs perform a variety of service and humanitarian functions:
bring citizen concerns to governments, advocate and monitor policies, and
encourage political participation through the provision of information. For the
purpose of CBMS data collection, only NGOs who serves as credit institution will
be listed. (e.g., CARD, ASA)
d. Pawnshops is a duly organized and licensed pawnshop has, in general, the

power to engage in the business of lending money on the security of personal
property.
e. Other credit institutions- facilities that do not fall in any facility above.
105
IX. Tourism Sites and Destinations
Presence of Tourism Site and Destinations - Are there any of the tourism sites
and destination present in the barangay?
Tick Yes or No whether there are any tourism sites and destination present in the
barangay. If the answer is No, tick No and the system will automatically proceed to
Transport Facility section.
Tourism sites are the specific places which tourists come to see and experience. A
tourism site/destination may be an existing natural attraction (volcano); an area of
natural scenic beauty (national park); or man-made attraction (heritage structure,
beach/golf resort). It can also be a site or area for potential development or
enhancement for tourism such as a green field site for a new resort, or a coastal area,
which could be designated as a marine park. (Source: Tourism Guidebook for Local
Government Units).
If there are tourism site and destinations present within the barangay, tick Yes or No in
the following selections as per availability. The tourism sites and destinations that are
present in the barangay, which can be, but not limited to, the following:
a. Natural sites (nature parks, reserves, zoos, aquaria, and botanical

garden) refer to natural features, geological, and physiographical formations and
delineated areas that constitute the habitat of threatened species of animals and
plants, and sites of value from the point of view of science, conservation, or natural
beauty. It includes nature parks and reserves, zoos, aquaria, and botanical gardens.
(Source: DOT Memorandum Circular No. 2020-011)
b. Tourist Attraction (museums, religious sites, historical landmark)
Tourist Attraction refers to a place of interest where tourists visit, typically for its
inherent and/or exhibited natural or cultural value, historical significance, natural or
man made features, offering leisure and education.
Examples of these are museums, religious site, and historical landmarks.
A Historical landmark refers to a structure that has significant historical, architectural,

or cultural meaning and that has been given legal protection from alteration and
destruction. (Source: DOT Administrative Order No. 2020-009)
c. Theme/Amusement Parks refers to an amusement park with defined and

designed spaced that features themed rides and attractions. (Source: DOT
Administrative Order No. 2020-009)
d. Other Tourism Site/Attraction – sites/facilities/attractions that do not fall in

any facility above.
Examples of these are pasalubong centers, entertainment, convention and exhibition
venues, malls/commercial centers, activity centers, famous wellness and leisure spots.
106
Tourism Activity Engagement - Does your barangay engage in tourism
activities.
Tourism Activity refers to the activity of travelers visiting the barangay, given that the
traveler is a visitor taking a trip to a destination outside his/her usual
residence/environment. (IRTS 2008, para 2.9)
Tick Yes or No if tourism activity is present in the barangay.
X. Transport Facility
In this section, it is also asked whether there is any seaport, or airport, or terminals for
public transport located in the barangay. If such is present in the barangay, provide
complete information on items PT1 to PT3, i.e., the names, address, and operating
institution of the seaport, or airport, or terminals for public transport in the barangay.
Consider only the facilities that are currently operating/being used/utilized and located
in the barangay whether private or government owned. If temporarily not
available/under renovation, still include the facility.
Tick Yes or No as per the presence/availability of the facility in the barangay.
Pta. Seaport refers to a terminal and an area within which ships are loaded and/or
where cargoes are discharged. It includes a usual place where ships wait for their turn
or are ordered or obliged to wait for their turn. It is a place where goods and passengers
transfer between ship and shore. As such, it commonly occupies a site where there is
adequate sheltered water. Commonly called a “pier” or “fish port”, only those which are
in operation at the time of the interview should be considered in this item.
The classifications of ports included for this purpose are the following:
● Commercial public port – port owned and operated by the government, constructed
primarily to serve the needs of the general public, and generally caters to vessels of
more than 30 tons.
● Feeder port – a port constructed primarily to provide linkages among neighboring

small islands and nearby urban centers. This port generally caters to few passengers
and small fishing vessels
● Fishing port – a port which primarily serves the fishing industry, either within the area,
or may be regional in scope, servicing the main collection and distribution center for
fish.
Private ports are included in this facility. Record the information and select “Private”
for the type of institution that operates the facility.
Ptb. Airport refers to a port for the takeoff, landing, and maintenance of planes, with
facilities for passengers. Include also the non-commercial airports.
Ptc. Terminal (bus, jeepney, tricycle) refers to an off-street area where passengers
board and alight, usually located at the start and end of a route.
107
XI. Garbage and Waste Disposal Facility
Indicate the presence of garbage and waste disposal facilities, equipment, and
practices in the barangay.
The community garbage management facilities are the following:
a. Open dump site refers to a disposal area

wherein the solid wastes are indiscriminately
thrown or disposed of without due planning and
consideration for environmental and health
standards.
Source: www.pna.gov.ph
b. Sanitary landfill refers to a waste disposal site

designed, constructed, operated and maintained
in a manner that exerts engineering control over
significant potential environmental impacts
arising from the development and operation of
the facility.
Source: www. pia.gov.ph
c. Compost pits refer to the controlled decomposition of organic matter by micro-

organisms, mainly bacteria and fungi, into a
humus-like product.
Source: homeorganicph.wordpress.com
d. Material recovery facility (MRF), also known as materials reclamation facility or

materials recycling facility, includes solid waste
transfer station or sorting station, drop-off center,
a composting facility, and a recycling facility.
The MRF shall receive biodegradable wastes for
composting and mixed non-biodegradable
wastes for final segregation, re-use and
recycling. Provided, that each type of mixed
waste is collected from the source and Source: www.rappler.com
transported to the MRF in separate containers.
(Source: RA 9003)
e. Waste-to-energy (WTE) facility refers to the area where the wastes to energy
operations are housed. WTE refers to the energy recovered from waste, usually
the conversion of non-recyclable waste materials into usable heat, electricity or
fuel through a variety of processes. (Source: DENR)
108
f. Sewage treatment plant refers to a facility designed to receive the wastewater
from domestic sources and to remove materials that damage water quality and
threaten public health and safety when discharged into receiving streams or
bodies of water.
g. Treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) facility refers to where hazardous

wastes are stored, treated, recycled, reprocessed, and/or disposed. Storage
refers to the interim containment of solid waste after generation and prior to
collection for ultimate recovery or disposal. Disposal refers to the discharge,
deposit, dumping, spilling, leaking, or placing of any solid waste into or in any land.
(Source: Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Philippine Ecological Solid
Waste Management Act of 2000)
h. Other garbage and waste disposal facilities, specify
These may include buy-back centers, transfer stations, among others.
RA 9003 defines the following:
● Buy-back center shall refer to a recycling center that purchases or otherwise

accepts recyclable materials from the public for the purpose of recycling such
materials.
● Transfer stations shall refer to those facilities utilized to receive solid wastes,
temporarily store, separate, convert, or otherwise process the materials in the
solid wastes, or to transfer the solid wastes directly from smaller to larger
vehicles for transport. This term does not include any of the following:
o a facility whose principal function is to receive, store, separate, convert, or

otherwise process in accordance with national minimum standards, manure;
o a facility, whose principal function is to receive, store, convert, or otherwise

process wastes which have already been separated for re-use and are not
intended for disposal; and
o the operations premises of a duly licensed solid waste handling operator who
receives, stores, transfers, or otherwise processes waste as an activity
incidental to the conduct of a refuse collection and disposal business.
Garbage and Waste Disposal Equipment and Practices

WD1: Are the following waste collection equipment available in the
barangay?
It refers whether each collection equipment below is available in the barangay, tick
Yes or No depending on the availability of each.
● Collection Trucks
● Waste Collection Bins
● Incinerators
109
Choose “Add Entry” under “Others, Specify” and type-in the waste equipment name
and count if there are other Waste Collection Equipment that is being used in the
barangay
WD2: How many units are owned and being used by the barangay?
If the collection equipment is available, ask further the number of units owned and
being used by the barangay.
The types of waste collection equipment are as follows:
a. Collection trucks
Source: www.flickriver.com
b. Waste collection bins –

sacks, recycled tires turned
garbage bin can also be
included here.
c. Incinerator is furnace for burning waste. It has stack

emission controls and is subject to strict regulations
regarding handling and disposal of ash and residuals
from stack emission controls. Although waste burning in
the Philippines is prohibited under the country’s Clean
Air Act, some private companies make use of waste
incinerators to produce electricity.
d. Others, specify
List down in this category all responses that do not fall in any categories above.
Classification of solid waste in accordance with the DENR is as follows:

a. Biodegradables are wastes that undergo biological degradation under
controlled conditions and can be turned into compost (soil conditioner or organic
fertilizer). Examples include food waste, animal waste and entrails, and plant
and tree parts and trimmings.
b. Recyclables refer to any waste retrieved from the waste stream and free from
contamination that can still be converted into suitable beneficial use. Examples
paper, cardboard, scrap metal, aluminum, tin cans and glass.
110
c. Residuals (non-hazardous industrial waste) are wastes that are non-
compostable and non-recyclable. e.g., sanitary napkins, disposable diapers,
candy wrappers, sachets, milk/juice cartons, worn-out clothes and rugs.
d. Special wastes refer to household hazardous wastes. These include paint and
other materials, batteries, medical/clinical waste, electrical waste, chemical
wastes, worn-out furniture and appliances, oil, tires, etc.
WD3: Who primarily collects the garbage from households?
It refers on who primarily collects garbage from households in their barangay.

Choose from the list below and record only one answers.
Code Description
1 Municipal Collector
2 Barangay Collector
3 Private Collector (Establishment)

4 “Bote Dyaryo”, Waste Pickers or Garbage
Scavengers
5 Others, Specify
9 None
If “Others, specify” is selected, click on “Add Entry” and please provide details.
If categories 1-4 and 9 are selected, the respondent is also requested to provide
details on the garbage collection system on the NOTES/REMARKS section of the
questionnaire.
Code Description
1 Daily
2 Thrice a week
3 Twice a week
4 Once a week
5 Others, Specify
111
WD4: How often are garbage collected from households?
If categories 1 to 4 is selected, it is also requested to provide further details on the

garbage collection system on the NOTES/REMARKS section of the questionnaire.
If the respondent says “Others, specify”, kindly provide the details on the space
provided for the said category
WD5: Does this barangay collect garbage from households even if these are
not properly segregated?
It refers to whether the barangay collect garbage that are not properly segregated
from households. Tick Yes, No or Not Applicable as per the practice in garbage
collection in the barangay.
The “Not applicable” can be selected if there is no garbage collection system being
implemented in the barangay.
WD6: Does this barangay pay the municipal/city/provincial LGU for waste
management services?
This refers if the barangay pays the municipal/city/provincial LGU for waste
management services. Tick Yes or No Payment Fee as provided by the respondent.
If the answer is “No Payment Fee”, the system will automatically proceed to WD8.
WD7: How much does the barangay pay for waste management services for
the whole year (in PhP)?
If it is answered Yes in WD6, put in how much the barangay pays for waste
management services for the whole year (in PhP) on the space provided.
WD8: Is the current garbage collection system able to serve the whole
barangay?
This refers to whether the current garbage collection system is able to serve the
whole barangay. Tick Yes, No or Not applicable as provided by the respondent. If
the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to Mode of Transportation
section.
The “Not applicable” category can be selected if there is no garbage collection

system being implemented in the barangay.
WD9: What specific areas (zone/purok/sitio) are not reached by the barangay
and city/municipal garbage collectors?
If it is answered Yes in WD8, list the specific areas in the barangay (zone/purok/sitio)
that are not reached by the barangay and city/municipal garbage collectors and
record the answers on the space provided.
112
Probe further on the reasons behind not being able to cover all areas in the barangay.
Record in NOTES/REMARKS section the reasons for not being able to cover all
areas in the barangay.
XII. Mode of Transportation
MT1. Is (MODE OF TRANSPORTATION) available or in operation in the

barangay?
Tick Yes if the mode of transportation is available in the barangay, otherwise, choose
No. If the barangay does not have any terminal station, but the mentioned mode of
transportation can be accessed/used by barangay residents, tick yes for that specific
transportation.
Inquire about the identified modes of transportation below.
Mode of Transportation
a. Bus b. Taxi
Source: www.vectorstock.com Source: commons.wikimedia.org
c. TNVS car - Grab (as seen in the d. TNVS motorcycle - Joyride, Angkas
picture below), MiCab, etc. (as seen in the picture below)
Source: www.techinasia.com Source: www.topgear.com.ph/tag/ride-

hailing
113
Technology- and app-based transport network vehicle service (TNVS) means

transportation of passenger/s between points chosen by the passenger and that is
pre-arranged through the use of a digital network.
The TNVS begins from the moment the driver accepts a request for transportation
on a service platform and ends when the driver completes the transactions on the
service platform or when the trip is complete and the passenger exits the vehicle,
whichever is later.
(Source: https://www.congress.gov.ph/legisdocs/basic_18/HB01260.pdf)
e. Van/FX f. Jeepney
Source: www.topgear.com.ph Source: www.pinterest.ph

g. Tricycle h. Pedicab
Source: tuktukph.top Source: www.ateliermichaellin.com
i. Boat/Motorized Banca j.Train
Source: lagawan.org/ Source: www.silent-gardens.com
114
k. Motorcycle e.g., Habal-habal, l. Others, specify e.g., railway trolley.
skylab, etc.
Source: www.sandspice.com/ Source: www. d0ctrine.com
MT2: What is the distance of the barangay hall to the nearest public land
transport or railroad terminal? (in kms)
It refers to the distance of the nearest public land transport or railroad terminal in the
barangay. Terminal may include bus terminal, tricycle terminal or alike. Specify the
distance in kilometer.
To assist in the estimation of distance, you use Google Maps in another page of your
browser or using your phone (https://maps.google.com). Simply pin the location of
the barangay hall and the nearest public land transport facility.
C. Information and Communication Technology (ICT)
Provide details on the information and communication technology facilities available

and uses in the barangay.
IT1: Is cellphone network signal available in the barangay?

Tick Yes or No depending on the availability of cellphone signal coverage by
technology available (2G, 3G, 4G, and 5G) at the barangay level (mobile cellular
telephone signal coverage), If the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed
to IT4.
There would be instances where some areas of the barangay does not have signal.
In this case, record based on the signal available on the most of the parts of the
barangay and add remarks in the note section.
IT1.1: What is the available cellphone network signal in the barangay?

If IT1 were answered Yes, ask about the cellphone network signal available in the
barangay. Choose from the list below and record the highest kind of signal that is
available in the barangay.
115
Code Description
1 2G (E or G). It can send and receive SMS, MMS, and voice

call
2 3G (H or 3G+ or H+). It can browse social media accounts,

send and receive email)
3 4G (LTE or 4G+ or LTE-A). It can download/upload files,

online gaming, watch video online
4 5G. It brings the capacity and the capability to connect the

internet to multiple devices.
IT2: Is/are there an existing telecommunication/cellular tower/s in the

barangay?
A telecommunication tower is a combination of steel structures that are designed in

order to support antennas for data, telecommunications, and broadcasting. (2019
NICTHS Field Operations Manual)
To determine the presence of ICT Infrastructure in the barangay specifically on

telecommunication/cellular, tick Yes or No if there is an existing
telecommunication/cellular tower/s in the barangay. If the answer is No, the system
will automatically proceed to IT4.
IT3: How many are the existing telecommunication/ cellular tower/s in the
barangay?
If IT2 were answered Yes put in the number of existing telecommunication/cellular
tower/s in the barangay and record the answer on the space provided.
IT4: Is free Wi-Fi available in the barangay?

Free Wi-Fi is an internet connection that can be availed freely by anybody near
enough to the source of signal. It can be provided by a private company or a public
(government-owned). It must be noted that the internet must be installed inside the
116
barangay. Hence, this does not include Wi-Fi signal accessed from another barangay.
(2019 NICTHS Field Operations Manual)
Tick Yes or No whether free Wi-Fi is available within their barangay. If the answer is
No, the system will automatically proceed to IT6.
IT4.1: What is the coverage of the free wifi?

This refer on how wide is the coverage of the free wifi in the barangay. Choose from
the list below.
Code Description
1 Whole barangay
2 Selected areas in the barangay
3 Barangay Hall only
4 Others, Specify
IT5: Who provides the free Wi-Fi in the barangay?
If Yes is ticked on IT4, it will be asked who is the provider of the free Wi-Fi, which can
either be privately-owned or government-owned.
Free wi-fi hotspots are set up in various areas. Please consider the different operating
institutions offering free wi-fi hotspots located anywhere within the barangay. Both
privately-owned and government-owned can be selected if applicable.
IT6: Which of the following ICT equipment in the barangay can be used by the
public for free?
ICT Equipment is classified as free to use if it can be used by all residents of the
barangay at any time and day without the need to pay a fee. (2019 NICTHS Field
Operations Manual)
117
From the list below, select all possible answers for all the ICT equipment that can be
used by the public for free. Ask the respondent about the ICT equipment in the
barangay that can be used by the public for free. Choose from the list below and
record all possible answers. If there is any available ICT equipment that is/are not
included in the list, choose Others and state the specific ICT equipment. In case there
is no available ICT equipment in the barangay, choose None.
The codes and description for the ICT equipment are listed as follows (2019
NICTHS Field Operations Manual):
Code Description
A Telephones/Cellphones
● Fixed telephone line is a type of telephone line that
connects a consumer's terminal equipment (ex. telephone
set facsimile or fax machine) to a public switched telephone
network (PSTN). It should also have a dedicated port on a
telephone exchange.
● Cellular telephone refers to a portable telephone
that uses cellular technology to access the PSTN. This
includes analogue and digital cellular systems and
technologies like the IMT-2000 (3G) and IMT-Advanced.
Having a mobile telephone also includes postpaid and
prepaid accounts.
B Computers (Desktop, Laptop, Tablet). It is an electronic

device that stores and processes data (typically in binary
form, according to instructions given by a variable program.
This refers to a desktop computer, a laptop (portable)
computer, or a tablet or any similar handheld computer.
C Fax Machines or telephone set facsimile. A device that can

send or receive pictures and text over a telephone line.
118
D Printers. It is an output device that prints paper documents.
This includes text documents, images, or a combination of
both.
E Audio-Visual Equipment (Projector, Microphone,
Speaker). It is electronic media possessing both a sound
and a visual component, such as slide-tape presentations,
films, television programs, corporate conferencing, church
services, and live theater productions.
F Others, specify
Z None
IT7: Are there Fiber Optic Cables installed in the barangay hall?
A Fiber Optic Cable consists of a bundle of glass threads, each of which is capable of
transmitting messages modulated onto light waves. It provides fast transfer speeds
and large bandwidth and are used for a large part of the Internet backbone.
Tick Yes or No if Fiber Optic Cables is installed in the Barangay Hall.
IT8: Does this barangay use computers (desktop, laptop, tablet, etc.) in
providing government services such as barangay clearance, community tax
certificate, etc.?
Tick Yes or No whether the barangay is using computers (desktop, laptop, or tablet)
in providing government services such as barangay clearance and community tax
certificate.
IT9: How do barangay clients usually fill out their forms for their transactions
in the barangay?
Choose all possible answers that apply from the provided list on how the barangay
clients normally fill out their forms for their transactions in the barangay. (2019
NICTHS Field Operations Manual)
119
Code Description
A Manual accomplishment of forms - means when clients

request or file something to the barangay, they use pen
and paper to fill out their details;
B Direct encoding to a computer by barangay personnel

- means that barangay personnel are directly encoding the
data of client in a computer
C Direct encoding to a computer by client - means that

clients are directly asked to input their data in a computer
by themselves or with the help of a barangay personnel
D Others, specify
IT10: Does this barangay maintain a computerized database?

Digital database - is an organized collection of data, generally stored and accessed
electronically in a computer system. It can contain objects such as texts, images,
audios, videos, and other media formats. (2019 NICTHS Field Operations
Manual)Electronic databases maintained by the barangay LGU personnel using
computer applications such as Microsoft Office (Excel, Access), GIS datafiles, SQL,
etc., can be considered as computerized databases. These electronic/computerized
databases are helpful in generating summary information and statistics from the data
gathered.
Tick Yes or No whether the barangay maintains a computerized database.
120
IT11: Does this barangay have a hired IT Personnel?
To determine the capacity preparedness of the barangay for the municipal-level
databank that will be integrated to the National-level, tick Yes or No, whether the
barangay have a hired IT personnel. If the answer is No, the system will automatically
proceed to IT13.
Please answer Yes if the barangay LGU has hired staff performing IT functions,
regardless of the name of the position (e. g. barangay hires clerk but its main function
is on IT-purposes such as database management, file organization, systems
development, etc.
IT12: How many IT personnel are working in the barangay performing IT

functions?
If the answer for IT11 is Yes, indicate the number of IT personnel working in the
barangay performing IT functions and record the answer on the provided boxes.
121
IT13: Does this barangay have an official website (gov.ph) (to disseminate
news, provide barangay services, etc.)?
To determine if the barangay makes use of the internet as a platform to interact with
its citizens and disseminate information and news, tick Yes or No if the barangay has
an official website (gov.ph) to disseminate news, to provide barangay services, etc. If
the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to IT15.
IT14: What is the official website Uniform Resource Locator (URL) of the
barangay?
If the answer in IT13 is Yes, indicate the URL of the official website of the barangay
and record the answer on the blank provided.
Example entry for this data item: https://alabel.gov.ph/maribulan/
IT15: Does this barangay have a social media account operated by the LGU?
To determine if the barangay makes use of the social media platforms to interact with
its citizens and disseminate information and news, tick Yes or No if the barangay has
an official social media account operated by the LGU. If the answer is No, the system
IT16: What is the social media account page URL of the barangay?
If the answer in IT15 is Yes, indicate the social media account page URL of the
barangay and record the answer on the blank provided.
Example entries for this data item:

● https://www.facebook.com/PayocpocSurBlu/
● https://www.facebook.com/Barangay-Damayan-Official-535307123219155/
● https://twitter.com/bsapasig?lang=en
122
IT17: Does this barangay have a specific local strategy on new technologies
such as use of social media to disseminate information and for online selling
and buying of goods, and the use of online facilities to request services from
the barangay, etc.?
Tick Yes or No, if the barangay has specific local strategy on new technologies such
as the use of social media to disseminate information and for online selling and buying
of goods, and the use of online facilities to request services from the barangay, etc. If
the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to IT19.
IT18: Please provide the URL to the document containing the local strategy on
new technologies OR please attach a photo copy of the file.
If the answer in IT17 is Yes, indicate the URL to the document containing the local
strategy on new technologies and record it on the blank provided. Attach a photocopy
or an electronic copy of the file.
IT19: Does your barangay implement an e-Government Strategy?
E-government is defined as use by government agencies of information technologies

(such as Wide Area Networks, the Internet, and mobile computing) that have the
ability to transform relations with citizens, businesses, and other arms of government
(World Bank, 2015). According to E-Government Master Plan of the Philippines, some
123
of E-Government Projects are e-Document and Archiving System, Geoportal (One
Nation, One Map), Business Portal, Philippine Business Registry (PBR), e-Agriculture
(KAgriNet), e-Community Center, e-LGU, Government Portal, Philippine Government
e-Procurement System (PhilGEPS) and etc.
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has an e-government strategy or equivalent
being implemented by their city/municipal government. If the answer is No, the system
IT20: Please provide the URL to the document containing the e-government
strategy OR Please attach a photocopy of the file.
If the answer for IT19 is Yes, indicate the URL to the document containing the e-
government strategy and record it on the blank provided. Attach a photocopy or an
electronic copy of the file.
124
IT21: Does this barangay use ICT equipment/facilities for security purposes
(e.g., CCTV)?
To determine the security in the barangay in terms of ICT, tick Yes or No, if the
barangay uses ICT equipment/facilities for security purposes (e.g., CCTV)
Please consider answering Yes if these ICT security facilities/equipment are in
operational and currently working. These facilities need not be placed only within the
barangay hall. They may be found anywhere within the barangay as long as the LGU
operates and/or maintains these.
Answer No if these are not present and/or not available in the barangay.
D. Significant Events in the Barangay in the Last 3 Years

Indicate the frequency of occurrence of significant events in the barangay. A significant
event is an event that can be a negative shock or an adverse situation (e.g., natural
calamity or socio-economic difficulty) or positive shock or a beneficial situation (e.g.,
opening of large firm that provides local employment).
S1 and S3. From ____ to ____, how many times did the event occur and/or
negatively affected the barangay?
NOTE:
For S1, reference period is 01 July 2019 to 30 June 2021
For S3, reference period is 01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022
Examine the occurrence of significant events that have negatively affected the
barangay. These events are categorized as the following: climate-related and
geologic events, economic events (e.g., closure of small firms, closure of large firms
and mass layoff), health and agriculture-related events, and peace and order events.
125
Note further that there are also positive significant events in the barangay that
may draw in more economic activity and livelihood for the community. These may
include opening of large firms, opening of small firms, opening of shopping malls and
opening of fastfood restaurants, among others.
126
Indicate on the space provided the frequency of events occurrence from 01 July 2019
to 30 June 2021 and from 01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022. That is, indicate how many
times the major event/s has/have occurred during the reference period.
For significant events (positive or negative) not listed below, enumerate these in the
space provided for the Others category.
You may also use the NOTES/REMARKS section to provide additional details on the
significant events in the barangay. Such additional information will help the LGUs and
NGAs determine interventions and design programs so as to prevent and/or better
prepare the barangays for such significant events.
The significant events to consider are specified in the next pages:
Response Definition
Category
a. Climate-related and geologic events
1.Typhoon Tropical cyclones are warm-core low pressure systems associated
with a spiral inflow of mass at the bottom level and spiral outflow at the
top level. In other parts of the world, these are referred to as hurricanes,
typhoons or simply tropical cyclones depending on the region. In the
Western North Pacific Ocean, they are called “typhoons”. (Source:
PAGASA)
127
Response Definition
Category
2. Flood PAGASA defines flood as an abnormal progressive rise in the water

level of a stream that may result in the overflowing by the water of the
normal confines of the stream with the subsequent inundation of areas
which are not normally submerged. This can be naturally caused by
meteorological events, seismic activities and astronomically influenced.
Flooding may also be an outcome of blasting slopes of hills and
mountains, construction of temporary dams, failure of hydraulic and
other control structures, untimely and sudden release of large amounts
of excess water in hydraulic structures, and denudation of forest and
watershed areas.
This category also includes flash flood. Flash flood is flooding caused by
a rapid rise in the water level of rivers, streams, or lakes, usually as a
result of heavy rains. (Source: PAGASA)
3. Storm Storm surge is also known as “daluyong ng bagyo” and refers to the
surge abnormal rise in sea level that occurs during tropical cyclones or
“bagyo”. It is caused by strong winds and low atmospheric pressures
produced by tropical cyclones. As the tropical cyclone approaches the
coast, strong winds push the ocean water over the low-lying coastal
areas, which can lead to flooding. (Source: PAGASA)
4. Dry spell/ Drought is a prolonged dry period in the natural climate cycle.
drought
5. Earthquake An earthquake is a weak to violent shaking of the ground produced by
the sudden movement of rock materials below the earth’s surface.
(Source: PHIVOLCS)
6. Volcanic Volcano is a vent, hill or mountain from which molten or hot rocks with
eruption gaseous material have been ejected. Volcanoes could also be in the
form of craters, depressions, hills or mountains formed by removal of
pre-existing material or by accumulation of ejected materials. (Source:
PHIVOLCS)
The following are volcanic hazards directly associated with eruption:
● Lava flow
● Tephra fall or ashfall and ballistic projectiles
● Pyroclastic density currents or PDCs (pyroclastic flow,
pyroclastic surge, base surge)
● Lateral blast
● Volcanic gas
Landslide, lahar flooding, volcanic tsunami, ground deformation
(subsidence, fissuring) may also be indirect results of the volcanic
eruption. (Source: PAGASA)
128
Response Definition
Category
7. Landslide/ Landslide is the mass movement of rock, soil, and debris down a slope
mudslide due to gravity. It occurs when the driving force is greater than the
resisting force. It is a natural process that occurs in steep slopes. The
movement may range from very slow to rapid. It can affect areas both
near and far from the source. (Source: PHIVOLCS)
8. Tsunami A tsunami is a series of sea waves commonly generated by under-the-

sea earthquakes and whose heights could be greater than 5 meters. It is
erroneously called tidal waves and sometimes mistakenly associated
with storm surges. Tsunamis can occur when the earthquake is shallow-
seated and strong enough to displace parts of the seabed and disturb
the mass of water over it. (Source: PHIVOLCS)
9. Forest Fire A forest fire is a large, uncontrolled fire in a forest or wooded area”.
(Collins Dictionary 2016).
B. Economic events
1. Closure of Small firms can be either micro, small, or medium enterprises.

small/large Republic Act No. 9178, otherwise known as the Barangay Micro
firms Business Enterprise (BMBE) Act of 2002 has defined these enterprise
categories based on the number of employees such as follows:
2. Opening of o Micro - less than 10
small/large o Small - 10 to 99
firms o Medium - 100 to 199
Large firms are enterprises composed of at least 200 employees.

3. Mass-lay off Mass lay-off means a reduction in employment at a single site. Mass
lay-off shall mean a reduction in force which (i) is not a result of a closure
and (ii) results in an employment loss at the single site of employment
during any 30-day period for (1) at least 33% of employees, and/or (2) at
least 50 employees, excluding part-time employees. (Source: Senate Bill
1383)
4. Opening of Shopping malls are buildings or a series of connected buildings
shopping containing retail stores and restaurants.
malls
5. Opening of “Fast foods” refer to types of food that can be prepared and served
fastfood very quickly. They are characterized as easy to prepare, accessible
restaurant/s and cheap alternatives to home-cooked meals. Fastfood chains, also
known as “quick service restaurants”, serve these types of food to
customers packaged for immediate consumption, either on or off the
eating premises.
129
Response Definition
Category
Among the popular fast food chains are Jollibee, McDonald’s,

Chowking, Mang Inasal, KFC and Greenwich (Source: PIDS)
C. Health and agriculture-related Events
6. Epidemic/ Pandemic is an epidemic occurring worldwide, or over a very wide area,

pandemic crossing international boundaries and usually affecting a large number
of people. (Source: WHO) Epidemic is occurrence in a community or
region of cases of an illness, specific health-related behaviour, or other
health-related events clearly in excess of normal expectancy. (Source:
WHO)
7. Pest It is the presence within or around a building, place or conveyance of
Infestation any insect, rodent or other pests. (Source: DOH)
Pest infestation is the occurrence of one or more pest species in an

area or location where their numbers and impact are currently or
potentially at intolerable levels.
8. Livestock/ Livestock/Poultry diseases is an alteration of the body or body organs

poultry that interrupts the body’s function. Such disturbances often are
disease recognized by detectable alterations of body functions. Livestock/poultry
diseases are commonly caused by bacteria, viruses, and fungi.
Examples may include: avian influenza A(H7N9) virus, Swine Influenza

(swine flu).
9. Fish kill Fish Kill is a sudden and significant mortality of either wild or cultured
fish. (Source: BFAR)
D. Peace and Order Event

1. Fire This category may include fire incidents encountered by the household,
a community (or a number of households) and fires that negatively
affected the livelihood/source of income of household members.
Excluded here are forest fires or wildfires, which should be categorized
under code 9.
2. Armed T Two categories of armed conflict are recognized under the Geneva
Conflict Conventions 1949 or Additional Protocols 1977: (a) international armed
conflicts occurring between two or more states or countries; and (b)
130
Response Definition
Category
non-international armed conflicts which occur between State and non-

governmental armed groups, or only between armed groups. (Source:
UNODC)
Examples of non-international armed conflicts are Marawi Siege in 2017

and Zamboanga City Crisis in 2013. Assassination of government official
or murder/homicide cases in the area are not covered in this category.
E. Other Event
Others, These may include tornadoes, andap/frost, haze, chemical leak, oil spill,
specify etc.
Frost occurs when ice crystals form on grass and other objects when
the temperature and dew point fall below freezing. (Source: PAGASA)
This is locally known as andap.
Tornado is a violently rotating column of air that reaches from the base
of a cloud to the ground (in funnel shape). In other areas, it is called a
violent thundersquall. (Source: PAGASA)
Haze happens when particles of fine dust are suspended in the air that
produce limited visibility. (Source: PAGASA) Haze due to forest fire can
cause air pollution which can bring about increased risks for respiratory
tract infections and cardiac ailments. (Source: DOH)
S2, S4 and S5. Reason/s of closure of firms

Based on report to barangay, what are the reasons for the closure of
(small/large) firms during the period (_____)?
NOTE:
For S2 (small/large firms), the reference period is 01 July 2019 to 30 June 2021
For S4 (small firms) and S5 (large firms), the reference period is 01 July 2021 to 30
June 2022.
Record the reasons of closures of the establishments / firms in the barangay. Multiple
responses are accepted.
The possible reason/s to consider are specified below.
131
Code Description
A Change in management/merger
B Financial losses
C Lack of capital
D Retrenchment to prevent losses

E Commission of crime/offenses
F Natural calamity
G Man-made calamity like fire
H Epidemic/pandemic
I Government decision – some situations need the approval of the

government before operating. (e. g. the franchise no longer renewed)
J Others, specify
If category J is selected, please specify the reason for the closure of large/small
firms. Please make sure that this reason does not fall unto categories A to I.
132
E. Disaster Risk Reduction and Management
Determine the measures taken to prepare for and reduce the effects of disasters in
the barangay.
The key terms are defined below:

● Disaster is a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society
involving human, material, economic, or environmental losses and impacts, which
exceed the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own
resources
(https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/policy/untaskteam_undf/thinkpieces/3_
disaster_risk_resilience.pdf).
● Disaster Risk Reduction and Management (DRRM) refers to a systematic

process of using administrative directives, organizations, and operational skills and
capacities to implement strategies, policies and improved coping capacities in
order to lessen the adverse impacts of hazards and the possibility of disaster.
(Source: RA 10121)
● Contingency planning is a management process that analyzes specific potential

events or emerging situations that might threaten society or the environment, and
establishes arrangements in advance to enable timely , effective, and appropriate
responses to such events and situations
(https://ndrrmc.gov.ph/attachments/article/95/Implementing_Rules_and_Regularti
on_RA_10121.pdf).
DP1: Does this barangay have a written disaster risk reduction and
management plan?
As identified in the National DRRM Council’s (NDRRMC) framework, every LGU

should be able to establish a Local Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Plan
(LDRRMP) aligned with NDRRMP with themes on disaster preparedness, response,
prevention and mitigation, and rehabilitation and recovery. LDRRMCs are also in
charge of integrating disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation into
development programs to counter poverty and facilitate sustainable development, and
they have the authority to declare forced or pre-emptive evacuation of local residents
if needed.
Tick Yes or No, if the barangay has a written disaster risk reduction and management
plan.
133
DP2: Does this barangay have a disaster management committee?
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has a disaster management committee.
The team supervisor shall ask the barangay personnel if he/she can be shown a
document to verify the Yes answer in this data item.
DP3: Does this barangay have a disaster/emergency response team?
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has a disaster/emergency response team.
The team supervisor shall ask the barangay personnel if he/she can be shown a
DP4: Does this barangay have an organizational plan of succession during an
emergency?
During an emergency it is important to have leaders who can make the critical
decisions and are familiar with all the different services and needs your organization
provides. The organizational plan of succession during an emergency refers to a
documented procedure that will serve as a guide to recover, resume, and restore
operations during an emergency/disruption. (Source: NDRRMC)
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has an organizational succession planning
during an emergency.
The team supervisor shall ask the barangay personnel if he/she can be shown
134
DP5: Does this barangay have a disaster/emergency hotline?
Tick Yes or No, if the barangay has a disaster/emergency hotline. If the answer is No,
the system will automatically proceed to DP7.
DP6: What is the barangay’s disaster/emergency hotline?

If the answer for DP5 is Yes, indicate barangay’s disaster/ emergency hotline on the
space provided. Kindly include the local area code.
DP7: Does this barangay have a disaster preparedness guide for persons with
disabilities (PWDs)?
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has a disaster preparedness guide for
PWDs.
DP8: Are you aware of government digital platforms for Disaster Risk
Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation (DRR-CCA) that may be used in the
formulation of your barangay’s DRR-CCA plans?
DRR is the concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through analysis and
management of their causal factors. It reduces exposure to hazards, lessens the
vulnerability of people and assets, improves management of the land and
environment and preparedness for adverse events (UNISDR, 2009).
CCA is defined by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
(UNFCCC) as “adjustments in natural or human systems in response to actual or
expected climatic stimuli or their effects that moderate harm and exploit beneficial
opportunities. This can include: (a) adapting development to gradual changes in
average temperature, sea level and precipitation; and (b) reducing and managing the
risks associated with more frequent, severe and unpredictable extreme weather
events” (UNISDR, 2010).
135
Tick Yes or No, if the barangay is aware of government digital platforms for DRR-
CCA that may be used in the formulation of your barangay’s DRR-CCA plans.
For questions DP9 and DP10, consider the following types of disaster:
a. Typhoon
b. Flooding
c. Drought
d. Earthquake
e. Volcanic eruption
f. Landslide
g. Tsunami
h. Storm surge
i. Epidemic/pandemic
j. Others, Specify
DP9: Does this barangay have a localized early warning system for (TYPE OF
DISASTER)?
An early warning system is "an integrated system of hazard monitoring, forecasting
and prediction, disaster risk assessment, communication and preparedness activities
systems and processes that enables individuals, communities, governments,
businesses and others to take timely action to reduce disaster risks in advance of
hazardous events" (Source: UNDRR)
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has a localized early warning system for
different types of disaster. In some cases, the type of disaster is not applicable in the
barangay, simply tick not applicable.
If there are other disaster that is not in the list, choose Yes in “M. Other Disaster”, and
select “Add Entry”. Record the name of the disaster that have a localized early
warning system.
The team supervisor assigned to verify the entries in your questionnaire may ask for
proof of presence of EWS in the barangay. Documents or the location where EWS
are setup can be shown to the team supervisor.
136
DP10: Does the barangay have a disaster contingency plan for (TYPE OF
DISASTER)?
Contingency plans are hazard and/or risk specific, area-focused, and time bound.
This is a specific plan designed for a specific event compared to a very general DRRM
plan. (Source: National Disaster Response Plan)
Tick Yes or No, the barangay has a disaster contingency plan for different types of
disaster. In some cases, the type of disaster is not applicable in the barangay, simply
tick not applicable.
137
If there are other disaster that is not in the list, choose Yes in “M. Other Disaster”, and
select “Add Entry”. Record the name of the disaster that have a disaster contingency
plan.
proof of presence of the disaster contingency plan in the barangay. Actual disaster
contingency plan may be presented to the team supervisor.
DP11: Does the barangay have an evacuation map?
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has an evacuation map. If the answer is No,
the system will automatically proceed to DP13.
138
proof of presence of the disaster contingency plan in the barangay. Actual disaster
contingency plan may be presented to the team supervisor
DP12: For what hazard/s is/are the evacuation map used?

If the answer in DP11 is Yes, record what specific hazard/s is/are the evacuation
map/s was/were used. Choose all possible answers that apply from the provided list
and record the answer/s on the blank provided.
If there are other disasters that is not in the list, choose “Others, Specify”, and select
“Add Entry”. Record the other hazards that the evacuation map is used.
Code Description
A Flood
B Landslide
C Storm Surge
D Earthquake
E Tsunami
F Volcanic Eruption
G Others, specify
139
DP13: Does the barangay have a hazard map?
A hazard map identifies the vulnerabilities of each local government unit to threats
such as but not limited to flood, landslide, storm surge, earthquake, tsunami, and
volcanic eruption.
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has a hazard map. If the answer is No, the
system will automatically proceed to DP15.
DP14: For what hazards is the hazard map used?

If the answer in DP13 is Yes, record what specific hazards is the evacuation map was
used. Choose all possible answers that apply from the provided list and record the
answer/s on the blank provided.
If there are other disaster that is not in the list, choose “Others, Specify”, and select
“Add Entry”. Record the other hazards that the hazard map is used.
140
Code Description
A Flood
B Landslide
C Storm Surge
D Earthquake
E Tsunami
F Volcanic
Eruption
G Others, specify
DP15: In the past 12 months (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022), did the barangay
LGU conduct disaster preparedness seminars (may be funded by LGU or Non-
Government Agency (NGA)?
Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay LGU conducted disaster preparedness
seminars, which may be funded by LGU or NGA, in the past 12 months (01 July 2021
to 30 June 2022)
DP16: In the past 12 months (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022), were there
disaster kits provided (may be funded by LGU or NGA) to the barangay LGU?
Tick Yes or No if there were disaster kits provided, which may be funded by LGU or
NGA, to the barangay LGU in the past 12 months (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022).
The question is not also limited to LGU or NGA, it also includes disaster kits provided
by NGOs and international organizations.
DP17: Does the barangay have an evacuation facility?

Tick Yes or No, whether the barangay has an evacuation facility. If the answer is No,
the system will automatically proceed to Part II section of the questionnaire.
141
DP18 to DP26:
If the answer in DP17 is Yes, select “Add Entry” to record the details of the evacuation
facility. Refer to the table below for the description of the questions being asked in the
section.
Question Description
DP18: Enumerate the Enumerate the location of all evacuation
location/s of evacuation centers in the barangay. Record all
centers in the barangay. answers on the space provided.
DP19: How would you Categorize each of the identified

categorize this evacuation evacuation center based on the list
center? below.
Code Description
1 School Building
2 Dedicated Evacuation
Center
3 Gym/Covered Court
4 Barangay Hall
5 Others, Specify
_________________
DP20: What is the capacity Indicate the number of persons that can
of the evacuation center? fit the evacuation center without
considering
How many persons can fit social/physical distancing.
inside the evacuation
center?
142
DP21: In which types of Indicate what specific type/s of disasters
disasters was this the evacuation center has been used.
evacuation center has been Multiple types of disasters are accepted.
used?
Code Description
A Typhoon
B Flooding
C Drought
D Earthquake
E Volcanic Eruption
F Landslide
G Tsunami
H Forest Fire
I Fire
J Epidemic/ Pandemic
K Armed Conflict
L Others, specify
____________
M Not Used
DP22: Does the facility Tick Yes or No, whether each evacuation
have access to safe facility has access to safe drinking water.
drinking water?
have access to sanitary facility has access to sanitary toilets.
toilets?
DP24: Does the facility Tick Yes or No, each evacuation facility
have an operational hand- has an operational handwashing area.
washing area?
have a disinfection area? facility has a disinfection area.
Disinfection refers to the use of
143
chemicals to kill microbes on surfaces.
This process does not necessarily clean
dirty surfaces or remove microbes, but by
killing microbes on a surface after
cleaning, it can further lower the risk of
spreading infection.
DP26: Does the facility Tick Yes or No, each evacuation facility
have medical kits? has medical kits. Tick Yes or No as
provided by the respondent.
Part II - Barangay LGU and Record-Based Data
A. General Information about the Barangay LGU

This section takes into account the general information about the barangay local
government unit. It includes information about the barangay officials, appointees
and workers, and establishments in the barangay based from the records of the
barangay.
For each question in Section A, enter the answer provided by the respondents.
A1: How many are males aged ____ as of 01 July 2022?
A2: How many are females aged _____ as of 01 July 2022?
Barangay Officials/Appointees/Worker
a. Captain h. Purok leader

b. Kagawad i. ENR officer
c. Secretary j. SK Chairman
d. Treasurer k. Day care worker
e. Tanod l. Utility worker
f. Health worker (BHW, m. Others (e.g., Clerk), specify:
Doctor, Nurse, Midwife)
g. Nutrition scholar
Record the number of males and females aged 15 to 30 years old, 31 to 59 years
old, and 60 years old and above as of 01 July 2022.
144
Enter the information on the number of males (A1) and females (A2) for each
designation/position listed.
If no one belongs to a certain age group, enter “0” and the system will automatically
proceed to the next age group.
Some barangay has nurse, doctor and/or midwife which is hired thru
city/municipality Local Government Unit, in this case record it under health worker.
The mentioned health workers will be considered as long they are designated and
regularly reporting in the barangay. Add remarks in the notes section.
In cases were the official/staff serve as in other position, write them in every
position. The purpose of the question is to know the availability of each specific
position in the barangay.
For barangay officials/appointees/workers that are not included in the list, enter the
specific designation/position under “Others, Specify”. This may include barangay
population volunteer, sanitation inspector, lupon ng tagapamayapa, SK kagawad,
driver and etc. Correspondingly, complete all the fields thereafter.
After providing the information, enter the title of the reference document, and the
name of agency/unit/office where the data came from.
barangay officials/staff and add necessary remarks. Still, we encourage reference
document on this matter.
145
Business Units in the Barangay
A3: How many business units are in the barangay as of 01 July 2022?
Business units includes establishments and household-based economic activities.
As defined in the 2021 Updating of the List of Establishments (ULE),
establishment is an economic unit that is:
● under a single ownership or control, i.e. under a single legal entity;
● which engages in one or predominantly one kind of economic activity; and
● at a single fixed physical location.
Thus, stores, shops, factories, mining companies, electric plants, transport

companies, radio stations, hotels, restaurants, banks, insurance companies, real
estate development companies and the like are considered establishments.
For the purpose of 2022 CBMS BPQ, ambulant peddlers and hawkers and movable
stalls either along a public road or in a marketplace are included. Similarly, open
stalls in shopping centers, malls and markets are included. Clinics, operators of
public utility vehicles (jeepney, taxi, pedicab or tricycle), parlors, vulcanizing shops,
laundry shops and sari-sari stores with or without regularly paid employee shall also
be included.
Some barangay LGUs provide information on these using the data reported to them
by the city/municipal LGUs from the business permits. Others maintain a barangay
clearance system for establishments in the barangay. The said files may be used
as reference of the barangay.
Record the number of establishments in the barangay as of 01 July 2022.
Enter “0” if there is no establishment belonging in the industry based on barangay
records. The system will automatically proceed to the next industry.
146
After providing the information, enter the title of the reference document, and the
name of agency/unit/office where the data came from.
The following are the examples of activities, services and products of

establishments under each section in the 2009 Philippine Standard Industrial
Classification (PSIC):
Section Activities/Services/Products
Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing ● Crop and animal production,
hunting and related service
activities
● Forestry and Logging
● Fishing and Aquaculture
Mining and Quarrying ● Mining of Coal and Lignite
● Extraction of Crude Petroleum
and Natural Gas
● Mining of Metal Ores
● Other Mining and Quarrying
(e.g., construction- sands,
stones, etc., manufacture of
materials- clay, gypsum, calcium,
etc., manufacture of chemicals,
147
etc.)
● Mining Support Service Activities
Manufacturing ● Food Products
● Beverages
● Tobacco Products
● Textiles
● Wearing Apparel
● Leather and Related Products
● Paper and Paper Products
● Chemicals and Chemical
Products
● Pharmaceutical
● Rubber and Plastic Products
● Computer. Electronic and Optical
Products
● Motor Vehicles
● Furniture
Electricity, Gas, Steam and Air ● Sale of electricity to the user

Conditioning Supply ● Operation of coke ovens
● Retail sale of bottled gas
● Production and distribution of
cooled air
Water Supply; Sewerage, Waste ● Water collection, treatment and
Management and Remediation Activities supply
● Sewerage
● Waste Collection, Treatment and
Disposal Activities; Materials
Recovery
● Remediation activities (e.g.,
Cleanup of contaminated
buildings and sites, soil, surface
or ground water)
Construction ● Construction of Buildings (e.g.,
all types of residential and non-
residential buildings)
● Civil Engineering (e.g.,
construction of motorways,
bridges, etc.)
● Specialized Construction
Activities (e.g., clearing of
building sites; building site
drainage, etc.)
Wholesale and Retail Trade and Repair of This section includes wholesale and
Motor Vehicles and Motorcycles retail sale (i.e., sale without
transformation) of any type of goods and
the rendering services incidental to the
sale of these goods. Wholesaling and
148
retailing are the final steps in the
distribution of goods. Goods bought and
sold are also referred to as
merchandise.
Also included in this section is the repair

of motor vehicles and motorcycles.
Transportation and Storage ● Land Transport and Transport via
Pipelines
● Water transport (e.g., operation
of towing, cruise, ferries, water
taxis, etc.)
● Air Transport
● Warehousing and Support
Activities for Transportation
● Postal and Courier Activities
Accommodation and Food Service ● Accommodation (short-stay
Activities accommodation for visitors and
other travelers)
● Food and Beverage Service
Activities (e.g., restaurants,
cafeterias, bars, coffee shops,
etc.)
Information and Communication ● Publishing Activities (e.g.,
publishing of books, atlases,
audio books, encyclopedias, etc.)
● Motion Picture, Video and
Television Programme
Production, Sound Recording
and Music Publishing Activities
● Programming and Broadcasting
Activities
● Telecommunications
● Computer Programming,
Consultancy and Related
Activities
● Information Service Activities
Financial and Insurance Activities ● Financial Service Activities,
except Insurance
● Insurance, Reinsurance and
Pension Funding, except
Compulsory Social Security
● Activities Auxiliary to Financial
Service and Insurance Activities
Real Estate Activities ● Buying, selling, renting and
operating of self-owned or leased
real estate
● Provision of homes and furnished
149
or unfurnished flats or
apartments for more permanent
use
Professional, Scientific and Technical ● Legal and accounting activities
Activities ● Activities of Head Offices;
Management Consultancy
Activities
● Architecture and Engineering
Activities; Technical Testing and
Analysis
● Scientific Research and
Development
● Advertising and Market Research
● Veterinary Activities
Administrative and Support Service ● Rental and Leasing Activities
Activities ● Employment Activities
● Travel Agency, Tour Operator,
Reservation Service and Related
Activities
● Security and Investigation
Activities
● Services to Buildings and
Landscape Activities
● Office Administrative, Office
Support and other Business
Support Activities
Education ● Education at any level or for any
profession
● Education by the different
institutions
● Public and private education
● Instruction primarily concerned
with sport and recreational
activities
Human Health and Social Work Activities ● Human Health Activities (e.g.,
Hospital activities, medical and
dental, etc.)
● Residential Care Activities (e.g.,
homes for the elderly, etc.)
● Social Work Activities without
Accommodation (e.g.,
counseling, welfare, etc.)
Arts, Entertainment and Recreation ● Operation of concert and theatre
halls
● Libraries, Archives, Museums
and other cultural activities
● Gambling and Betting Activities
● Sports Activities and Amusement
and Recreation Activities
150
Activities of Extra-territorial Organizations ● International Organizations such
and Bodies as UN, ASEAN, ICRC, APEC-
Center, SEAMEO, etc.
Other Service Activities ● Activities of Membership
Organizations
● Repair of Computers and
Personal and Household Goods
● Other Personal Service Activities
(e.g., Laundry service, beauty
parlor, etc.)
B. Volunteerism in the Barangay

Volunteer is defined as a person who freely offers to undertake a task or take part
in an enterprise. Persons in volunteer work are defined as all those of working age
who, during a short reference period, performed any unpaid, non-compulsory
activity to produce goods or provide services for others
Volunteer service organization is a local or foreign group that recruits, trains,
deploys and supports volunteer workers to programs and projects implemented by
them or by other organizations or any group that provides services and resources,
including but not limited to, information, capability building, advocacy and
networking for the attainment of the common good. (Source: RA 9418)
Volunteer involving organization is an organization that engages volunteers to
take advocacy and action primarily for local and national development as well as
international cooperation and understanding. Can come from the academe,
corporate sector and not-for-profit organization.
B1: What were the volunteer service organizations and volunteer involving
organizations which extended help to the barangay in the past 12 months
(01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022)?
Record the specific names of volunteer service organizations and volunteer
involving organizations that extended help to the barangay in the past 12 months.
Provide all possible answers. Do not enter the abbreviated name of the
organization.
Examples of volunteer service organizations are Japan International Cooperation
Agency, Korea International Cooperation Agency and United Nations Development
Program, among others.
Meanwhile, examples of volunteer involving organizations are Tuklas Katutubo, UP
LAKAN, Helping Hands Healing Hearts Ministries Philippines, Inc., among others.
B2: Sector/Thematic Area
Based from the answer on B1, provide the sector/area of the volunteer service
organization provided by the respondent. Enter the specific code based from the list
provided. In each organization, multiple answers are acceptable. If the
151
sector/thematic area is not included in the list, enter the specific sector under
“Others, Specify”.
1. In Government programs
Sector Programs, Projects, Activities Volunteer work
A. Agriculture Livelihood for Rural-Based - Bantay Dagat
and Fisheries Organizations - 4 – H Club
Agriculture and Fisheries Council - Asist the DA in the broad-based

- Municipal to National levels monitoring and coordination of the
agriculture and fisheries modernization
process
Sustainable Fisheries - Fishers adopting more sustainable
and better-regulated fishing behaviors
(e.g.,, become a registered fisher;
record fish catch; respect fishing
regulations; and participate in fisheries
management)
Community Gardening and - Set-up and maintain communal or
Gulayan sa Paaralan school gardens that will help provide
nutritious food to school children and
poor members of the community
B. National Greening Program - Tree planting & maintenance of
Environment forests in terrestrial and coastal areas
- set-up and maintain tree nurseries
Environmental Cleanup Drives - promote and maintain cleanliness,
orderliness, and environmental
awareness and protection particularly to
advocate proper solid waste
management, recycling as a source of
livelihood, and environmental
conservation
C. Health and LGU - CSO/Private Sector - provide medical and dental assistance
Nutrition Medical - Dental Missions and expertise to the poor population
Barangay Health Workers - provide basic health check and link

communities with health and related
service providers
Supplemental Feeding program - assist in food preparation and
distribution and monitoring of
beneficiaries
Barangay Nutrition Scholars - monitor the nutritional status of
Program children and/or link communities with
nutrition and related service providers
152
Nationwide Immunization - provide technical and support services
Program/Campaigns in the conduct of the program
D. Justice, Lupong Tagapamayapa - private - help to bring opposing parties

Peace and citizen members together and effect amicable settlement
Security of differences at the barangay level
Free Legal Assistance - provide pro-bono legal services
Barangay peacekeeping and - barangay public safety officer or
security - Barangay tanod barangay peacekeeping and security
officer
E. Industry Support to Micro, Small and - provide technical and administrative
and Services Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) support services to MSMEs
F. Education Improvement of School Facilities - participate in Brigada Eskwela

- Brigada Eskwela
Alternative Learning System - conduct house to house survey of
(ALS) - Barangay Literacy potential ALS learners
worker - conduct literacy classes/sessions
G. Engagement/empowerment of - Report to LGUs corruption and illegal
Governance citizenry drug issues and concerns in their
- Response and feedback respective locality e.g., Mamamayang
mechanisms Ayaw sa Anomalya, Mamamayang
Ayaw sa Iligal na Droga (MASA-MASID)
- monitor and facilitate access of
qualified beneficiaries to government
support and services e.g., NAPC's
Kasambayanihan
Citizens Participatory Audit - Citizen Auditor of government funded
projects
H. Job Participate in job hiring/hunting - assistance in job hunting
Creation/
Income
Generation
I. Safety and Community Disaster Volunteer - participate in disaster relief and risk
Resilience Corps management (DRRM) activities
J. Social DSWD National Volunteer - assistance in DSWD managed

Services Program Centers
- packing and distribution of relief good
in times of disaster
- provide psycho-social support to
victims of abuse and disaster and other
153
technical expertise in different social
welfare and development programs
Early Childhood Education - Day - teach children in day care centers

Care workers
K. Others, Culture and heritage - Inventory and documentation of

Specify conservation potential cultural heritage sites and
structures
Tourism, - Museum guides
Culture and - Local culture and arts advocates
Arts Promotion of local tourism - Local/community tour guide
Some example of volunteer work in non-government programs
Sector Programs, Projects, Activities Volunteer work

Agriculture Agritourism - learn organic and indigenous farming
and Fisheries technologies towards the promotion of
organic farming and in sustaining the local
indigenous farming systems which are
built on the respect for the land
School Microfarm Project - set-up and maintain productive
microfarms utilizing otherwise idle public-
school spaces that will provide access to
vegetables in urban communities
showcasing effective urban agriculture
technologies.
Conservation and protection of - do IECs and capacilty building of
marine resources stakeholders
participate in clean-up drives
Culture and Support to communities and - provide various development programs
Values culture of Indigenous People (IP) such as livelihood, health, supplemental
feeding for the benefit of indigenous
people
- conduct literacy and numeracy teaching
IP children who are having difficulties
attending classes because they have to
cross seven rivers just to get to school
154
Education Alternative Learning System - implement literacy projects to out-of-
(ALS) school youths in coordination government
institutions
Street education - teach street children or in other open
public spaces e.g., cemetery
Mentoring and tutorial services - provide after school mentoring and
turorial services to slow learners in public
schools
Environment Children's Forest Program - educates school children and
communities about the environment
through tree planting and other related
environmental activities
Environmental clean-up - promote and maintain cleanliness,
orderliness, and environmental
awareness and protection particularly to
advocate proper solid waste
management, recycling as a source of
livelihood, and environmental
conservation
Important Biodiversity Area - concern local community members
Monitoring System working with governments and other
sectors to study and conserve their
natural resources
Health and Supplemental Feeding program - assist in food preparation and
Nutrition distribution and monitoring of
beneficiaries
Medical - Dental Missions
If the sector/thematic area is not included in the list, enter the specific sector under
“K. Others, Specify”.
B3: Number of volunteers who have extended services to the barangay in
the past 12 months
Record the number of volunteers who have extended services to the barangay in
the past 12 months in each sector/ thematic area listed.
Enter “0” if the barangay doesn’t have any volunteer in the specific sector and the
system will automatically proceed to the next sector.
155
C. Road Networks
The Philippine national road network is in a continuous state of improvement as it
plays an important role in the economic development of the country. The condition
of national roads is often used as an index to assess the extent of the country’s
progress.
These data will provide information that can be used as a gauge in monitoring the
progress of road surface, so as to assess and compare existing and previous road
lengths which are utilized in planning and programming of the Philippine road
network. These are very useful information to give support to decision-makers from
government and private sectors on the future plans and programs in their area of
concern to spur economic development in accordance with national development
goals and objectives.
Take note to record ALL roads that are present in the barangay and passable by
vehicle. by adding rows to account for multiple entries.
C1. Are there (type of road surface) roads/streets present in the barangay?
Road surfaces may be made of paved concrete, paved asphalt, unpaved gravel,
or natural/unpaved earth.
156
I.Paved Concrete - A mixture of cement,
fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and
water.
Source: www.dpwh.gov.ph
II.Paved Asphalt - A type of road structure

made of a mixture of asphalt, or
bituminous materials.
Source: www.dpwh.gov.ph
Manila Street
III.Unpaved Gravel - Roads formed and

surfaced with an imported gravel material.
Source: www.arq-builders.com
Mahapag-Doña Maxima FMR, Agusan del Sur
IV.Unpaved earth - Earth roads are formed

only and have no imported material.
Include here also unpaved earth pathways
of vehicles that are often used.
Pangasinan-Nueva Viscaya Road

Source: http://philippine-sailor.net
157
If the Concrete road added asphalt as its top layer, record it under Paved Asphalt.
In case, the road/street has multiple type of road surface, record it accordingly. For
example, the road/street has 4km paved concrete & 1km unpaved earth record both
in paved concrete and in unpaved earth.
For each kind of road surface listed, indicate whether it is present in the barangay. If
the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to next type of road surface.
If the type of the road surface is present in the barangay, click on “Add Road” button
and fill in the following:
C2. What is the name of the ______ road?
Enter the name of the road/street provided by the respondent. Be specific and avoid
abbreviations of the street name.
If the road has an old/former name, please put such information in the
NOTES/REMARKS section.
For roads without names, please enter in the space provided a detailed description
and/or a landmark beside it. If the road does not have an official name, and no
landmarks, use whichever name the road is known for. Also, include which purok/sitio
it is located.
158
C3. What is the length of the road/ street? (in km)
Question C3 pertains to the length (in kilometers) of the road/street. Enter the exact
length of the written road/street, decimal points can be accepted.
Whenever possible, refer to official documents. If these documents are non-existent,
you may use Google Maps to estimate the length of the road
(https://maps.google.com). Using the computer browser or your phone, pin the start
point of the road and put another pin on the endpoint of the road. An estimate of
length will appear.
C4. Which institution maintains the road/street?
This question asks about the operating institution that maintains the road and/or
street. Enter the corresponding code.
Code Description
1 Private
(Business/Profit-Oriented)
2 National Government
3 Provincial Government
4 City/Municipal Government
5 Barangay Government
6 Government-Owned and Controlled Corporation

7 Non-Governmental Organization (NGO)/
Non-Profit Institution Serving Household
8 Don’t Know
9 None
In some cases, the road/street is maintained by multiple operators. In this case,

record the operator who regularly pays for the maintenance of the road/street.
C5. What is the present condition of the road?
This question inquires about the present condition of the road/street based on latest
observation of the barangay LGU. Enter the corresponding code.
159
The possible road conditions are as follows:
Code Description
1 Good. Little or no maintenance required (routine maintenance needed)

2 Fair. Needs some partial/full depth repairs (preventive maintenance
needed)
3 Poor. Needs extensive full depth repairs, some full slab

replacement/rehabilitation
4 Bad. Needs to rebuild pavement (total reconstruction needed)
5 No Assessment. The respondent does not have any idea on the current
condition of the road.
Take note to record ALL roads that are present in the barangay and passable by
vehicle. by adding rows to account for multiple entries.
The team supervisor assigned will check the condition of the road/street during the
data collection phase. Community validation will also be done to verify information
gathered from this data item.
D. Crime
This section takes into account the different crimes reported in the barangay. It
includes information about reported cases on personal victimization experiences
during the past 12 months in the barangay.
D1. Does this barangay have reported cases on the following crimes/cases
during the past 12 months (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022)?
160
A crime is an act or offense from a public law, which makes the offender liable to
punishment under that law.
The UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) classified the crimes commonly asked
in victimization surveys. In general, victimization experience is divided into a)
personal victimization experience and b) household crime experience.
Record if the barangay has reported cases on the personal victimization
experiences during the past 12 months. Tick Yes or No as provided by the
respondent. If the answer is No, the system will automatically proceed to next type
of crime.
Personal victimization experiences are those that affect only one person. These
include crimes with contact between offender and victim (such as assault, sexual
assault, street robbery) but also non-contact crimes in which the victim is deprived
of personal property such as a wallet or a mobile phone. Meanwhile, household
crimes cover vehicle-related crimes, housebreaking and domestic burglary, as well
as damage to household and other property. Household crimes pertain to acts
against vehicles and properties that are usually shared in use by the household
members. (Source: Manual on Victimization Surveys, United Nations Office on
Drugs and Crime, United Nations Economic Commission for Europe)
The following are the types of crime that pertain to personal victimization
experiences and household crimes. All inclusions and definitions were sourced from
the 2019 Philippine Standard Classification of Crime for Statistical Purposes
(PSCCS).
A - Theft of personal property (pickpocketing, other thefts

Theft of personal property from a person - This includes pick pocketing and bag
snatching.
● Other theft of personal property, n.e.c - This includes theft without breaking and
entering dwelling; theft of property outside the dwelling; theft from garages or
sheds and lockups with no connecting door to a dwelling; theft of a bicycle and
theft of a pet.
B - Robbery (theft by using violence) – This category includes robbery from the
person, and robbery of a car/vehicle.
● Robbery from the person in a public location - This includes highway robbery,
street robbery, mugging, bag snatching with force.
● Robbery from the person in a private location - This includes force or threat of
force used to steal during the course of a residential burglary.
● Other robbery from the person, n.e.c. - This includes robbery from a person in
miscellaneous locations.
● Robbery of a car or vehicle - This includes robbery of a vehicle in transit from the
person operating the vehicle or its passengers, carnapping with violence,
carjacking, taxi robbery, robbery of a security van and robbery in or from a
railway.
C - Psychological violence (mobbing, stalking)

● Stalking - unwanted communication, following or watching a person cyber-
stalking.
161
● Peering in the window or lingering outside the residence of the woman or her
child
● Other acts of stalking, n.e.c.
● Harassment in the workplace
o Harassment - acts that harass or are intended to harass a person.
o Harassment by a colleague, supervisor or other co-worker in a work
environment or related to employment.
o Sexual harassment related to work, education or training, workplace
harassment, mobbing in the workplace and bullying in the workplace
● Other harassment
o Harassment by a person not in a work environment and unrelated to
employment.
o Obstructing a duly authorized land survey.
o Mobbing or bullying outside the workplace, menacing phone calls not
amounting to stalking, private nuisance and acts causing alarm or distress.
D - Sexual offenses (sexual assault, rape)

● Sexual violence - unwanted sexual act, attempt to obtain a sexual act, or contact
or communication with unwanted sexual attention without valid consent or with
consent as a result of intimidation, force, fraud, coercion, threat, deception, use
of drugs or alcohol, or abuse of power or of a position of vulnerability.
● This includes sexual penetration with physical force, deception to procure sex,
drug-facilitated rape; non-consensual, and sexual penetration without physical
force.
● Rape - sexual penetration without valid consent or with consent as a result of
intimidation, force, fraud, coercion, threat, deception, use of drugs or alcohol,
abuse of power or of a position of vulnerability, or the giving or receiving of
benefits.
● Rape with force - sexual penetration without valid consent inflicted upon a person
with force.
● Rape without force - sexual penetration without valid consent inflicted upon a
person without force.
● Statutory rape - sexual penetration with or without consent with a person below
the age of consent, or with a person incapable of consent by reason of law.
● Sexual assault - unwanted sexual act, attempt to obtain a sexual act, or contact
or communication with unwanted sexual attention not amounting to rape.
● This includes drug-facilitated sexual assault, sexual harassment, sexual
assault committed against a marital partner against her/his will and sexual
assault against a helpless person.
● Physical sexual assault - Sexual assault with physical contact of a person.
● This also includes drug-facilitated sexual assault; unwanted groping or fondling;
and sexual assault by abuse of position.
● Other sexual assault
o Take photo or video coverage of a person or group of persons performing
sexual act or any similar activity
162
o Copy or reproduce, or to cause to be copied or reproduced, such photo or
video or recording of sexual act or any similar activity
o Sell or distribute, or cause to be sold or distributed, such photo or video or
recording of sexual act
o Publish or broadcast, or cause to be published or broadcast, whether in print
or broadcast media, or show or exhibit the photo or video coverage or
recordings of such sexual act or any similar activity.
E - Fraud (cheating, credit card fraud, internet fraud)

● Fraud - obtaining money or other benefit, or evading a liability through deceit or
dishonest conduct.
● Financial fraud - fraud involving financial transactions for the purpose of personal
gain. This includes using financial consumer products such as bank accounts,
credit cards, cheques, store cards or online banking systems.
● Financial fraud against the State - procurement and contractor fraud and false
claims fraud not amounting to medical fraud.
● Financial fraud against natural or legal persons - mortgage fraud, securities
fraud, investment fraud, and bank fraud.
● Other acts of financial fraud - bouncing checks or issuing a check without
sufficient funds; making a false or misleading statement in application, report or
document filed under the financing company; among others
● Other acts of fraud - possession, creation or use of false weights for measure;
medical fraud or quackery not amounting to malpractice or medical negligence;
fraudulent failure to supply consumer goods or obtaining goods by fraud; false
accounting; hiding or destroying money; wire fraud; insurance fraud;
impersonation; fraudulent pretense of marriage; setting up or operating a
pyramid scheme.
F - Corruption/bribery
● Corruption - unlawful acts as defined in the United Nations Convention against
corruption and other national and international legal instruments against
corruption.
● Bribery - promising, offering, giving, soliciting or accepting an undue advantage
to or from a public official or a person who directs or works in a private sector
entity, directly or indirectly, in order that the person act or refrain from acting in
the exercise of his or her official duties.
● Active bribery - promising, offering or giving, to a public official or a person who
directs or works in a private sector entity, directly or indirectly, an undue
advantage in order that the official act or refrain from acting in the exercise of his
or her official duties.
● This includes active bribery of a public official, active bribery of a foreign public
official and of an official of a public international organization, and active bribery
in the private sector.
● Passive bribery - solicitation or acceptance by a public official or a person who
directs or works in a private sector entity, directly or indirectly, of an undue
advantage in order that the official act or refrain from acting in the exercise of his
or her official duties.
163
● This includes passive bribery of a public official, passive bribery of a foreign
public official and of an official of a public international organization and passive
bribery of an official in the private sector
● Embezzlement - misappropriation or diversion by a public official or a person who
directs or works in a private sector entity of any property, public or private funds
or securities or any other thing of value entrusted to the public official or person
by virtue of his or her position.
● Abuse of functions - performance of or failure to perform an act, in violation of
laws, by a public official in the discharge of his or her functions for the purpose
of obtaining an undue advantage for himself or herself or for another person or
entity.
G - Exposure to illegal drugs

● Unlawful possession, purchase, use, cultivation or production of controlled drugs
for personal consumption
● Unlawful trafficking, cultivation or production of controlled drugs or precursors
not for personal consumption - This includes drug cultivation not intended for
personal consumption; drug production and drug trafficking.
● Other unlawful acts involving controlled drugs or precursors - unlawful handling,
possession or use of controlled drugs or precursors for personal consumption
and for non-personal consumption, n.e.c.
● This includes issuing, handling or dealing in forged or altered prescriptions; illicit
acts involving drug paraphernalia; encouraging the consumption of controlled
drugs; and unlawful advertising of controlled substances.
H - Vehicle theft (motor vehicle, car, motorcycle, bicycle; theft from vehicles)
● Theft of a motorized land vehicle – carnapping without violence. This also
includes larceny of a car, van or truck and theft of a motorcycle.
● Theft of parts of a motorized land vehicle – trading of spare parts from a
carnapped vehicle. This also includes theft of car tires, motors, transmission,
windows, etc. This excludes siphoning oil or fuel from a motor vehicle.
● Theft of personal property from a vehicle – theft of a purse from a vehicle; theft
of an electronic device from a vehicle; theft of a GPS device; and siphoning gas
or oil
● Theft of a bicycle, boat or aircraft and parts.
● It must be noted that this excludes hijacking cars and aircraft. Hijacking of
vehicles may involve assault and threat, which can be recorded in category Z.
I - Housebreaking (domestic burglary, attempted burglary)

● Burglary of permanent private residences - burglary of a house, apartment or
other dwelling that is the habitual place of residence of the victim.
● Burglary of non-permanent private residences - burglary of summer houses,
burglary of secondary houses, breaking, entering and stealing from hotel rooms
or other temporarily rented premises.
● Attempted burglary – with or without damage to households as a result of the
attempt
164
J - Vandalism (damage to cars, graffiti)
● There is no specific offense on vandalism for household crime at PSCCS sub-
class level. But PSCCS 0504 - Property Damage includes vandalism as one of
its offenses.
K - Assault and threat
Assault refers to intentional or reckless application of physical force inflicted upon

the body of a person. On the other hand, threat is any type of threatening behavior
if it is believed that the threat could be enacted. The following crimes are included
in this category.
● Serious assault - intentional or reckless application of serious physical force
inflicted upon the body of a person resulting in serious bodily injury.
● This class includes inflicting grievous bodily harm; wounding; aggravated
assault; inflicting bodily harm under aggravating circumstances; battery; acid
attacks;
● female genital mutilation; poisoning; assault with a weapon; and forced
sterilization.
● Minor assault - intentional or reckless application of minor physical force inflicted
upon the body of a person resulting in no injury or minor bodily.
● This includes inflicting minor bodily harm; simple assault; pushing; slapping;
kicking; hitting; drugging; and spiking.
● Serious threat - threat with the intention to cause death or serious harm.
● This includes threatening death or serious injury, threatening the death or serious
injury of a family member, friend or another person.
● Minor threat - threat with the intention to cause minor harm.
● This includes threatening minor injury, threatening minor injury to a family
member or friend.
● Other assaults or threats - acts causing or threatening injury or harm not
described or classified in PSCCS 02011-02012.
Z – Others, specify
This category will have to be selected if the options given above did not illustrate
the crime experienced by the household/household member/s. Other crimes that
are not mentioned in categories A-K may include theft of business property, theft of
livestock, intellectual property offenses, trafficking in persons, abduction, arson,
defamation, libel, slander, discrimination, violation of personal data privacy, among
others.
D2. How many cases were reported to the police?
Enter the number of reported cases for each crime reported during the past 12
months (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022).
D3. How many cases were resolved with the assistance of the barangay
LGU?
165
Enter the number of resolved cases for each crime reported during the past 12
months (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022). If the case was resolved under the Lupon
ng Tagapamayapa, record it under resolved case of the barangay.
D4. How many were male victims of crimes?
D5. How many were female victims of crimes?
D6. Total number of victims
Record the information on the number of crime victims by sex, i.e., male or female.
The sum of the number of male and female victims must be equal to the total number
of victims specified. The system automatically computes the total male and total
female victims if specified. The number of victims should not be less than the
number of crime.
Otherwise, if the respondent only knows the total, he/she may enter the total
number.
The team supervisor assigned to verify data from the barangay may request that
the blotter book be shown to him/her during time of visit to the barangay.
E. Disaster Equipment
The generation of accurate, reliable, timely/time-bound, and comprehensive
disaster statistics is indispensable in planning and policymaking for more effective
management, protection, and conservation of ENR that can be best achieved
through the collaborative efforts of concerned agencies.
Disaster preparedness is the knowledge and capacities developed by governments,
professional response and recovery organizations, communities and individuals to
effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the Impacts of likely, imminent
or current hazard events or conditions. (Source: RA 10121)
DE1. How many of the following disaster/ emergency response equipment
does the barangay own as of July 2022?
Determine if the barangay has any of the following disaster/emergency response
equipment, supplies and stockpile. In DE1, enter the number of equipment, supplies
and stockpile available and in good condition. If none, enter “0” so that the system
will automatically proceed to the next type of supplies/equipment/stockpile.
166
Emergency Response Equipment/Supplies
a. first aid kits (piece) b. vaccines (piece) c. cadaver bags (piece)
Source: ph.rs-online.com Source: www.thestar.com Source:philmedicalsupplies

.com
d. boats/vans/buses (unit) e. ambulance/amphibian/vehicle/backhoe/

dumptruck/crawler/ tractor/scoop loader (unit)
Source:
www.autoindustriya.com, www.pinterest.ph,
iorbitnews.com
Source: www.untvweb.com
f. siren (piece) g. megaphone (piece) h. whistle (piece)
Source: www.pna.gov.ph Source: www.monotaro.ph Source:

www.lazada.com.ph
167
i. two-way radio and j. GPS/GIS device, drone (piece)
other communication
equipment (including
satellite phone) (piece)
Source: www. Source: www.devex.com Source:

disasters2.jimdofree.com manilagpstrackers.ph
k. ropes and throw bags l. searchlights (piece) m. protective gear
(piece) (helmet, life vest)
(piece)
Source: Source: Source:

philmedicalsupplies.com www.tacticalasia.com www.carousell.ph
n. medical grade PPE o. reflectorized vest p. extrication kit (spine
sets (face mask, face (piece) board, shovel, chainsaw,
shield, gloves, surgical/ jack hammer, or
isolation gown, etc.) alternative digging device)
(piece) (piece)
168
Source: zilingotrade.com Source: shopee.ph Source: MFR Medical,
Rescue
Equipment & Supply
q. chainsaw, bolo, shovel, water pump (piece) r. ladder (piece)
megaphone (piece)
Source: Source: GMA News Source:ph.claseek.com

sevillatrading.weebly.com
s. caution tape (piece) t. K9 unit (unit) u. Barricade (piece)
Source: Source: Philstar Source:

www.ecoequipment.net/ manilagpstrackers.ph
v. tent, divider (piece) w. basic medicines x. gasoline (piece)
(piece)
Source: Source: Source: www.kindpng.com

aspiremediatech.com www.muramed.com
y. portable generator, z. potable water aa. food packs (rice,
solar powered (piece) canned goods, noodles,
ready-to-eat meals) (piece)
169
generator and
flashlights (piece)
Source: Source: news-ph.churchofjesuschrist.org

popularmechanics.com
bb. sanitation supplies cc. hygiene kits dd. others, specify
(piece) (e.g alcohol) (soap, toothbrush, _________ (e.g.,
toothpaste, etc.) emergency Survival
(piece) Sleeping Bag)
Source: Source: Source:ph. shopee.ph

www.prnewswire.com www.indiamart.com
List down all other disaster response supplies, equipment and stockpile on “dd.
Others, specify” if these are not listed in categories a to cc.
Please provide details in the NOTES/REMARKS section whenever necessary. A

breakdown of items lumped on each category (e.g.,, d, e, n, p, q, w, x, y, aa, bb and
cc) may be provided in the NOTES/REMARKS section. Information on basic
medicines and vaccines available in the barangay may also be recorded in
NOTES/REMARKS.
F. Budget, Revenue, and Expenditure

This section takes into account the budget, revenue, and expenditure of the
barangay. It is advised that official records for years 2019 to 2022 be checked in
order to respond and record exact numbers in this section.
170
F1. How much was the budget allocated for the barangay LGU operations in
______?
Ask the question. Then, indicate the total amount of budget of the barangay during
the specific year in Philippine peso.
F2. How much was the revenue of the barangay LGU in ___________?
Ask the question. Then, indicate the total amount of revenue of the barangay during
the specific year in Philippine peso.
F3. How much did the barangay LGU spend in __________?

Ask the question. Then, indicate the total expenditure of the barangay during the
specific year in Philippine peso.
F4. What is the title of source document containing information about the
budget/ revenue/ expenditure of the barangay LGU?
After providing the information on budget, revenue and expenditure, record the title
of source document containing information about the budget/ revenue/ expenditure
of the barangay LGU. Enter the title of the reference document.
F5. Which unit in the barangay keeps/ maintains the information/ source
document about barangay LGU budget/ revenue/ expenditure?
Ask the question. Enter the name of agency/unit/office where the data came from.
Take note that the amount to be entered in the budget, revenue and expenditure
should be exactly the same to what is recorded in the source document provided.
Th team supervisor will be looking for these source documents when they visit the
barangay LGU office for data verification.
G. Programs, Projects, and Activities

This section aims to account for the Programs, Projects and Activities (PPA) that
were proposed, funded, implemented, completed and discontinued in the barangay
171
during the past years/past 3 years. A main source document for this is the Barangay
Annual Investment Program.
Government projects refer to infrastructure and non-infrastructure projects of
government, as follows:
● Infrastructure Projects include construction, improvement, rehabilitation or
restoration of roads and bridges, railways, airports, seaports, communication
facilities, irrigation, flood control and drainage, water supply, sanitation and
sewerage systems, shore protection, energy/power and electrification facilities,
national buildings, school buildings, hospital buildings, and other related
construction projects that form part of the government capital investment; and
● Non-Infrastructure Projects include agricultural, industrial, social,
environmental, tourism, reclamation and all other types of government projects not
otherwise classified as infrastructure.
NON-INFRASTRUCTURE (SOCIAL, ECONOMIC, AND AGRICULTURAL)

DEVELOPMENT DURING THE PAST YEAR (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2022)
To start recording all non-infrastructure developments during the past year, click on
the “Add Entry” button and fill in the following:
SE1. What is the title of the PPA?
Indicate the title of the programs, projects and activities. Be specific and avoid
abbreviations.
SE2. Please provide a brief description of the PPA
Fill in a brief description of the program. Brief description should include information
such as the objectives, target outputs (and/or actual outputs) of the programs,
projects and activities.
SE3. How much was allotted for the PPA (in PHP)?
Indicate the total amount of resources allotted by the barangay for the particular
PPA in Philippine peso.
SE4. What is the status of the PPA as of 01 July 2022?
The possible status of the PPA are as follows:
Code Description
1 Proposed. The project was proposed for approval. The funds

for the project proposal are not yet secured.
2 Funded. The project was already approved and funded, but
implementation has not yet started.
3 Ongoing. There is an on-going construction/implementation of
the project.
4 Completed. The project is done and completed.
172
5 Discontinued. The project was not (yet) completed because it
was discontinued/abandoned/suspended due to unprecedented
circumstances.
Example: The barangay LGU has initiated a livelihood program

for farmers affected by drought. The training program has
started, but the pandemic struck the barangay. Face-to-face
trainings were not allowed under Enhanced Community
Quarantine (ECQ). Hence, the training has to be suspended.
SE5. Who/what sector/s benefited from the PPA?

List down the types of beneficiaries and/or sectors that benefited from the PPA.
Indicate the sector (e.g., children, women, households, farmer, fisherman etc.).
SE6. Did the PPA engage volunteers?
Tick Yes or No whether the PPA engages volunteers.
SE7. What is the title of the source document that contains information
about the PPA?
After providing the information on the PPA for Non-Infrastructure (Social,
Economic, and Agricultural) Development during the past year, enter the title of
the reference document.
The reference document may be checked by the team supervisor during his/her
visit to the barangay for data verification.
SE8. Which barangay unit keeps/maintains the information/source document
about the PPA?
Enter the name of the agency/unit/office where the data came from.
Note that projects to be recorded must have been proposed/implemented during
the past year.
173
INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT DURING THE PAST THREE (3)
YEARS (01 JULY 2019 TO 30 JUNE 2022)
For CBMS purposes, infrastructure project funded by non-governmental

organizations (NGOs) or Private Entities but publicly used will be excluded in the
list of infrastructure projects. However, this can still be listed under Service
Institutions and Infrastructure if it is currently operational.
To start recording all non-infrastructure developments during the past year, click on
“Add Entry” button and fill in the following:
I1. What is the title of the government infrastructure project?

Indicate the title of infrastructure development project during the past three (3)
years. Be specific and avoid abbreviations.
I2. In which sector is the government infrastructure project expected to

contribute to?
Please categorize the government infrastructure project as follows:
174
Code Description Code Description
1 Health 5 Water
2 Education 6 Garbage and

Waste Disposal
3 Service 7 Tourism
4 Agriculture 8 Others, Specify

_______
You may also refer to Part I-B descriptions of facilities to properly categorize the
government infrastructure projects.
I3. Where is the government infrastructure project located?
Record the building name where the government infrastructure project is located, if
applicable. Indicate the complete address, which should include the floor number,
building numbers/name, if any, block/lot number, street name, zone, and/or
village/sitio/purok name.
I4. How much was allotted for the government infrastructure project (in
PHP)?
Indicate the total amount of resources allotted for the particular government
infrastructure project in Philippine peso.
I5. When did the government infrastructure project construction start
(mm/yyyy)?
Indicate the month and year when the government infrastructure project
construction was started.
I6. What is the status of the government infrastructure project as of 01 July
2022?
Code Description
1 Proposed. The project was proposed for approval. The funds

for the project proposal are not yet secured.
2 Funded. The project was already approved and funded, but

implementation has not yet started.
3 Ongoing. The construction of the project is currently in

progress.
4 Completed. The project is done and completed.
5 Discontinued. The project was not (yet) completed because it

was discontinued/abandoned/suspended due to unprecedented
circumstances.
175
Code Description
Example: A school building started construction in May 2021.

However, due to the typhoon in July 2021, the construction was
halted. As of 31 August 2021, the project construction has not
pursued yet.
6 Not Functional. The project was completed. However,

implementation was stopped and is currently not functioning
because of unforeseen reasons.
Example: A road project was completed in March 2020. The

barangay residents was able to use the road to bring their farm
produce to the market for selling. However, the road was
destroyed by a flashflood in August 2020. The road was not
used since then.
I7. When was the government infrastructure project completed (mm/yyyy)?
If the project was completed, ask the question on the specific date, i.e., the month
and year that the government infrastructure project has been completed.
I8. When is the expected completion of the government infrastructure

project (mm/yyyy)?
If the project was proposed, funded, ongoing or discontinued, indicate the target
month and year of completion of the government infrastructure project.
I9. What is the title of source document that contains information about the
government infrastructure projects?
After providing the information on the government infrastructure projects during the
past three (3) years, enter the title of the reference document.
The reference document may be checked by the team supervisor during his/her visit
to the barangay for data verification.
176
I10. Which barangay unit keeps/maintains the information/source document
about the government infrastructure projects?
Enter the name of agency/unit/office where the data came from.
Note that projects to be recorded must have been proposed/implemented during
the past three (3) years.
Mode of Data Collection
The codes and description for the mode of data collection are listed as follows:
Code Description
1 Computer-Assisted Web Interview (CAWI)
2 Computer-Assisted Personal Interview (CAPI)
3 Self-administered questionnaire (SAQ)
4 Others, specify __________________
Mark the box provided the code for the mode of data collection. Select one method of
interview implemented.
Review and Submission of CBMS Form 4
After interviewing the respondent, you should immediately review the questionnaire by
going over the items to see to it that the entries are correct and complete. Before
leaving the respondent, make sure that no question is omitted. After the review, fill out
the certification portion of the questionnaire.
Submit the accomplished CBMS Form 4 to your supervisor from the Central Office
(CO), Regional Statistical Services Office (RSSO) or Provincial Statistical Office (PSO)
177
of the PSA, who should also review the form for completeness, consistency, and
correctness of entries. The supervisor from the CO/RSSO/PSO who reviewed the
CBMS Form 4 should also fill out the certification portion with his/her name and
signature and the data the questionnaire was accomplished/revised.
Certification from the Barangay and Posting of Notice of

Enumeration
Respondent in the Barangay
Identify who responded to the CBMS Form 4. Select the type of respondent for the
CBMS Form 4. There are two options:
• Punong Barangay
• Barangay Personnel
If there will a respondent other than the Punong Barangay, record the full name of the
barangay personnel (Last Name, First Name). Indicate his/her position. He/she may
be a Barangay Treasurer, Barangay Secretary, Barangay Kagawad or other appointed
barangay official. Enumerate the names and positions of all barangay officials who are
authorized to respond to the CBMS Form 4.
The Punong Barangay shall be requested to sign the certification portion of the CBMS
Form 4 only after the barangay LGU personnel fill outs the CBMS Form 4 CAWI
system.
When the Punong Barangay signs this portion, this means that your barangay is
certifying that the data you provided are true and complete based on your knowledge
and records of the barangay. After signing the certification, enter also the date of
completion.
Put in the Remarks portion any explanation that could explain/clarify some items or
entries in CBMS Form 4.
The team supervisor will visit your office to verify certain responses declared by
you/your personnel through the CBMS Form 4 CAWI system. He or she will request
you to sign a certification on the changes made on the responses submitted by your
barangay as a result of data verification and validation during his/her date of visit.
Kindly note that to hasten the data verification phase, the barangay LGU is requested
to prepare all reference documents before the scheduled date of visit of the team
supervisor.
After the completion of data verification with the barangay, a sticker will be posted on
the façade of the barangay hall. This signifies that the TS has visited the barangay
hall and conducted data verification.
Note however that subsequent data validation may be conducted as data submitted
will undergo rigorous checking by CBMS area supervisors, data processors, Head
CBMS area supervisors, PSA CBMS Focal Persons in the Provincial Statistical Office
(PSO), Regional Statistical Services Office (RSSO) and the Central Office.
178
Furthermore, the information supplied in the CBMS Form 4 will also serve as reference
for the enumerators who will undertake the geotagging activity during the operations
which will run from October to December 2022.
In this regard, the continued cooperation of the barangay LGU officials and personnel
are needed even after the team supervisor’s visit.
Certification from Supervisors
As TS/CAS/Head CAS or supervisor from the Central Office (CO), Regional Statistical
Services Office (RSSO) or Provincial Statistical Office (PSO) of the PSA, you should
sign the certification portion of the CBMS Form 4 only after you have successfully
completed the interview, collected accomplished Part II of the CBMS Form 4 and/or
reviewed/edited the questionnaire. When you sign this portion, you are certifying that
you have personally conducted the interview, obtained all needed information from the
barangay LGU, and/or reviewed the questionnaire, following strictly the procedures
and instructions stated in this manual.
Type your full name clearly on the space provided and sign over it. Write also the date
(mm/dd) when you accomplished/reviewed the questionnaire.
Distributing and Collecting Self-Administered CBMS Form 4
When the information about the CBMS Form 4 could not be obtained through personal
interview, provide the Punong barangay and/or barangay officials with CBMS Form 4.
Briefly described that CBMS Form 4 contains general information about the barangay.
Provide the concepts and definitions, and instructions on how to answer CBMS Form
4. This will be provided to the respondent (Punong barangay and/or barangay officials)
if he/she opts not to be personally interviewed.
Follow these procedures in administering SAQ CBMS Form 4:
a. In CBMS Form 4, write the name of the person who will collect the CBMS forms.
In CBMS Form 8 (Appointment Slip to the Household/Barangay Official), Specify
the appointment date in the corresponding box. Provide also information on the
contact person, email and office address, and contact number of the PSA
Provincial Statistical Office.
b. If the barangay could be contacted but personal interview is not possible, and
for barangay in special areas, you need to ask the Punong barangay and/or
barangay officials, if they can be interviewed via telephone.
179
c. If the barangay could not be contacted, leave enough copies of CBMS Form 4
in the barangay or in the mailbox, in a conspicuous place in the building or with
the nearest neighbor.
d. Make sure that the geo-ID portion of the CBMS Form 4 that you will provide to
the barangay is completely filled out.
e. Fill out CBMS Form 7 or CBMS sticker and write “X” in the box corresponding
to “callback". Write also the date of listing before posting this form.
f. Write in remarks portion the name and/or designation of the person who will
collect the accomplished CBMS Form 4. Write also the date and time when the
forms will be collected.
g. If you will collect the forms, return to the barangay on the agreed date and time
to collect the accomplished questionnaires. Review the accomplished CBMS Form
4 for completeness, consistency, and accuracy of entries before leaving the
barangay. If any of the form is not properly filled out, verify/return the form to the
Punong barangay and/or barangay officials and set another appointment for
collection or request for an interview.
h. Encode by copying the entries in SAQ CBMS Form 4 in the CAPI System.
Dealing with Refusal and Nonresponse in Barangay Profile

Questionnaire
It may happen that the Punong barangay and/or barangay officials is at barangay but
does not want to be interviewed because he/she is about to leave, busy or not feeling
well at the time of your visit. Moreover, a respondent may deliberately refuse to give
the required information or just refuse to be interviewed for no valid reason or
explanation at all. In cases like these, exert all efforts to persuade the respondent to
grant you an interview or to make an appointment.
In persuading the respondent you may need to emphasize that:

● the information that they will provide in the CBMS will be treated with strict
confidentiality.
● the CBMS covers all individual persons and barangay in the area.
● the CBMS is a very important undertaking; the information collected is needed by
the government as guide in the preparation of plans and programs for the country's
development.
● Emphasize the DILG memorandum signifying the conduct of CBMS
You may also encounter an argumentative type of respondent who would ask
questions about certain aspects of the CBMS. You will not gain much if you argue with
him/her. It is better not to say anything controversial and just let him/her air his/her
views. Very often, after voicing out his/her views, he/she will become cooperative.
180
It is important to note that a refusal should not be taken as a result of final visit. If you
still fail to obtain an interview after all efforts have been exhausted, refer the matter to
your CAS.
If the number of refusals in the city/municipality indicates a “planned refusal” campaign

or coordinate/deliberate resistance toward the CBMS of some sectors/residents in the
area, notify promptly your CAS so that appropriate action/s could be made.
6.4 Instructions in Navigating 2022 CBMS Computer

Assisted Web Interview (CAWI) Application
Logging into CAWI
1. Go to https://cbms.psa.gov.ph/
2. Click PROCEED TO QUESTIONNAIRE
181
3. Click Username and enter your username. The username is the Email address used
to register a CAWI account.
4. Click Password and enter your password. One-time password (OTP) will be sent to
the mobile phone number registered for the CAWI account.
5. Click Submit.
Navigation
1- Hide panel section. This button will hide the panel of

the section to widen the questionnaire view. Use this
button if the whole questionnaire doesn’t fit on the screen.
2- CBMS logo. This is the official logo of the Philippine
Statistics Authority Community Based Monitoring System
(CBMS)
3- Questionnaire Sections. These are the sections in
CAWI. Detailed information will be provided in the next
pages of the manual.
4- Add Notes. This button will show a window that will
allow the respondents to add notes. Users can write any
important notes on this section for his/her future
references. Only the user can see his/her notes.
5- View Notes. This button will display all the notes
recorder by users.
6- User Manual. This button will open a pdf file. The pdf
file contains a user manual on how to navigate/use the
CBMS BPQ CAWI system.
7- Review Answer. This button is for verifying and
reviewing user’s answer.
182
8- Logout. This is the logout button.
Online Questionnaire Sections
Section 1
Section 2
183
Section 3
Section 4
184
CAWI Features
1. Automatic saving
● This feature is triggered when users toggle between Sections. (See picture
below.) The system will autosave all the data entered in the previous section.
● Users can also trigger the save function by pressing CTRL+S.
2. Automatic prefilling of saved data
● After the user saves the data, user can access saved data even after
logging out/switching to another computer. The system will auto-load all
the data from the last data entry session.
3. Multiple Login Instances
● Users are allowed to login to one/single or same account at the same time
on multiple devices/computers. But each user in each device/computer
should answer unique Sections.
185
An acceptable scenario or example:
Users online at the same time User 1: Juana User 2: Juan

Login credentials For Brgy. A For Brgy. A
Device Computer Tablet
Section being answered Section 1 Section 2
Note: Please do not answer the same section on different devices

(i.e., Section 1 in both computer and tablet). This may cause
inconsistency on the data that can be saved in the system.
Automatic Skipping of Question
● The CBMS BPQ CAWI system will automatically show the succeeding
questions depending on the user’s answer.
4. Accessible application anytime
● Users are allowed to access the CBMS BPQ CAWI system anytime as
long as they are connected to the internet, and they have the authorized
log-in credentials.
5. Validating Answers
● Users can also verify the answer by clicking on the “Review Answer” button
on the lower left part of the questionnaire.
● A dialogue box with four tabs will appear. Each tab contains the unanswered
items per section. Address all items in the list by clicking on the X mark
adjacent to each item.
Number of errors in the Section I
Indicator that the specific item has an error.

●
● Upon clicking on the X mark, you will be redirected to that specific item inside
the questionnaire.
186
6. Chatbot
● Users can use this feature to

communicate with the staff-in-
charge of the CBMS within the
PSA, if they have questions or
other inquiries.
● The chat icon is located on the
lower left of the webpage.
● Provide your name, barangay
and city/municipality, so that the
staff can address you properly.
● Enter your
query/concern/question.
7. Forgot Password
● Users can use this feature to receive a new password if forgotten.
1. Click Forgot Password?
187
2. Enter your email address that is used to register CAWI.
3. A new temporary password will be sent to your mobile number.
188
Instructions in Accomplishing CBMS
7 Form 7 - Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet
The CBMS Act mandated geotagging activities in all cities and municipalities. The Act defines
geotagging as a process of adding metadata about government projects, households/housing
units, service facilities, and natural resources to various media and of uploading to a web-
based application to enable the government stakeholders to check the progress of
government projects in real time.
For this purpose, the CBMS Form 7 (Municipal/City LGU Data Sheet) collects information on
the infrastructure and non-infrastructure government projects, specifically on the project name
or title, budget allocated/cost incurred, status and geographic location.
Intended respondents of the CBMS Form 7 are the city/municipal planning officers and other
concerned personnel in the city/municipal LGUs. This form is being administered along with
the request of the GIS or map files from the city/municipal LGUs in order to provide information
needed for the geotagging exercise in the CBMS implementation in accordance to the
provisions in the law.
The sections that follow provide the operational definitions and descriptions of the terms and
concepts included in the CBMS Form 7 that will help accomplish the CBMS Form.
Government Projects
Government projects can be categorized as infrastructure or non-infrastructure.
Infrastructure projects include construction, improvement, and rehabilitation or
restoration of roads and bridges, railways, airports, seaports, communication facilities,
irrigation, flood control and drainage, water supply, sanitation and sewerage systems,
shore protection, energy/power and electrification facilities, national buildings, school
buildings, hospital buildings, and other related construction projects that form part of the
government capital investment.
On the other hand, non-infrastructure projects include agricultural, industrial, social,

environmental, tourism, reclamation, and all other types of government projects not
otherwise classified as infrastructure.
Please take note to include all government projects from 01 July 2019 to 30 June 2022.
189
Title of government project
Indicate the title of the government project. Spell out all acronyms or abbreviations.
The title of the government project can be seen in the project documents, annual
accomplishment reports, project signages.
List all government projects that were planned, funded, started/implemented from 01
July 2019 to 30 June 2022, from oldest to newest. Include all infrastructure and non-
infrastructure government projects that were implemented by the following:
● City/municipal LGU
● Provincial LGU
● Office of the Congressman/Congresswoman
● National government agency (e.g., Department of Health, Department of Public
Works and Highways, Department of Social Welfare and Development, etc.)
● Government-Owned and Controlled Corporation
Location/Address
Provide the best accurate description for the location where the government project is
implemented/will be implemented. Indicate the street name, purok/sitio/village/zone,
and/or barangay. If applicable, you may record the unit/floor number, building number/
name, block/lot number.
This information will be crucial for the mappers to geotag the government project.
Type of government project

Identify whether the project is an infrastructure or a non-infrastructure project. Refer
to the definitions provided above.
Government buildings and infrastructure projects may cater to the needs of

city/municipal residents and other persons within the area particularly on health,
education, service, agriculture, water, garbage and waste disposal, tourism, among
others.
Other infrastructure projects, however, are not necessarily in the form of building
structure. Detailed descriptions of these infrastructure projects are as follows:
● Road (Road Concreting, Farm-to-Market Road) refers to any kind of road project.
● Bridge (Footbridge, Hanging Bridge, Footpath) is a structure built to span a
physical obstacle without blocking the way underneath. It is constructed for the
190
purpose of providing passage over the obstacle, which is usually something that
is otherwise difficult or impossible to cross.
● Drainage (Irrigation,Canal, Downspouts and Gutter Systems) is the natural or
artificial removal of a surface's water and subsurface water from an area with
excess water. The internal drainage of most agricultural soils is good enough to
prevent severe waterlogging, but many soils need artificial drainage to improve
production or to manage water supplies.
● Railway (Normal Rail Track, High Speed Rail Track, Subway Track) is a route
between two places along which trains travel on steel rails.
● Dam (Gravity, Embankment, Hydropower, Coffer, Diversion) a barrier constructed
to hold back water and raise its level, forming a reservoir used to generate
electricity or as a water supply.
● Transport Terminal (Tricycle, Bus, Jeepney Terminals or Public Terminal,
Stopover) means premise used for the transfer of goods primarily involving
loading and unloading of freight-carrying trucks, and accordingly, involving the
storing, parking, servicing and dispatching of freight- carrying trucks.
● Airport (Local, Domestic and International Airport) refers to a port for the takeoff,
landing, and maintenance of planes, with facilities for passengers.
● Seaport (Fishports, RoRo Terminal) is a port accessible to seacoast and provides
accommodation for seagoing vessels.
● Electrification Project (Streetlights, Generator Set, Lamp Post) is the process of
powering by electricity and, in many contexts, the introduction of such power by
changing over from an earlier power source. The broad meaning of the term, such
as in the history of technology, economic history, and economic development,
usually applies to a region or national economy.
● Hazard Protection/Control (Slope Protection, Flood Control, Seawall) the act or
technique of controlling river flow with dams, dikes, artificial channels, etc., so as
to minimize the occurrence of floods.
● Waiting Shed (Bus, Tricycle, Jeepney Stop) is a small structure built mostly
alongside roads that serves as a place for people waiting for a ride. It is important
to have a waiting shed on roadsides for commuters waiting for jeepneys, buses or
any public vehicles. It can provide shelter from rain or from very sunny weather.
191
Status of government project
Please refer to the table below for the status of government project. Note that there
are different categories for infrastructure and non-infrastructure projects.
STATUS OF GOVERNMENT DESCRIPTION

PROJECT
Infrastructure Project
1. Proposed The project was proposed for approval of funds.
2. Funded The project was already funded but not started yet.
3. Ongoing There is an ongoing construction/creation of the project.
4. Completed, functional The project is completed and currently operational.
5. Completed, not functional The project is completed but not functional.
6. Discontinued The project was discontinued/abandoned/suspended due to

unprecedent circumstances.
Non-infrastructure Project
1. Proposed The project was proposed for approval of funds.
2. Funded The project was already funded but not started yet.
3. Ongoing The project is currently being implemented.
4. Completed The project is completed and there are no further activities

undertaken for the project.
5. Discontinued The project was discontinued/abandoned/suspended due to

unprecedent circumstances.
192
Start date
Input the estimated project start date with the format MM/YYYY. The date should not
be earlier than 01 July 2019.
Proposed, funded, ongoing and discontinued projects may have start dates later than
30 June 2022. Projects with completed status should not have start dates later than 30
June 2022.
(Expected) End date

Input the end date of the project implementation with the format MM/YYYY. The date
should not be earlier than 01 July 2019.
Proposed, funded, ongoing and discontinued projects may have end dates later than
30 June 2022. Projects with completed status should not have start dates later than 30
June 2022.
Budget allotted for the government project

Indicate the estimated budget allocated for the government project in Philippine Peso
(PhP) based on the official files.
Coordinating agencies/organizations
These coordinating agencies/organizations may include non-profit institutions, local
sectoral groups, international organizations and private sector. Coordinating agencies
may be involved in partially funding, providing technical assistance, construction and
other activities related to the implementation of the project.
Sectors who will benefit/benefitting/benefitted from the project

List down the types of beneficiaries and/or sectors that benefitted/will benefit from the
project. Indicate the sector (e.g., children, women, households, etc.).
Remarks
After providing the information on the project, you may use the Remarks to enter the
title of the reference document and/or name of agency/unit/office where the data came
from.
Other online materials discussing to the project can be be put in the Remarks. Just
enter the URL of the video, website or document.
193
Natural Resources
The term is specified to include forest and grazing lands, mineral resources including those
in reservation and watershed areas, and lands of the public domain.
Forest lands include public forest, permanent forest or forest reserves, and forest
reservations.
Grazing land refers to that portion of the public domain which has been set aside, in view
of the suitability of its topography and vegetation, for the raising of livestock.
Watershed is a land area drained by a stream or fixed body of water and its tributaries
having a common outlet for surface run-off. Some that may be included are forest, river,
and mangrove.
Public domain land refers to alienable and disposable lands classified and determined
not to be needed for forest purpose. Classifications of public domain land includes
agricultural, industrial or commercial, residential, resettlement and timber or forest.
Mineral resource is any concentration of minerals/rocks with potential economic value.

Minerals refer to all naturally occurring inorganic substance in solid, gas, liquid, or any
intermediate state excluding energy materials such as coal, petroleum, natural gas,
radioactive materials, and geothermal energy.
Certification from the City/Municipal Mayor
After the reviewing the questionnaire, fill out the certification portion of the
questionnaire by following the guidelines below.
LGU Personnel
Identify who responded to the CBMS Form 7 City/Municipal LGU Data Sheet, record
his/her full name (Last Name, First Name, Suffix, Middle Name) and indicate his/her
position. Indicate the phone/mobile number and email of the contact person.
The Municipal/City Mayor shall be requested to review and certify the answers in the
BPQ by signing in the certification portion. When the Municipal/City Mayor signs this
portion, this means that your LGU is certifying that the data you provided are true and
complete based on your knowledge and records of the LGU. After signing the
certification, enter also the date of completion.
Put in the Remarks portion any explanation that could explain/clarify some items or
entries in CBMS Form 7.
194
8 Field Editing of Questionnaires
This chapter discusses the guidelines in the scrutiny/field editing of the accomplished
questionnaires for the 2022 Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS) while the
enumeration is still in progress. Some of the errors that you might observe during the field
editing may just be clerical omissions, which can easily be resolved and corrected. However,
some could be gross errors that would require revisiting the household for verification. In such
a case, the Enumerator (EN) should be instructed to revisit the household. It is important that
all missing and inconsistent entries in the questionnaires be verified and addressed.
Scrutiny/field editing of accomplished CBMS Form 1 (Listing Record of Buildings, Housing

Units and Households), CBMS Form 2 (Household Profile Questionnaire), CBMS Form 3
(Waiver/Consent Form), and CBMS Form 4 (Barangay Profile Questionnaire) should be done
by the PSA provincial focal person/team and Head CBMS Area Supervisors (Head CAS) with
the assistance of the CAS and Team Supervisor (TS). As a general rule, CAS and TS must
discuss with the concerned ENs the accomplished questionnaires/forms the items that are
found to have no entries or have inconsistent, unreasonable or incomplete entries.
The Head CAS, CAS and TS should scrutinize/edit all accomplished CBMS Forms while the
enumeration is still in progress. The detailed instructions in the scrutiny/editing of CBMS
Forms 1, 2 and 3 are discussed in the Section A of this chapter. Meanwhile, Section B of this
chapter provides detailed instructions on scrutinizing/field editing the CBMS Form 4.
Scrutinizing and Field Editing of CBMS Forms 1, 2 and 3

Validation and consistency checks are embedded in the CAPI application systems
developed for the CBMS Forms 2 and 3, which will then be the basis of the CBMS Form 1.
A manually prepared CBMS Form 1 is also advised for both CAPI and PAPI implementation
of the CBMS to assist in the checking of outputs of the ENs. Moreover, manual checks
should still be made on aspects that cannot be comprehended by the CBMS Mobile
Application.
General Guidelines in Scrutinizing the CBMS Forms 1, 2 and 3
1. The following should have a CBMS Form 2 and should have a corresponding entry in
the CBMS Form 1:
● Every household in occupied housing units

● Every vacant housing unit
● Every vacation/rest house
195
● Every housing unit occupied by persons who are excluded from enumeration
● Every housing unit occupied by non-usual residents
● Every commercial/industrial/agricultural buildings/area with residents
● Every household living in vehicles/caves/boats/ tents; and
● Every homeless household
2. The number of Form 2s should be equal to the number of entries in the CBMS Form
1.
3. All households with completed interviews or with fully accomplished CBMS Form 2
and that agreed to sign a waiver should also have a corresponding CBMS Form 3.
The waiver of a Form 2 can be checked/viewed by tapping the Waiver button.
4. All households that refused to sign the waiver should be asked the reason for not
signing the waiver. This means that they have also refused to waive/give consent to
the PSA of sharing their data for use in the targeting of beneficiaries for social
development programs.
5. The following should be the same in the CBMS Form 1 and CBMS Form 2:
• Geo-ID (Province, City/Municipality, Barangay, and the serial numbers: BSN,

HUSN and HSN)
• Number of household members (total, females, males)
• Name of household head and address
6. BSN, HUSN and HSN should not have a value of 0000. Form 2s with special HSNs
(7777, 8888, 8889 and 9999) should have no household members.
7. Housing units and households located in the same building should have the same
geographic coordinates and BSN.
8. Age spanners, restrictions and skipping patterns should be followed.
9. Required question items should not be left blank.
10. Answers in “Others, specify” fields should be reviewed. These should not be left blank
and responses should not fall in any of the listed choices or categories provided for
each item. Recode responses if necessary.
Procedures in Scrutinizing the CBMS Form 2
The general procedures in scrutinizing the CBMS Form 2 (both for CAPI and PAPI
implementation) are as follows:
196
For CAPI
1. Login to the CBMS Mobile Application then go over the list of cases for scrutiny by
going to the Cases for Scrutiny tab under the MAIN FORMS module and Form 2
(Household Profile Questionnaire) sub-module.
2. Generate the error list by tapping on the Maximize button and the Error List button.
197
3. Check the generated error list. If there are no errors/inconsistencies, tag the case as
‘Verified’ by clicking on the Verify button. Otherwise, download the case by clicking
on the Download button. Downloaded cases can be viewed in the For Verification
tab.
4. In the For Verification tab, generate again the error list and evaluate if the
errors/inconsistencies can be addressed without revisiting the household or verifying
with the EN. If so, the supervisor may opt to make the necessary corrections needed
by clicking on the Modify button. If the supervisor chooses to edit the entries, he/she
must ensure that he/she can address all the items in the error list.
5. Also check the waiver by clicking on the Waiver button. The waiver must contain the
signature of the respondent/head of the household, or a picture of the waiver signed
by the/with thumbmark of the respondent or the household head.
198
6. After editing the Form 2, generate the error list again. If all the errors were already
addressed, upload the case by clicking on the Upload button. Indicate remarks/notes
if there are any. Uploaded cases can be checked in the Verified tab.
7. If the inconsistencies/errors cannot be addressed without revisiting the household or

verifying with the EN, the supervisor may return it to the EN for updating by clicking on
the Return button. Returned cases can be viewed in the Returned tab.
He/she may indicate notes/remarks that can help the EN in editing the form. Returned
cases can be checked in the ‘Returned’ tab.
199
For PAPI
1. Examine each questionnaire and take note of the common errors.
2. If the inconsistencies/errors can be addressed without revisiting the

household or verifying with the EN, the supervisor may opt to make
the necessary corrections and address all the inconsistencies.
3. If the inconsistencies/errors cannot be addressed without revisiting

the household or verifying with the EN, the supervisor may return
it to the EN for updating. He/she should discuss with the EN the
errors and inconsistencies observed.
4. After scrutinizing the Form 2, the supervisor should then sign the
form over his/her printed name and indicate the date reviewed in
the certification panel. The supervisor should also indicate his/her
personnel code (TS/CAS/HCAS code).
List of Data Items to be Prioritized in Checking
The following are some of the data items that should be checked given their utter
importance in the generation of CBMS indicators:
● Number of daughters of the household head

● Number of sons of the household head
● Number of household members below 5 years old
● Number of household members 15 years old and over
● Number of nuclear families
● Number of household members currently attending school
● Levels of highest educational attainment of each household member
● Number of household members who did any work for at least one hour,
including work from home or telecommuting during the past week
● Number of household members who wanted to work more hours during the
past week
● Number of household members with health insurance (Philhealth or private
health medical insurance)
● Number of household conveniences owned by type
● Number of ICT devices owned by type
● Main construction materials of the roof
200
● Main construction materials of the outer wall
● Main construction materials of the floor
● Number of bedrooms in the housing unit
● Tenure status of housing unit
● Main source of drinking water
● Presence of electricity in the dwelling unit
● Total amount of food consumption expenditure and total annual family income
● Specify/‘Others, specify’ categories
Guidelines in Scrutinizing the CBMS Form 2
Section A: Demographic Characteristics
1. Household Head
● There should only be one (1) household head in every CBMS Form 2 (HPQ).
Line number of the household head should be 1.
● Verify whenever the respondent indicates that a household head is aged
below 15 years old as of 30 June 2022. EN should add a note certifying this
information.
● OFWs should not be listed as household heads.
2. Names of household members
● Observe and remind the ENs to show the list of household members to the
respondent so they can ensure that correct spelling and information are
entered in the CBMS Form 2.
● Fields for last name, middle name and first name are required to be
accomplished. Put suffixes as may be necessary. Note that the full middle
name, not just the middle initial/s, should be recorded whenever applicable.
3. Total Number of Household Members
● Check the total number of household members indicated in the listing record
and in the summary of visit section of the CBMS Form 2. Total number of
household members should tally with the total number of males and females.
● The maximum Line Number should be the same as the total number of
household members.
4. Nuclear Family (A03 and A04)
201
● Check for the consistency of the number of nuclear families in the Summary of
Visit Section with the Nuclear Family Assignment (A03) of the household
members.
Example:
Figure 7.1
Wrong Correct
Table 7.2 Table 7.3
In the example above, table 1 showed that Household Member Emma was
assigned in Nuclear Family 5, but the Number of Nuclear Families in the
Summary of Visit is 04 only. It should be corrected that the Nuclear Family
assignment of Emma should be 04.
● There should only be one (1) nuclear family head for every nuclear family.
5. Relationship to the Household Head (A02) and Relationship to the Head of the
Nuclear Family (A04)
● Relationship to the household head (A02) and Relationship to the Head of the
Nuclear Family (A04) should not be blank for all the members of the household
● The household head should be the head of the first nuclear family.
● The spouse of the household head in A02 should also be the spouse of the
family head of the first nuclear family in A04. Sons and daughters of the
household head in A02 should also be sons and daughters of the family head
of the first nuclear family in A04.
● If a household has one (1) member only, answers in Relation to Household
Head (A02) and Relationship to Nuclear Family Head (A04) should be “01
202
Head” and “0 One-man HH”, respectively. Moreover, the member should be in
the first/only nuclear family (A03 = 1).
6. Relationship to the Household Head (A02) and Age (07)
● A spouse aged 9 and below as of 30 June 2022 needs to be verified. EN should

add a note certifying this information.
● A son-in-law or a daughter-in-law aged below 10 years old as of 30 June 2022
needs to be verified. EN should add a note certifying this information.
● A grandson or a granddaughter aged 60 and above as of 30 June 2022 needs
to be verified. EN should add a note certifying this information.
● A household head’s father or mother in A02 and A04 aged below 30 years old
as of 30 June 2022 needs to be verified. EN should add a note certifying this
information.
● A domestic helper aged below 10 years old as of 30 June 2022 needs to be
verified. EN should add a note certifying this information.
7. Sex (A05) of the household members
● Check for the consistency of the number of males and females in the Summary
of Visit Section with the sex (A05) of the household members.
● Sex (A05) should not be blank for all the members of the household.
● The sex (A05) of the household members should be consistent with the
relationship to the head of the household (A02). For instance, a daughter of
the household head (A02) should be a female (A05). The following may serve
as guide for your checking:
Relationship to the Household

Head (A02) Sex (A05)
03 Son 1 Male
04 Daughter 2 Female
05 Stepson 1 Male
06 Stepdaughter 2 Female
07 Son-in-law 1 Male
08 Daughter-in-law 2 Female
09 Grandson 1 Male
10 Granddaughter 2 Female
203
Relationship to the Household
Head (A02) Sex (A05)
11 Father 1 Male
12 Mother 2 Female
13 Father-in-law 1 Male
14 Mother-in-law 2 Female
15 Brother 1 Male
16 Sister 2 Female
17 Brother-in-law 1 Male
18 Sister-in-law 2 Female
19 Uncle 1 Male
20 Aunt 2 Female
21 Nephew 1 Male
22 Niece 2 Female
● Note that the household head and spouse in A02 could either be male or
female.
● The sex (A05) of the household members should be consistent with the
relationship to the head of the nuclear family (A04). For instance, a brother of
the family head (A04) should be a male (A05).
Relationship to the Head of the Sex

Nuclear Family A05
A04
4 Son 1 Male
5 Daughter 2 Female
6 Brother 1 Male
7 Sister 2 Female
8 Father 1 Male
9 Mother 2 Female
● If code “2 Spouse” is used in Relationship to the Family Head (A04), ensure

that the sex of the spouse and the head of the family are not the same, i.e.,
204
one is male and one is female. On the other hand, if code “3 Partner” is used,
check if the sex of the spouse and the head of the family are the same.
8. Birthdate (A06) and age (A07) of the household members
● Check for the consistency of birthdate and age stated by the respondent for
each of the household members. Note that this is one of the important data
items needed for other questions that require age spanner or age restriction,
thus all household members should have age. Please note that we compute or
use the age of the household members as of 30 June 2022.
● Follow the date format as indicated in the questionnaire (i.e., MM/DD/YYYY).
● Any manual computation should be reflected in the computation sheet. Such
filled out computation sheets should also be submitted to the TS for reference.
When CBMS Mobile Application is used, the age is computed automatically by
the application. Let it be a practice though to confirm a household member’s
age every after computation.
9. Marital status (A09) and Age (A07)
Household members aged below 10 years old are coded as single. In cases
when a household member is not single but is aged 0 to 9 years old as of 30
June 2022, verify with the household or EN. EN should add a note certifying
this information.
10. Marital status (A09) and Relationship to Household Head (A02)
● Spouses should not be single, widowed, divorced, separated, or annulled.

● Son-in-law, daughter-in-law, father, mother, father-in-law, mother-in-law
should not be single.
11. PhilID (A12 to A14) and City/Municipal LGU ID (A15 to A16)

● If a household member has a PhilID (A12), there should be a response in A13.
Response in A13 could be the Philsys Card Number or codes for “Don’t Know”
or “Not open to share”.
● If a household member has no PhilID yet (A12), there should be a response in
A14. Response in A14 could be “Yes”, “No” or “Don’t Know”.
● As a CBMS supervisor, you are to check with the city/municipal LGU if the
city/municipal LGU has an ID card for its constituents. Examples of these are
QCitizen ID in Quezon City and Makatizen card in Makati City. If the
city/municipal LGU does not offer such ID, there should be no responses in
A15 to A16.
12. Solo Parent (A17 to A18)

● Solo parents aged below 10 years old as of 30 June 2022 are not covered in
A17.
205
● All solo parents in A17 should have a response in A18.
13. Senior Citizen (A19) and Age (A07)

All household members aged 60 and over (A07) should have responses in
A19.
14. Functional Difficulty (A20)

Household members aged below 5 years old as of 30 June 2022 should not
have entries/responses in A20.
Section B: Migration
1. Age spanner
● B01 to B05 should not have answers for household members aged below five
(5) years old as of 30 June 2022.
● B06 to B10 should not have answers for household members aged below 15
years old as of 30 June 2022.
2. Current city/municipality
● Note that the current city/municipality being talked about in B01, B02 and B04
refers to the household member’s present or current address, i.e., the
household’s location or address as of 1 July 2022.
● If the response in B02 or B04 is not “Same as current city/municipality” and
“Don’t Know”, there should be responses in B03 and B05, respectively.
3. On Mother’s Residence at the Time of Member’s Birth (B01), Member’s Residence

Five (5) Years Ago (B02) and Member’s Residence Six (6) Months Ago (B04)
● These items are to be compared with the current city/municipality defined

above, not with each other.
● If answers in these items are not the same with current city/municipality but
within the country, indicate in the blank provided the name of the province and
city/municipality and their corresponding codes. If answers are other countries,
indicate in the blank the country and the corresponding code.
4. Overseas Filipino Indicator (B06)
Check whether the household member included in the roster who was
considered as OFW satisfies the requirements or definitions stated in (A)
Demographic Characteristics and (B) Migration in Enumerator’s Manual. If the
206
supposed household member does not seem to satisfy the definition of OF,
then he/she should either be removed in the roster of the household members,
or the indicator or code in B06 should be revised. Verify also that the
designated household head should not be tagged as OF in item B06.
Section C: Education and Literacy
1. Age spanner
● C01 to C02 should not have answers for household members aged below five
years old as of 30 June 2022.
● School attendance data items (C03 to C06) should not have answers for
household members aged below three years old and more than 24 years old
as of 30 June 2022.
● Technical-vocational education and training (TVET) and skills development
training data items (C07 to C09) should not have answers for household
members aged below 15 years old as of 30 June 2022.
2. Basic literacy (C01) and highest grade completed (C02)
Check if responses in Basic literacy (C01) and Highest grade completed (C02)
make sense. For example, the respondent mentioned that he/she cannot read
or write (No in C01) but is a high school or bachelor’s degree graduate.
3. Age (A07) and highest grade completed (C02)
Check if age (A07) and highest grade completed (C02) seem sensible. For
example, a 6-year-old child finished a doctoral level. While there may be some
exemptions to this like a 11-year-old who graduated college, this may not be
generally the case. Ensure that there are remarks certifying the special cases.
4. Highest grade completed (C02) and current grade or year being attended (C05)
● Note that the highest grade completed should be one (1) level lower than the
current grade or year being attended. Consider the following examples:
■ If the current grade is 3rd year college, HGC should be 2nd year college
■ If the current grade is Grade 7 (00024011), HGC should be Elementary
Graduate (00010018)
■ If the current grade is Grade 11, HGC should be Junior High School
Graduate.
● For Highest Grade Completed, specify the following:
207
■ The Strand, if Senior High School Graduate
■ The Program, if Bachelors, Masters or Doctorate Degree Graduate
5. Current grade or year being attended (C05)
Specified codes for graduates in each level and for no grade completed
(00000000) are not applicable in this question. Examples are Elementary
graduate (00010018), JHS Graduate/HS graduate (00024015), SHS Graduate
(00034033), TVL Maritime Specialization Strand Graduate (00035018).
6. Current school attendance (C03), School Type (C04), and Reason for not attending
school (C06)
● C06 should have a response if the specific household member is not currently
attending school (C03 = 2). C06 should not have a response if the specific
household member is currently attending school (C03 = 1).
● C04 should have a response if the specific household member is currently
attending school (C03 = 1). C04 and C05 should not have a response if the
specific household member is currently attending school (C03).
7. TVET and skills development training (C07 to C09)
● If a specific household member has graduated or completed a TVET course,

he/she should have a response in C09.
● If a specific household member is currently taking or in the process of
completing a TVET course, he/she should have a response in C09.
● If a specific household member has both graduated or completed a TVET
course and is currently taking or in the process of completing a TVET course,
his/her responses in C09 should include the completed TVET course and the
one he/she is currently taking.
Section D: Community and Political Participation
1. Age spanner
● Household members aged below 15 years old as of 30 June 2022 are not
covered in this section.
● Household members who are Overseas Filipino Workers as reflected in
Section B, (i.e., those who answered codes 1, 2, 3 and 6 in B06) are not
covered in items D03 to D13 of this section.
208
2. Voting (D01 to D02)
Household members who are not registered voters (D01 = 2) should not have
responses in D02.
3. Volunteer work (D03 to D13)
● If a specific household member has a “Yes” response in either or all of D03,

D05 and/or D06, there should be responses in D07, D08 and D09.
● If a specific household member has a “Yes” response in D10, there should be
responses in D11 to D12.
● Those with “Yes” responses in either or all of D03, D05, D06, and D10 should
have responses in D13.
● A reference file derived from PSOC is used for possible responses in D08 and
D12. Note that additional digits are included to the PSOC codes to consider
country-specific examples of volunteer work.
Section E: Economic Characteristics
1. Coverage
● Household members aged below five (5) years old as of 30 June 2022 are not
covered in this section.
● Household members who are Overseas Filipino Workers as reflected in
Section B, (i.e., those who answered codes 1, 2, 3 and 6 in B06) are not
covered in items E01 to E38 of this section.
2. Primary Occupation (E07 to E08) and Last Occupation (E35 to E36); and Industry
(E09 to E10, and E37 to E38)
● If a household member’s primary occupation was related to agricultural activity

(e.g., farmer, fisherfolk, poultry operator), then answer in G11.1 should be ‘1
Yes’ and G11.2 should reflect the line number of the household members who
engage in any agricultural activity.
● Check the consistency between the highest grade completed and the
course/degree program vis-a-vis the responses in E07 and E08 and in E35 and
E36. For instance, a household member who is a High School graduate is
reported by the respondent as working as a Head Engineer.
● Specific occupation (E07 and E35) and industry (E09 and E37) should be
reported in order to help in the verification of the codes entered in E08, E36,
E10 and E38.
● Check if there are items with the label “FOR FURTHER VERIFICATION” in
PSIC and PSOC during the interview. While the ENs are allowed to temporarily
use the code for “FOR FURTHER VERIFICATION” during the interview,
209
specific PSOC and PSIC codes should be indicated by the EN in items E08,
E36, E10, E38 before submitting the Form 2 to his/her supervisor.
3. Hours worked
● The normal working hours per day in E12 should not be more than the total
number of hours worked (E14) in the past week.
● The total number of hours worked in the past week (E14) should be equal or
less than the total number of hours worked for all jobs during the past week
(E23).
● If the total number of hours worked for all jobs during the past week (E23) is
more than 48 hours, then there should be an answer in E24. The choices are
categories 11 to 15 and 99.
● If the total number of hours worked for all jobs during the past week (E23) is
less than 40 hours, then there should be an answer in E24. The choices are
categories 20 to 32 and 99.
4. Basis of Payment (E19)
● This item, together with E20, is to be asked if the respondent answered codes
0, 1, 2 and 5 in E18.
● Category 4 (Monthly) is to be used if the salary or wage is on a monthly basis
even if payment is given every week or every 15th or 30th day of the month, or
twice a month.
● If the response in this item is code 5, 6 or 7, there should be no response in
Basic Pay per day (E20).
5. Looked for work or tried to establish business (E25) to Industry type of last work
(E38)
These items should have answers only if the household member did not work
or had business during the past week.
6. Reason for not looking for work (E29)
● This is to be asked if the household member did not look for work or try to
establish business during the past week (E25 = 2)
● Skipping instructions vary depending on the response in E29. If the response
in E29 is 00 to 03, the next item that should have a response is E31. If the
response in E29 is 04 to 05, the next item that should have a response is E30.
Check the CBMS Enumerator’s Manual for further details on the skipping
instructions in E29.
7. Agricultural Land Ownership (E39 to E44)
210
● All household members 15 years old and over should have an answer in E39.
● Household members with agricultural lands are covered in E40 to E44, i.e., if
the specific household member is category 2 in E39.
Section F: Entrepreneurial and Household Sustenance Activities
1. Sustenance activity (F01 and F02)
● Sustenance activities conducted by all household members should be

considered, i.e., nonrelatives may be able to contribute to the household’s
sustenance activities.
● If the answer in F01 is “1 Yes” and there’s at least one “1 Yes” in F02 A to C,
then the answer in Section G (Agriculture and Fishery Activities) item G11.1
should be “1 Yes”. In other words, if the household produced goods mainly for
home consumption through fishing, gathering shells, snail, seaweeds, corals,
etc., or farming, gardening, raising livestock and poultry, then they should be
considered to be engaging in agricultural activities.
2. Entrepreneurial activity (F03 to F05)
● The specific entrepreneurial activities indicated in F04 and F05 should be

consistent with the response given in F03. For instance, if category F
(Manufacturing) is chosen in F03, the specific entrepreneurial activity and the
corresponding PSIC code should pertain to manufacturing activities.
● All industries chosen in F03 should have at least one (1) corresponding specific
entrepreneurial activity and PSIC code in F04 and F05.
● There should not be items labeled as “FOR FURTHER VERIFICATION” in
PSIC in F04 and F05. While the ENs are allowed during the interview to
temporarily use the code for “FOR FURTHER VERIFICATION”, specific PSIC
codes should be indicated in F04 and F05 before submitting the Form 2.
● If there is at least one (1) “Yes” answer in F03 categories A (Crop Farming and
Gardening), B (Livestock and Poultry Raising) and C (Fishing), then the
household should be considered to be engaged in Agriculture and Fishery
Activities to be reflected in Section G (Agriculture and Fishery Activities) item
11.1.
● If the answers in F03 A to V are all “No”, F04 to F1, as well as G01 to G10,
should not have answer.
3. Use of E-commerce platform and social media in entrepreneurial activities (F06

and F07)
211
If the respondent said that the household has an entrepreneurial activity which
made use of an e-commerce platform in performing business (F06), and/or
made use of social media in selling goods and/or services (F07), check if there
is at least one (1) household member that used an online platform or mobile
application in his/her work/job or business in the past week in E04.
4. Operation of Entrepreneurial Activity (F09 and F10)
● If the entrepreneurial activity has consistently been in operation from July 2021
to June 2022, category M should be chosen in F09. No other codes should be
chosen.
● The total number of persons who worked for the entrepreneurial activity (F10)
should be equal to the sum of the number of working owners and unpaid
workers, and the number of paid employees.
Section G: Agriculture and Fishery Activities
1. Operator in agricultural activity (G01)
This item is to be answered only if there is at least one (1) “Yes” in F02 D to E and
F03 A to B.
2. Parcel irrigation (G05) to Rainfed upland or lowland (G07)
These items should have answers if the answer in G03.1 is either “1 Crop
Farming” or “3 Both crop farming and livestock and poultry”.
3. Engagement in agricultural and fishery activities (G11.1)
This item should be asked to all households.
4. Engagement in agricultural and fishery activities (G11.1) and Insurance Availment

(K10)
If the household does not engage in any agricultural or fishery activities (G11.1
is “2-No”), check the household’s availment of Crop, Livestock and Poultry and
Fisheries Insurance (K10 H to J)
5. Engagement in agricultural and fishery activities (G11.1) and entrepreneurial

activities (F03A to C)
212
If any household member engages as operator in crop farming and gardening,
livestock and poultry raising and fishing, i.e., answer in F03 A-C is “1-Yes”,
check the household’s engagement in agricultural and fishery activities (G11.1)
6. Type of engagement in agricultural activities (G13 and G15) and Production

Activities (G14 and G16)
If answer in G13/G15 is 1 (Operator), the answer in G14/G16 Category A

(Manage day-to-day farm operation) should automatically be “1 Yes”.
7. Permanent and temporary crops (G20) to Percentage decrease in the latest

harvest (G26)
These items should have answers if the answer in G12 A Growing of Crops is
‘Yes’ and G13 is ‘1 Operator in own household farm’.
8. Livestock and poultry raised and tended (G27) to Percentage decrease in the
latest livestock/poultry produced (G33)
These items should have answers if the answer in G12 B Livestock and Poultry
is ‘Yes’ and G13 is ‘1 Operator in own household farm’.
9. Number of aquafarms being operated (G34) to Percentage decrease in the latest

aquaculture production (G46)
These items should have answers if the answer in G12 C Aquaculture and
Poultry is ‘Yes’ and G13 is ‘1 Operator in own household farm’.
Section H: Family Income
1. Coverage
● On H01 to H04, the income for the past 12 months of the family members listed
in the household roster in Section A should be considered. Include also the
remittances of OFW family members. Income of nonrelatives, domestic helpers
and boarders should be excluded.
● On H05, the income for the past 12 months of the former family members
should be recorded.
2. Annual Family Income
213
● A household with entrepreneurial activities (Yes in any industry in F03) should
have positive/nonzero entry/ies in Net receipts derived from the operation of
family operated enterprises/activities (H03.D) and/or Net receipts derived from
the operation of practice of a profession or trade (H03.E).
● On H06, the total annual income should be the sum of the total annual income
of current family members and former family members in the past 12 months.
● If the respondent refuses to share information, H07 should be marked as ‘No’.
While there are refusals to share detailed information on sources of income,
total annual income from family members (H04) and total annual income from
current family and former family members (H06) should be estimated
considering all the information even those not shared in detail.
Section I: Food Consumption
1. Total Annual Food Consumption Expenditure
● The annual family’s food consumption expenditure given by the respondent

should be checked by EN considering the following food items/expenditures.
Observe and remind the ENs to cover all of these and use the computation
sheet as may be necessary:
a. Food consumed at home:
A. Bread and cereals e.g., rice, corn, flour, noodles, pasta, kakanin)
B. Meat (e.g., fresh/chilled/frozen beef, pork, chicken, and other meat;
edible offals; preserved and processed meat)
C. Fish and seafood (e.g., fresh, chilled or frozed; dried, smoked or
salted; canned or bottled)
D. Milk, cheese and eggs
E. Oils and fats (e.g., butter, margarine, corn/coconut and other edible
oils)
F. Fruits (fresh, dried/preserved) and nuts
G. Vegetables
H. Sugar, jam, honey, chocolate, and confectionery e.g., ice
cream/sorbet/edible ice, chewing gum, candies, pastilles, meringue,
bukayo)
I. Food products not elsewhere classified e.g., salt, spices and culinary
herbs, sauces, condiments and seasonings, vinegar, broth, soup stock,
baby food, coffeemate)
J. Coffee, tea, and cocoa
K. Mineral water, softdrinks, fruit and vegetable juices
b. Food regularly consumed outside

L. Food regularly bought and eaten by the family members outside the
home like snacks, lunch and others (e.g., food bought and eaten in
214
carinderia/cafeteria during lunch/snacks in the office; allowance for
snacks and meals at school of members of the household who are
attending school)
M. Cooked food bought outside the home but eaten at home (e.g.,
FoodPanda and Grab Food deliveries or fast food delivery for usual
merienda/snacks/breakfast/lunch/dinner at home)
N. Cooked food regularly given for free by neighbors, relatives, and
friends
● The answer in I01 (Usual or Average Expenditure) should be greater than 0. If

the family did not spend money on food (for cases where food was provided
by relatives, friends, neighbor, etc.), I01 should reflect the monetary value (in
PHP) of the food received by the family.
● Check the computation sheet. Total Annual Family Food Consumption can be
estimated using the formula below:
Expenditure on
Total Usual or Average Multiplier for
Annual Food Consumption = ( Expenditure x Frequency ) + Food Consumed
Occassionally
i.e., add the Expenditure on Food Consumed Occasionally (I03) to the product
of the Usual or Average Expenditure (I01) and the Multiplier for Frequency
(I02).
Please note that the value of the Multiplier for Frequency (I02) varies
depending on the preference of the respondent/household. The following are
its possible values:
If Per Day, Multiplier for Frequency = 365
If Per Week, Multiplier for Frequency = 52
If Every 15 days, Multiplier for Frequency = 24
If Per Month, Multiplier for Frequency = 12
If For Entire Year, Multiplier for Frequency = 1
2. Total Annual Food Consumption Expenditure and Total Annual Family Income
● If the total annual food consumption expenditure in Section I is higher than the
value recorded in G06 (family’s total income), there is a need to verify with the
EN (and consequently with the respondent) on either of the recorded entries.
Also, check the possibility of typographical error. For example, the value given
by the respondent was PHP200 but the EN encoded PHP20.
Example:
215
The family’s annual income recorded in G06 is PHP450,000, their average
weekly consumption on food is PHP 60,000 (Section I) and their expenditure
on food consumed occasionally is PHP 10,000. If you estimate their annual
consumption of food, it will be PHP3,130,000 (60,000 X 52 + 10,000). This is
almost 7 times their annual family income. You may verify with the
EN/respondent or check the notes. It is possible that instead of PHP 6,000, the
data recorded in Section I was PHP 60,000.
● Check the percentage share of the annual food consumption expenditure to

the total annual family income. Observe and remind the ENs to probe and
check or verify with the computed percentage share of the annual food
consumption expenditure to the total annual family income.
Section J: Food Security
All data items in Section J should have a response.
Section K: Financial Inclusion
1. Coverage
All household members are considered in Section K.
2. Financial accounts and Savings (K01 to K06)
● If at least one member of the household is reported to have a formal financial

account in K01, there should be a response in K03.
● If the respondent preferred not to answer K01, K02 and K03 should not be
asked anymore.
● Reason for not having financial accounts (K02) should have a response if the
answers in categories A to Z of K01 are all ‘No’.
● If the answer in K01 is ‘Yes’ and there is at least one (1) ‘Yes’ in K03 A to G,
the answer in K04 and K05 A (Formal Financial Account) should automatically
be ‘Yes’. In contrast, if answers in K01 A to Z are all “No”, the answer in K05 A
(Formal Financial Account) should automatically be “No”.
● If the household does not have savings (K04 = 2), the household should be
asked of the reason for not having savings in K06.
● There should be no answer in K05 if the household does not have savings.
● K02, K03, K05, K06, K08 and K09 should not have all ‘2 No’ answers.
216
3. Loans
● If at least one member of the household is reported to have an outstanding

loan as of date of visit, there should be a ‘Yes’ response in K07. Subsequently,
K08 and K09 will be asked for those households with a ‘Yes’ response in K07.
4. Insurance
● Check the consistency in the responses on the following in relation to

household’s access to insurance in K10:
○ Use of financial accounts to pay for bills like insurance (code L in K03)
○ Insurance was indicated as a purpose of the loan (code I in K09)
○ Life insurance
○ Health insurance
○ Households with at least one member engaged in agricultural or
fisheries activities (Yes in G11.1; and ‘Yes’ in categories A to D and F
in G12) must be asked to respond particularly if they have crop
insurance (code H), livestock and poultry insurance (code I) and
fisheries insurance (code J).
Section L: Health
1. Coverage
● Questions pertaining to pregnancy and lactation/breastfeeding (L01 to L09)

should pertain only to female household members aged 10 years old and over
as of June 30, 2022.
● If ‘Yes’ is the response in L01 (Household members who had been pregnant
in the past 3 years), L02 to L05 should have responses.
● If ‘Yes’ is the response in L06 (Currently pregnant household members), then
L07 should have a response.
● If ‘Yes’ is the response in L08 (Currently lactating/breastfeeding household
members), then L09 should have a response.
● Questions L10 to L14 pertain to former household members aged 0 to 5 years
old. If ‘Yes’ is the response in L10 (Child aged 0 to 5 years old born alive but
later died), then L11 to L14 should have a response.
● Questions L15 to L32 pertain to household members with disability, cancer
patients/persons living with cancer/cancer survivors, persons with rare
217
disease. If ‘Yes’ is the response in L15 (At least one household member has a
disability), then L16 to L17 should have a response. If ‘Yes’ is the response in
L19 (At least one household member is a cancer patient/person living with
cancer/cancer survivor), then L20 should have a response; and so on.
● Questions L33 to L41 pertain to illness, sickness and injury experienced by
household members in the past month. If ‘Yes’ is the response in L33 (At least
one household member has a disability), then L34 to L41 should have
responses.
● Given the nature of COVID-19 and other communicable/common infectious
diseases, it is possible that there were more than three (3) household members
who got ill or sick. Hence, the EN should be able to use extra sheets or
booklets to record answers pertaining to other household members. If CAPI
will be implemented, the CBMS Mobile Application should be able to allow
selection of all applicable household members.
2. Persons with disability
● Note that not all persons with disability (PWD) have PWD IDs. Further, some
have multiple disabilities that are not indicated in their PWD IDs. Hence,
observe and verify if EN asked the questions on disability appropriately.
● Some undiagnosed household members with ailments that are seemingly rare
are covered in L23 to L28. EN should provide details in the “ Specify” portion
if the disease is not yet diagnosed by a doctor. While not officially diagnosed
as having a rare disease, this information might help the LGU in identifying
persons who may be prioritized for physician visits for proper diagnoses.
● If the person does not have any of the following: disability, cancer, cancer
survivor, and rare disease, but was recorded as having a PWD ID (L30), then
you or the EN should verify with the respondent.
3. Illness, sickness, and injury
● If the answer is ‘No’ in L35, there should still be an answer in L37 (most recent
illness/sickness/injury). There should be no response in L36.
● If the answer is No in L38, there should be no responses in L39 and L40. But
there should be a reason for not availing medical treatment (L41).
Section M: Climate Change and Disaster Risk Management
1. Coverage
● If ‘No’ is the response in M01, there should be no responses in M02 to M06.

● Primary reason for decrease in water supply (M03) should only be answered if
the answer in M02 A (Decrease in water supply) is ‘Yes’.
218
● Number of hours for the flood to subside in M04 and M05 should have
responses if the respondent indicated ‘Yes’ in M02 B (More frequent flooding).
● Number of months the most recent drought lasted (M06) should have a
response if the respondent indicated ‘Yes’ in M02 C (More frequent drought).
● M07 should be asked to all households.
● Households without experience of temporary evacuation from their current
place of residence (‘No’ or ‘Don’t Know’ in M08) should not have answers in
M09 to M12. But such households should have responses on M13 onwards.
2. Drought occurrence in the last three (3) years (M06)
If the household experienced more frequent drought (M02 C is ‘1 Yes’), the

answer in M06 should be at least three (3) months.
3. Exposure to disasters and other calamities (M13 to M16) and assistance received
from various sources (M17 to M18)
● Given that the TS, CAS, and Head CAS has access to the CBMS Form 4
responses of the barangay, please report to the PSO-CSS/PSA Provincial
Focal Person/PCCT the inconsistencies in the CBMS Form 4 and CBMS Form
2 entries (M13) on experiences of disasters and calamities. For instance,
catastrophic earthquakes, floods, volcanic eruptions may have wide scale
coverage and may be reported by multiple households in a barangay. Thus,
that particular barangay should also be able to report those significant events
in the CBMS Form 4.
● If the response is ‘No’ in all calamities listed in M13, then there should be no
responses in M14 to M18. Contrastingly, M14 to M18 should have responses
if there is at least one (1) calamity that negatively affected the household in
M13.
● If the household was negatively affected by a calamity (at least one ‘Yes’ in
M13 A to Z), there should be at least one (1) negative impact experienced by
the household, i.e., there should be at least one (1) ‘Yes’ in M14 A to Z. In other
words, answers in M14 A to Z should not be all ‘No’.
● Estimated cost of damage to property (M15.A) and/or damage to crops and/or
livestock/poultry (M15.B) should have responses if the respondent indicated in
M14 that a calamity resulted to the household experiencing damage to property
and/or damage to crops and/or livestock/poultry. Consequently, M16 should
have a response if there is a ‘Yes’ response in M14 (damage to property). EN
may indicate 0 in M16 if the household did not have the damages on the
properties repaired.
● If there is a ‘Yes’ response in M17 (Financial aid), check this response’s
consistency with the total annual family income (H03).
● Moreover, if there is a ‘Yes’ response in any forms of assistance listed in M17,
check the response’s consistency with the household’s responses in all the
219
programs in Section P, especially on the following programs which are linked
to providing assistance and recovery from calamities and disasters:
○ Emergency Shelter Assistance (ESA) (P05 H)
○ Housing program (P05 I)
○ All social assistance program under Bayanihan Act programs (P15)
4. Disaster preparedness kits (M19 to M22)
● Household respondents with ‘No’ answers in M19 should have no answers in

M20 to M22. Household respondents with ‘No’ answers in M20 should have no
responses in M21 to M22.
● There should be at least one (1) ‘Yes’ in M21 (Contents of disaster
preparedness kits) if responses in M19 and M20 are both ‘Yes’, i.e., the
household has a disaster preparedness kit, and the kit was shown to the EN.
● There should be a nonzero response in M22 (Allocation in disaster
preparedness kit) if responses in M19 and M20 are both ‘Yes’, i.e., the
household has a disaster preparedness kit, and the kit was shown to the EN.
● Items that were given for free to the household should also be considered in
valuing the total cost of the disaster preparedness kit (M22).
5. Disaster risk reduction and management planning participation of households

(M25 to M26)
If ‘No’ is the response in M25, then there should be no response in M26.
Section N: E-Commerce and Digital Economy
1. Coverage
● If ‘No’ is the response in N01, there should be no responses in N02 to N10.

● It should be verified to the household if the answer in N01 is ‘No’ but have
previously mentioned in Sections E and F that they have used online platforms,
e-commerce websites, mobile applications, and social media to do their jobs
and/or do business. It is expected that a household should have a ‘Yes’
response in N01 (and should thus be covered in Section N) if any or all of the
following applies:
○ The respondent mentioned that at least one (1) household member
used an online platform or mobile application in his/her work/job or
business in the past week (E04).
○ The respondent said that the household has an entrepreneurial activity
which made use of an e-commerce platform in performing business
(F06), and/or made use of social media in selling goods and/or services
(F07).
220
● If the response in N03 is ‘No’, there should be no entry in N04.
2. E-commerce and use of social media
● There should be ‘Yes’ responses in N06 A (Electronic commerce, trade, and

transaction) and N08 (E-commerce platforms/applications/websites used) if
the respondent said that the household engages in an entrepreneurial activity
which made use of an e-commerce platform in performing business (F06),
and/or made use of social media in selling goods and/or services (F07).
3. Use of online platform for work
● Check the consistency in the response in N09 (Online work) versus the
response in E04 (used an online platform or mobile application in his/her
work/job or business in the past week). If there is a ‘Yes’ response in N09
(Online work), then at least one (1) household member should be reported by
the respondent to be using an online platform or mobile application in his/her
work/job or business in the past week (E04).
● Check the consistency between the amount reported in the compensation from
regular/seasonal employment of the specific household member engaged in
online work (H02.A to H02.C) vis-a-vis the total salaries/wages received by the
household from online work through an online platform (N10). Response in
N10 should be equal to the amount reported in H02 for the specific household
member engaged in online work,
● Also check the consistency between the amount reported in Basic Pay per Day
of the specific household member engaged in online work (E20) versus the
total salaries/wages received by the household from online work through an
online platform (N10). Depending on the duration of time the said household
member is engaged in online work, his or her computed total pay received
(derived from his/her basic pay per day in E20) should not exceed the amount
reported in N10.
Section O: Crime Victimization
1. Coverage
● If there are no household members who became a victim of a crime in the past
12 months (‘No’ in O02), there should be no responses in O03 to O08.
2. Crime victimization
● Note that some crimes affect all household members. For instance, vehicle
theft, housebreaking and damage to cars owned and used by the household
221
(O03.I to O03.K) are household crimes. Thus, names of all household
members would be automatically selected.
● If the respondent answered ‘9 - Prefer not to answer’ in O03, succeeding
questions O04 to O08 for that particular crime should not have a response.
● If the respondent answered ‘No’ in O07 for a particular type of crime, there
should be a response in O08 (Main reason why crime is not reported).
Section P: Social Protection Programs
1. Social insurance programs
● Line numbers/names of household members should be provided/selected on

P02.1 (Members of social/health insurance programs) if there are ‘Yes’
answers in P01 (Social insurance programs). Line numbers/names of
household members should be provided/selected in P04 (Beneficiaries of
social/health insurance programs) if there are ‘Yes’ answers in P03 (at least
one household member benefited from social/health insurance programs).
● All household members with PhilHealth membership should have responses
in P02.2 (Type of PhilHealth membership).
● The printed questionnaire only accommodates four (4) household members.
However, it is possible that there are more than four (4) members who could
be members (P02.1) or beneficiaries (P04) of social/health insurance
programs. Check if a separate booklet is prepared by EN to record information
for other household members.
2. Social assistance programs
● If the household received benefits/assistance through the Pantawid Pamilyang

Pilipino Programs (4Ps), check if the household owns a formal financial
account as reflected in Section K (Financial Inclusion) item 01. This should
hold unless the household received the benefits/assistance in cash.
● Line numbers/names of household members should be provided/selected on
P06 (Beneficiaries of social assistance programs) if there are ‘Yes’ answers in
P05 (at least one household member benefited from social assistance
programs).
● If there are ‘Yes’ answers in P05 (At least one household member benefited
from social assistance programs), then there should be nonzero responses on
P07 (Number of times the household benefited from social assistance
programs). Record the total number for the whole household.

222
be beneficiaries of social assistance programs. Check if a separate booklet is
prepared by EN to record information for other household members.
3. Government programs
● Line numbers/names of household members should be provided/selected in

P09 (Beneficiaries of government feeding programs) if there is ‘Yes’ answer in
P08 (at least one household member benefited from government feeding
programs).
● If there are ‘Yes’ answers in P08 (at least one household member benefited
from government feeding programs), then there should be nonzero responses
in P10 (Number of times the household benefited from government feeding
programs). Record the total number for the whole household.
be beneficiaries (P09) of government feeding programs. Check if a separate
booklet is prepared by EN to record information for other household members
4. Labor Market Intervention Programs
● Line numbers/names of household members should be provided/selected in

P12 (Beneficiaries of labor market intervention programs) if there is ‘Yes’
answer in P11 (at least one household member benefitted from labor market
intervention programs).
● If there are ‘Yes’ answers in P11 (at least one household member benefitted
from labor market intervention programs), then there should be nonzero
responses on P13 (Number of times the household benefitted from labor
market intervention programs). Record the total number for the whole
household.
be beneficiaries (P12) of labor market intervention programs. Check if a
separate booklet is prepared by EN to record information for other household
members.
5. Agriculture and Fisheries Programs (P14)
Questions under this item should be asked only if the household is engaged in
agricultural activities, i.e., G11.1 = 1 (Yes). These questions should all have answers.
6. Social Assistance Programs under Bayanihan Act (P15)
Questions under this item should all have answers.
223
Section Q: Water, Sanitation and Hygiene
1. Water supply (Q01 to Q13)
● There are multiple skipping instructions in water supply data items. Check if
these skipping instructions indicated in the CBMS Enumerator’s Manual are
followed correctly. For instance, Q02 applies only when the answer given in
Q01 is any of categories/codes 02 to 08 and 99.
● The question on the number of minutes a household member goes to source
of drinking water, get water and come back (Q06) is asked only when the
source of drinking water (Q05) is Elsewhere (code 03).
● Q11 is asked when the respondent reported that there was a time in the past
month that the household did not have sufficient quantities of drinking water
(‘Yes’ in Q10).
● Q13 is asked when the respondent reported that the household does
something to make water safer to drink (Q12).
2. Toilet and sanitation facility (Q14 to Q21)
● There are multiple skipping instructions in toilet and sanitation facility data
items. Check if these skipping instructions indicated in the CBMS
Enumerator’s Manual are followed correctly. For instance, applicable questions
after Q14 differ depending on the response given in Q14.
● Q15 should have a response if the answer in Q14 is ‘Flush to septic tank’ (code
12). Q17 is to be asked only when codes 1 to 3 are selected in Q16.
● If the toilet facility is located elsewhere (code 3 in Q18), there should be no
responses in Q19 to Q21. If the toilet facility is not shared with others who are
not members of the household (‘No’ in Q19), then there should be no response
in Q20 and Q21.
3. Handwashing (Q23 to Q30)
● There are multiple skipping instructions in handwashing facility data items.

Check if these skipping instructions indicated in the CBMS Enumerator’s
Manual are followed correctly. For instance, skipping instructions differ when
the handwashing facility is observed and not observed as provided in Q23.
● Observe and verify with EN if the questions were properly administered or
asked, and observations of the handwashing facility in Q23, Q24, Q26 and Q30
were undertaken as necessary.
● If soap or detergent were observed at the place for handwashing (‘Yes’ in Q25),
there should be no responses in Q26 to Q29. Otherwise, there should be no
responses in Q26 to Q27.
224
Section R: Housing Characteristics
1. Housing characteristics (R01 to R12)
● Housing units within the same building should have the same responses in
type of building (R01).
● Homeless households/persons and those who live in carts (code 8) has R01
as the last question. Households living in other types of building such as
bus/trailer, boat or tent (code 9 in R01) should have no responses in R02 to
R11.
● All housing units in the same building should have the same answers in the
number of floors in the building (R02).
● Housing units in a multi-storey building should have the same responses in the
main construction material for the roof (R03). The main construction material
of the roof of the housing unit/s on the topmost floor should be considered.
● Check the consistency in the responses on finishing material of the floor (R05)
and the main construction material of the floor (R06).
○ Ceramic tile/marble/granite finishing (code 1 in R05) may only be
applicable to concrete as main construction material for the floor (code
1 in R06).
○ Cement/ brick/ stone finishing (code 2 in R05) may only be applicable
to concrete or earth/sand/mud main construction material for the floor
(code 1 or 5 in R06).
○ Wood plank finishing (code 3 in R05) may only be applicable to
concrete or earth/sand/mud as main construction material for the floor
(code 1 or 5 in R06).
○ Wood tile/parquet finishing (code 4 in R05) may only be applicable to
concrete or wood as main construction material for the floor (code 1 or
2 in R06).
○ Vinyl/ carpet tile finishing (code 5 in R05) may only be applicable to
concrete or wood as main construction material for the floor (code 1 or
2 in R06).
○ Linoleum finishing (code 5 in R05) may only be applicable to concrete,
wood, coconut lumber, bamboo, earth/sand/mud as main construction
material for the floor (codes 1 to 5 in R06).
2. Household conveniences
● Note that sub-item N in R16 pertains to mobile phones or cellphones.

● If the household declared that they do any or all of the following in the previous
sections, check consistency in the responses in R16, particularly on
household’s ownership of mobile phones (sub-item N), tablets (sub-item O)
and personal computer (sub-item P):
225
○ At least one (1) household member is engaged in online platform or
mobile application, for at least an hour, in his/her work/job or business
in the past week (E04).
○ The household has an entrepreneurial activity which made use of an e-
commerce platform in performing business (F06), and/or made use of
social media in selling goods and/or services (F07).
○ At least one member of the household used financial accounts for
electronic banking (code H in K03).
○ The household could access the internet using mobile broadband
network (N04).
● If the household declared that they have boats or are engaged in fishing
operations in the previous sections, check consistency in the responses in
R16, particularly on household’s ownership of boats (codes Y and Z):
○ The household has ‘Yes’ response in fishing (code C) in F03.
○ At least one (1) household member is involved in renting of fishing
boats/vessels (‘Yes’ in code F in G12).
○ At least one household member is involved in any aquaculture or fish
capture activities in G16.
○ The household owned boats used in fishing (‘Yes’ in G50).
● The type of television services (R18) applies if the household has at least one
(1) television (sub-item J in R16).
● Household’s ownership of draft animals (R18) should be checked vis-a-vis the
responses in types (G21) and number of owned draft animals (G22), as well
as in the kinds of livestock and poultry raised/tended by household members
(G27).
3. Housing questions in Section S (Questions to be asked/administered if the

household refused the interview)
● Note that S05 to S11 are similar to the data items in Section R. Consistency
checks applied to those questions should apply to these questions in Section
S.
The CBMS Enumerator’s Manual will also be a very comprehensive reference of the
supervisors in scrutinizing the responses of households. The supervisors are advised
to use also as reference the e-Classification mobile application, CBMS Codebook and
CBMS Field Operations Manual.
Guidelines in Scrutinizing and Field Editing CBMS Form 1
The CBMS Form 1 provides a snapshot of the households, housing units and building
structures visited by the ENs. It contains selected information from the CBMS Forms
2 and 3.
226
Supervisors should always relay and discuss with the EN any observations, errors and
inconsistencies which may arise in scrutinizing the CBMS Form 1 vis-a-vis the CBMS
Forms 2 and 3.
The following are the guidelines in scrutinizing/field editing the CBMS Form 1.
Item Guidelines/Instructions
Geographic Identification ● Blank Geo-ID is not acceptable. Copy the Geo-ID from the CBMS Form 2.
(Geo-ID) If it is blank as well, EN should be requested to record the Geo-ID in the
CBMS Form 2 and reflect it in the CBMS Form 1.
● Check if the Geo-ID matches with the Enumeration Area Reference File
(EARF) and the Personnel Reference File (PRF). If not, verify with the EN
(or TS for the case of CAS and HCAS) and correct the entries accordingly.
● The name of the province, city/municipality, and barangay should be
legibly written in capital letters on the lines provided and their
corresponding codes are properly indicated in the boxes. Also, the EA
number should be written properly in the boxes provided.
● The booklet number and the total number of booklets used for the entire
EA should also be recorded.
Certification ● The EN, TS and CAS should certify the correctness and completeness of
contents of the CBMS Form 1. Dates accomplished/reviewed should also
be indicated beside the signatures.
● The name, code and signature of the EN (and TS, for the case of HCAS)
and the dates they have accomplished/reviewed the CBMS Form 1 should
be legibly written.
Column 01 – Date of Visit This is a required data item. The EN should have recorded the date of visit in
(MM/DD) the numeric format MM/DD where MM = Month and DD = Day. For cases of
multiple visits, EN should record the date of his/her first visit.
227
● This is a required data item and should match the entries in the Form 2.
Column 02 – Building ● Duplicate BSNs are allowed only in duplex or multi-unit residential
Serial Number (BSN) buildings.
● For temporary evacuation centers, the BSNs should be 5555.
● For newly tagged buildings, the BSNs should be in 4000 series, starting
from 4001. In special cases, areas with totally no geotagged buildings
should have normal BSN, starting from 0001 and so on.
● For homeless households, the BSN should be in 6000 series, starting from
4001.
● Except for special cases (homeless and temporary evacuation areas),

Column 03 – Housing Unit ensure that the four-digit HUSNs are in consecutive order. Check if there
Serial Number (HUSN) are missing or duplicate HUSNs.
● If there are missing HUSNs, indicate in the Remarks Column (Col. 17),
“MISSED HUSN ____”. For instance, if HUSN 0004 is missing, write
“MISSED HUSN 0004” in the remarks column of the row of HUSN 0003.
● DO NOT RENUMBER. Make sure to verify the missing HUSNs with the
EN or TS.
● Duplication of HUSN is possible if they have the same BSN. For duplicate
HUSNs with different BSN, ask the EN (or TS in the case of CAS) to
change the duplicate HUSN with the HUSN following the last HUSN used
in the barangay/EA. Indicate in the remarks portion the reason for the
duplication.
● In a temporary evacuation center, the HUSNs should be 5555.
● For a homeless household, the HUSN should be 6000 series.
228
● The assigned four-digit HSNs should be unique and in consecutive order.

Column 04 – Household Check if there are missing or duplicate HSNs.
Serial ● If there are missing HSNs, indicate in the Remarks Column (Col. 17),
Number (HSN) “MISSED HSN ____”. For instance, if HSN 0007 and 0008 are missing,
write “MISSED HSN 0007-0008” in the remarks column of the row of HSN
0006.
● DO NOT RENUMBER. Make sure to verify the missing HSNs with the EN
(or TS for the case of CAS/HCAS).
● For duplicate HSNs, ask the EN (or TS in the case of CAS) to change the
duplicate HSN with the HSN following the last HSN used in the
barangay/EA. Indicate in the remarks portion the reason for the
duplication.
● Verify with the EN or TS if there are many occurrences of the following
special HSNs in the EA:
○ 9999 for a vacant building/housing unit (VBLDG/VHU)
○ 8889 if the housing unit is used only as a vacation house or rest
house (VRH)
○ 8888 if Foreign ambassador, minister, consul or other diplomatic
representatives
○ 7777 if the housing unit is occupied exclusively by non-usual
residents (NUR)
● Check also if there are many cases of multiple households having the
same regular HUSN and BSN. Verify with the EN (or TS) if these really are
separate households having separate meal preparations.
Column 05 – Name of ● Check if the name of the household head and the address are written
Household Head and legibly in capital letters
Address ● The name of the household head should follow the format “Last name,
First name, Suffix, and Middle Name”.
● The address of the household should include, if applicable, the
house/building/unit number and street name. Name of barangay,
city/municipality and province are excluded in this field.
● Check if the addresses of several households are the same. If they are,
ask the EN to also write the name or description of a permanent landmark
near the area (for example, NEAR VILLAGE MONTESSORI SCHOOL).
This will aid in locating the households during the supervision.
● Require the EN or TS to correct or rewrite the entries whenever
necessary.
229
● This is not a required data item. But the EN or TS should be reminded to

Column 06 – Sitio/Purok record the sitio/purok whenever available/ applicable, legibly and in capital
Name letters.
● Write SITIO/PUROK before the name of the sitio/purok. For example, if the
name is Purok 5, write “PUROK 5” not ‘5’ only.
● If the sitio/purok is not applicable, the EN may indicate in this field the
common name by which the area is known (RIVERSIDE or IBABA for
instance).
Column 07 – Total ● For HSNs 7777, 8888, 8889, and 9999, there should be no entries in
Household Member Count population count (columns 07 to 09).
● For each household listed, check the total household member count in
CBMS Form 2. The population count in CBMS Form 1 should be equal to
the population count in CBMS Form 2.
● Column 08 is the sum of Column 08 and 09
Column 08 – Number of ● Check if this item has an entry corresponding to the number of males in
Males CBMS Form 2.
● If not, correct the entries and inform the EN or TS concerned.
● For HSNs 7777, 8888, 8889, and 9999, there should be no entries in male
members.
Column 09 – Number of ● Check if this item has an entry corresponding to the number of females in
Females CBMS Form 2.
● If not, correct the entries and inform the EN or TS concerned.
● For HSNs 7777, 8888, 8889, and 9999, there should be no entries in male
members.
Column 10 – Geotagged ● Check if each item has an entry.

● The answer in Column 13 should either be code “1” (Yes), or code “2”
(No)
Column 11 – Time Start ● Check the time began of each household interview.
● Check if the time the interview began is in a 24-hour (military) format and
are properly filled out.
230
Column 12 – Time End ● Check the time ended of each household interview.
● Check if the time the interview began is in a 24-hour (military) format and
are properly filled out.
Column 13 – Result of ● Check if the entries in the boxes for the result of final visit are correct.
Final Visit Possible entries are codes 1 to 7 only.
● Assess if all efforts to obtain a completed interview have been exhausted
by the EN for those with codes “2” or “3”. If not, ask the EN to go back to
the household. The supervisors may opt to accompany the EN when
he/she goes back to the household.
Column 14 – Name of ● Check if the name of the respondent is written legibly in capital letters
Respondent ● It should follow the format “Last name, First name, Suffix, and Middle
Name”.
● Require the EN or TS to correct or re-write the entries whenever
necessary.
Column 15 – ● Check if each item has an entry.

Signed the consent/ waiver ● If the answer in Column 11 is code “1” (Yes), there should be a
corresponding signed signature/waiver form or Form 3.
Column 16 – For CAPI, the date when the Form 2 was uploaded should be indicated in this
Date Uploaded field. It should be in numeric format (MM/DD where MM = Month and DD =
Day).
Column 17 – Remarks ● This should be used as reference in validating the entries. Remarks may
include information on callbacks made, missing IDs, etc.
Total BSN, HUSN and ● These fields should reflect the total number of regular BSN, HUSN and
HSN HSN used per page.
● For each box, check if the sum of all entries in that page tallies.
231
Total Vacant ● These fields should reflect the total number of vacant buildings and
housing units per page.
● For each box, check if the sum of all vacant buildings and housing units in
that page tallies.
Total Population Count ● These fields should reflect the total population count (total, male
(Total, Male and Female) population and female population) per page.
● For each box, check if the sum of all entries in that page tallies.
The CBMS Enumerator’s Manual is a comprehensive reference for supervisors in scrutinizing

the responses of households. It is advised to also use as reference the e-Classification mobile
application, CBMS Codebook, and CBMS Field Operations Manual.
Scrutinizing and Field Editing CBMS Form 4
The following are general guidelines in reviewing and field editing the CBMS Form 4:
● All items should be accomplished. Zero or “NONE” answers should be keyed in.
● Each box corresponds to alpha-numeric responses.
● If number-coded, only one answer is allowed. If letter-coded, multiple answers are
allowed.
● On the Certification from the Barangay, ensure that the names of the respondents are
properly recorded. If applicable, a middle initial and extension (e.g. Jr., III, etc.) should
be written beside the first name.
● The data on the CBMS BPQ that are verified with the barangay respondent/Punong
Barangay should be signed and certified by the Punong Barangay.
Part I.A (Physical Characteristics of the Barangay)
1. NO answers to all topographic features shall not be accepted.

2. On the list of puroks and sitios, the word “Purok”or “Sitio”should be entered before
the purok/sitio name, e.g. Purok Tres, Sitio Sarimanok.
3. Check the totals in items A6.
4. On A7, check the North, South, East and West boundaries vis-à-vis the map.
232
Part I.B (Service Institutions and Infrastructure)
1. Check the spelling of names and addresses of facilities vis-à-vis the accomplished
CBMS Form 24 and/or reference list of service institutions and infrastructure, as
well as the maps.
2. If the “Others, specify” option is chosen, the space provided should not be left
blank.
3. Consider only the facilities that are currently operating/being used/utilized and
located in the barangay whether private-, government-owned, etc., unless
otherwise indicated.
4. Consider each facility by its main purpose. For example, schools with libraries
should only be considered in College/University / Senior/Junior High School under
Education Facility, NOT in Library under Service Facility. You may include the
other purpose of the facilities in answering the questions, “Is there other purpose
of the facility?” and “What is/are other purpose/s of the facility?”. Enter the
corresponding codes using the reference data.
5. To assist in the estimation of distance between the barangay hall and the identified
facility, you may use Google Maps (https://maps.google.com). Simply pin the
location of the barangay hall and the facility.
6. Check the definitions and examples vis-à-vis the list of service institutions
provided by the barangay. Verify with the barangay respondent.
7. As an input dealer may or may not be physically located in the barangay
permanently, consider those that are considered available regularly in the
barangay, e.g. on-call dealers. In such cases, write down the address where they
are usually located. Otherwise, put down “mobile” in the address field. Also, put
remarks in the Note section.
8. On water facility, kindly check if the facilities are used publicly or by the
community. Individual household deep wells, for instance, are excluded. It is
recognized that some water facilities do not have names. In such cases, the name
of the nearest household or the name it was known for should be recorded.
9. On source of electricity, it should be clarified with the respondent that the
questions/responses about generator, solar, and battery refer to the barangay hall
(use) only.
10. On financial credit institutions, only NGOs that provide credit services should be
listed for purposes of the CBMS.
11. Natural wildlife/marine parks (natural sites) and theme parks (e.g. Enchanted
Kingdom, Skyranch) on tourism sites and destinations should be different from
those noted as parks under service facility. Parks under service facility are not
natural, geological and physiographical formations (natural sites), historical
landmarks and commercial theme parks.
12. Those transport facilities that do not operate due to travel restrictions but are in
order and can readily be used anytime should be accounted for in the list of service
institutions and infrastructure.
233
13. On garbage and waste disposal facilities, rented garbage collection trucks should
be included. Waste collection bins owned and maintained by the barangay are
included. There should be further details on the garbage collection system and
record these in the Notes section.
Part I.C (Information and Communications Technology)
Probe for examples from the barangay respondent on the following:
1. IT9 (Use of computers in transactions with clients) – Check which transactions

use computers.
2. IT10 (Computerized database) – Check if the barangay has a computer and that
the computer has some files that pertain to data recording and safekeeping by the
barangay.
3. IT11 (IT personnel) – Inquire if these staff are holding IT positions; IT graduates
that are employed in non-IT position. Either way, they may be recorded here as
long as they perform IT functions. But there should be notes if the staff if holding
an IT position but does not perform IT tasks.
4. IT13 (Website) and IT15 (Social media account) – Check if the official website
URL and social media accounts are active.
5. If there are “Yes” answers provided in BPQ CAWI on these data items, please
check if there really is a document/equipment present during schedule of data
verification with the barangay. The response should be “No” if the barangay
cannot show a file/operational equipment to the supervisor:
● IT17 (Local strategy in using new technologies)
● IT19 (E-government strategy)
● IT21 (ICT equipment/facilities for security purposes)
Part I.D (Significant Events in the Barangay)
Probe for both “No” and “Yes” responses. Request for examples from the barangays,
and record additional information using the Notes section. If the examples do not
match the definitions, edit as may be necessary.
234
Part I.E (Disaster Risk Reduction and Management)
1. Request for the following files and documents showing:

● DP1 (Presence of a written/published DRRM plan)
● DP2 (Presence of disaster management committee)
● DP3 (Presence of disaster/ emergency response team)
● DP4 (Presence of succession plan during emergency)
● DP5 (Presence of disaster/emergency hotline)
● DP7 (Disaster preparedness guide for PWDs)
● DP9 (Presence of localized early warning system)
● DP10 (Presence of disaster contingency plan)
● DP11 (Presence of evacuation map)
● DP12 (Presence of hazard map)
● DP15 (Barangay disaster preparedness seminars
● DP16 (Disaster kits)
● DP17 (Evacuation facilities in the barangay)
2. Edit response of the barangay if there is error in entry.
Part II.A (General information about the barangay)
Secure copies of the list of establishments from the barangay. Verify with the
respondent the number of establishments by industry (Part II.AA).
Part II.E (Disaster Supplies and Equipment)
Check the presence of these in the barangay at the time of verification.
Part II.F (Budget, Revenue and Expenditure)
Request for copies of the financial documents citing the figures declared as responses
in the data items under this.
235
Part II.G (Programs, Projects, and Activities (Based on the
Barangay Annual Investment Program)
Request the barangay respondent to show reference documents. Check the status of
government projects as stated in the document versus what is/are declared by the
barangay through the CAWI. Note also the differences between the barangay report
and those that could be observed when going around your area of jurisdiction.
Ensure that the start date of government and completion/ expected completion date of
government projects are correct. The start date should be an earlier date compared to
the completion/ expected completion date.
Process of Verification of Questionnaires/Forms by

Supervisors
As a matter of protocol, the TS shall review the outputs of the ENs under his/her
supervision. The TS can choose to either edit the questionnaire/form or provide
instructions to EN so that the EN can edit the specific questionnaire/form. The EN shall
return the revised form to the TS until the TS certifies that such questionnaire/output
passed his/her review.
The CAS will review the outputs certified by or passed the review of TS. The Head CAS
shall also review the outputs certified by or passed the review of the CAS, and so on.
As soon as CBMS Forms 1, 2, 3, and 4 for an EA have been transmitted, the verification
of questionnaires/forms by the TS, CAS, Head CAS should proceed:
1. The supervisor should verify if each household, vacant or occupied housing unit, that
is listed in the CBMS Form 1 has a corresponding CBMS Form 2 and CBMS Form 3.
If there are missing questionnaires/forms, instruct the EN/TS to revisit and enumerate
the household/housing unit.
2. The error list of all the CBMS Form 2 in your area of jurisdiction should be studied.
3. Download the CBMS Form 1 using the internet and the CBMS Mobile Application.
Using the information in the CBMS Form 1, select the households that could be
covered in the CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check and Reinterview Form).
4. Compare the information collected from the CBMS Form 17 versus those that were
collected in the CBMS Form 2. Inconsistencies need to be verified with the EN.
5. Depending on the error list and the results of matching of information gathered from
CBMS Form 17 and CBMS Form 2 of a household, the TS shall decide on whether to
edit CBMS Form 2 to implement recoding or corrections, to provide instructions to EN
236
for revisit of households/reinterview or to certify certain CBMS Form 2 as reviewed
and okay for further review of the next higher-ranking supervisor, and so on.
6. The supervisor must instruct the TS/EN to revisit households with incomplete or
inconsistent entries, which cannot be corrected using the rest of the items in the
questionnaire/form as basis.
7. The supervisor may implement his/her edits/corrections not requiring EN’s revisit of
the household through the CBMS Mobile Application. He/she has to connect to the
internet and sync download the CBMS Form 2 to edit it. CBMS Form 4 can be edited
via the CAWI application that can be launched using the CBMS Mobile Application.
8. If upon scrutiny, there were no inconsistencies found, connect to the internet and
upload the forms with remarks if necessary. Otherwise, return the forms to the EN or
TS and indicate instructions, comments, and requests for action of the TS/EN.
9. The supervisor may also check the responses of the city/municipal LGU to the CBMS
Form 7 versus the accomplished CBMS Form 4 of the barangay LGU (CAPI, PAPI or
SAQ collected during the enumeration period).
237
238
How to Navigate through CBMS Mobile
9 Application
This chapter discusses in detail the instructions in navigating CBMS Supervisor’s Application
for the 2022 CBMS. Knowing this control system is a critical component of being an effective
supervisor. There are a series of supervisor specific tasks that were undertaken during a paper
interview but are now integrated parts of the CBMS Supervisor’s Application. You should
understand functions across the whole system, in order to organize and supervise the
fieldwork successfully.
Main Forms
Main Forms: Form 2 – Household Profile Questionnaire
1. In Home Activity, tap the “Hamburger Menu”
239
2. Under Main Forms, tap “Form 2”
3. Select desired Province, Municipality, Barangay and EA

4. Tap “Proceed” Button
240
5. There are 4 tabs
• Cases for Scrutiny
• For Verification
• Returned
• Verified
6. In “Cases for Scrutiny” tab. User can tap the

“minimize and maximize” button to view available
actions as well as the Remarks History.
241
7. Tap the “Error List” Button to view error codes on
this case.
8. Tap the “Download” Button to download the case

from CSWeb. After successfully downloading the
case, the case will move to “For Verification” tab.
242
9. Tap the “Verified” Button to verify the case. After
verification, it will move to “Verified” tab and will be
receive by its supervisor.
10. In “For Verification” tab. User can tap the

“minimize and maximize” button to view available
actions as well as the Remarks History
243
11. Tap the “Error List” Button to view error codes
on this case
12. Tap the “Modify” Button to modify the case.
244
13. Tap the “Modify” Button to modify the case and a notification will appear. User can choose
whether to view the uploaded Qfield or case.
14. Tap the “Waiver” Button to view the waiver
245
15. Tap the “Return” Button to return the case.
16. Upon tapping “Return” Button. A notification

will appear if the user’s role is CAS/HCAS.
246
17. Tap the “Upload” Button to upload the case.
After uploading, it will move to “Verified” tab and
will be receive by its supervisor.
Main Forms : Form 4 – Barangay Profile Questionnaire

=
247
2. Under Main Forms, tap “Form 4”
3. Tap the “Proceed” button to proceed to the

questionnaire
248
4. Tap the “Confirm” button and the user will be redirected to BPQ – CAWI
Supervisory Forms
Form 16 – Observation Record

249
2. Under Supervisory Forms, tap “Form 16”
3. Select desired Province, Municipality,

Barangay and EA
4. Tap “Proceed Button”
250
5. There are 2 tabs
• Administered
• Uploaded
6. In the “Administered” tab. Users can tap

the “minimize and maximize” button to view
available actions.
251
7. Tap the “Modify” button to modify/edit the
case.
8. Tap the “Delete” button to delete the case.
252
9. Tap the “Upload” button to upload the case.
After uploading, it will move to the “Uploaded”
tab and will be received by its supervisor.
10. Tap the “View Details” button to view/see

the full details/data of the case.
253
11. In the “Uploaded” Tab this is where the
uploaded data will be moved.
12. Tap the “View Details” button to view/see
the full details/data of the case.
13. After tapping the “View Details” button, a

modal will appear where the full details will be
displayed.
254
14. Tap the “Add New Form 16” button to direct
in adding a new observation.
15. This will be the view of Form 16 Data Entry.

Fill up all the required field.
255
16. You can check/select multiple data in Question Item 6A.
17. After the selection “Add Item” button will appear at the bottom of the Question item 6A
field.
18. After tapping the “Add Item” button, a

modal will appear. After filling up all the
required fields tap the “Add” button to save the
data.
256
19. After saving data you can see the details
above the “Add Item” button.
20. Tap the “Edit” button to modify/Edit the data.
21. Tap the “Delete” button to delete the data.
22. Tap the “Save Entry” button to save the data

entry. After saving it will appear on the
“Administered” Tab.
257
Form 17 – Spotcheck/Reinterview Record
2. Under Supervisory Forms, tap “Form 17”
258
Barangay and EA
5. There are 4 Tabs

• List of Cases
• For Matching
• For Validation
• Returned
• Uploaded
259
6. Tap the “Download” Button to download the
case from CSWeb. After successfully
downloading the case, the case will move to
“For Matching” tab
7. Tap “Start Spot-check / Re-interview” button

to start the Form 17 Data Entry.
8. After Spotcheck/Reinterview is done. The
case will transfer to “For Validation” tab
260
9. Tap “Ignore” button to ignore the case and
this can be passed on to your supervisors
10. Tap “Match” button to match the case of

Form 17 to Form 2
261
11. Tap the “Return” button to return the case to
EN for reinterview and the case will transfer to
“Returned” tab
12. Tap the “Upload” button to upload the case

to CSWeb and to our MIS and the case will
transfer to “Uploaded” tab
262
Reports
Form 1 – Listing Record

2. Under Reports, tap “Form 1”
263
Barangay, EA and Name of Enumerator
5. Tap the “maximize” button to view the full details of the case
6. Tap the “minimize” button to hide some details of the case
264
Form 12 – Weekly Accomplishment Report
2. Under Reports, tap “Form 12”
265
Barangay and EA
5. Tap the “Calendar” icon to pick a date range

of the Accomplishment Report. After picking a
date the application will automatically generate
the count of data based on the date range that
has been picked.
266
Incident Report
2. Under Reports, tap “Incident Report”
267
Barangay and EA
5. There will be a notification that will appear

after you tap the proceed button. Tap “Allow”.
268
6. There are 2 tabs
• Unresolved
• Resolved
7. In the “Unresolved” tab. Users can tap the

“minimize and maximize” button to view
available actions.
269
8. Tap the “Modify” button to modify/edit an
incident report.
9. Tap the “Resolve” button, and a modal will

appear. Supervisors who resolve the incident
report can make remarks about it. After the
incident report has been resolved it will be moved
to the “Resolved” tab.
270
10. Tap the “SMS” button, and a modal will
appear. Users will pick a phone number of a focal
person to send the incident report through SMS.
11. In the “Resolved” tab, when users tap the

maximize icon the remarks history will be shown.
271
12. Tap the “Add New Incident” button to direct
on adding a new Incident Report.
13. Users can fill up the required field and tap the
“Calendar” icon to select a date when the incident
report happens. After filling up the required field,
tap the “Save Entry” button to save the data
entry. After that, it will appear on the Unresolved
tab.
272
Data Management
Batch Upload
2. Under Data Management tap “Batch Upload” and a notification will appear with radio buttons
3. Select which Form/File you want to upload
4. Tap “Confirm” button to upload
273
Reupload Cases
5. Under Data Management tap “Reupload Cases” and a notification will appear with radio
buttons
6. Tap “Confirm” to proceed
Download Workload
7. Under Data Management tap “Download Workload”and a notification will appear

8. Tap “Confirm” button to download workload
274
Download Geopackage
9. Under Data Management tap “Download Geopackage”and a notification will appear

10. Select desired geopackage to download
11. Tap “Download” to proceed
Resources
1. In Home Activity, tap the “Hamburger

Menu”
275
2. Tap “e-Classification” and the application will redirect the user to e-Classification application
3. Tap “Announcements” and the application will display all the messages made by their
supervisors
276
4. Tap “Add Announcement” button to push an announcement to all users
5. Input desired announcement and tap “Confirm” button to push announcement
6. Tap “System Version” and the application will display the System Version
277
7. Tap “CBMS Materials” and a notification will appear
8. Tap “Confirm” button to proceed
9. The application will redirect the user to CBMS Resources
10. Tap “Access CBMS” and a notification will appear

11. Tap “Confirm” button to proceed
12. The application will redirect the user to CBMS website
278
13. Tap “Contact PSA”
14. All of the available contact numbers and emails of your supervisor will display here
Utilities
Device Registration
279
2. Under “Utilities” tap “Device Registration
3. A notification will appear, tap “While using the

app” to allow permission
280
4. Tap the “QR” icon at the upper right corner of
the screen
4. Select “Type of Ownership”

5. Scan the “QR Code” that can be seen on Login Module
6. Tap “Save Device” button to save the device information of said tablet
281
7. Tap back to see the detailed information of recently
scanned device
8. Tap “Upload Device Information” to register the
said device to our CBMS database
Back Up
282
2. Under Utilities tap “Backup”
3. This function will backup local database of your
tablet and will backup your shapefiles
4. You can locate the local database of your tablet in this path (see screenshot for your
reference)
283
Import
1. Make sure you have copy pasted your database (CBMS) from your old tablet/device to your
new tablet/device (Please see picture for the path)
284
3. Under Utilities tap “Import”
4. A notification will appear
5. This function will import your local database from your old tablet/device to new tablet/device
Logout
285
2. Tap “Log Out”
3. A notification will appear
4. Tap “Confirm” to logout your session
286
Instructions in Accomplishing Other
10 CBMS Forms
This chapter discusses in detail the instructions in accomplishing the other
forms for the 2022 CBMS.
List of Other CBMS Forms:
● CBMS Form 8a (Notice of Listing/Enumeration)

● CBMS Form 9 (Transmittal/Receipt Form)
● CBMS Form 10 (Appointment Slip to the Household/ Barangay Official)
● CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of Team Supervisor)
● CBMS Form 13 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of CBMS Area Supervisor)
● CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record)
● CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check/Reinterview Record)
● CBMS Form 19 (Certification of Punong Barangay)
● CBMS Form 20 (Certificate of Work Completed)
● CBMS Form 21 (Summary Report on Field Supervision of CAS)
● CBMS Form 22 (Clearance)
Below is the summary of forms to be used by the CBMS supervisors:
Form TS CAS Head CAS
CBMS Form 8a ✓ ✓ ✓
CBMS Form 9 ✓ ✓ ✓
CBMS Form 12 ✓
CBMS Form 13 ✓ ✓
CBMS Form 20 ✓
287
CBMS Form 21 ✓
CBMS Form 22 ✓
As a supervisor, you will use the aforementioned CBMS forms during the enumeration or
supervision period. You will submit the forms that you have accomplished to your immediate
supervisor during and/or after the listing and enumeration period. The CBMS Mobile
Application is designed to accommodate the electronic submission of the CBMS Forms 16
and 17. Meanwhile, other CBMS forms listed above are to be printed by the PSO and
distributed to the Head CAS; then the Head CAS to the CASs; and the CASs to the TSs.
CBMS Form 8a (Notice of Listing/Enumeration)

This chapter provides detailed instruction on how to fill-out CBMS Form 8a Notice of
Enumeration/Listing. This form will be used for the enumeration of households CBMS
Form 2 were utilized. CBMS Form 8a or sticker will be used to monitor and control
the progress of enumeration both for ENs and the supervisors. Once a sticker or
CBMS Form 8a was posted in the building or housing units, it indicates that they were
already enumerated for 2022 CBMS.
After you have completed the geotagging (listing) or interview of the household, you
are tasked to accomplish the CBMS Form 8a and post in the door, gate, or in any
visible spot that can be easily seen. Be guided with the following in accomplishing this
form.
Before you post CBMS Form 8a in the building/housing unit, write on the line provided
the following:
1. Enumeration Area (EA) Number – Copy the EA Number from the geographic
identification portion of CBMS Form
2. Building Serial Number (BSN) – Copy the BSN from the geographic
3. Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) – Copy the HUSN from the geographic
4. Household Serial Number (HSN) – Copy the HSN from the geographic
5. Date Enumerated – Indicate on the line provided the date when the household
was listed and/or enumerated. If you have successfully interviewed the
household on July 18, 2022, write “07/18”.
6. CW Indicator - Household who accomplished online questionnaire will be
provided Indicator with CBMS Form 8a with “X” written in the box for CW
288
7. CB Indicator – Write “X” in the box corresponding to “CB” if the household was
not enumerated during your first visit. Line out “X” once the household is
successfully interviewed on the next visit.
8. Reinterview Indicator - Indicate on the line provided the date when the
household was reinterviewed, write “/” in the line corresponding the designation.
If you have successfully reinterviewed the household on July 23, 2022, write
“07/23/2022”.
9. Post the sticker on a convenient and conspicuous part of the main entrance to
the housing unit.
10. See to it that the sticker is properly posted before leaving the household. Avoid
posting it on a wet, greasy/oily, or very rough surface. Make sure also that it is
posted airtight to avoid water and other elements from seeping under it.
07/18/2022
Figure A.1 Filled Out CBMS Form 8a
289
CBMS Form 9 (Transmittal and Receipt Form)
CBMS Form 9 will be used whenever tablet/ICT equipment, questionnaires, forms, manuals,
maps and other CBMS supplies and materials are transmitted and/or received between the
EN and the TS, the TS and the CAS, as well as between the CAS and the Head CAS. This
form will also be used in returning incomplete or incorrectly filled-out questionnaires/forms to
the EN and transmitting to the CAS all tablets/ICT equipment, unused CBMS forms and
materials upon completion of the listing and enumeration. This form serves as a proof for both
the transmitting and receiving personnel that the transfer of the number of items specified in
the form has occurred.
Whenever forms, materials or supplies are transmitted, the receiving personnel should check
the quantity transmitted and reflect the actual quantity received in the CBMS Form 9. In case
of discrepancies in the quantity transmitted and received, the receiving personnel should
promptly inform the transmitting personnel about the discrepancy so that necessary actions
and/or corrections can be made.
Note: Prepare this form in duplicate copies – one copy each for the receiving and transmitting
personnel.
Guidelines in Accomplishing the CBMS Form 9:
1. In the Geo-ID portion, fill in the names and codes of the region, province, and
city/municipality in the boxes provided.
2. In Column 1, write the name of the city/municipality, barangay, and EA number and the
description of the materials (ICT equipment, forms, manuals, and supplies) to be
transmitted. For example, write “TABLET AND OTHER ICT DEVICES” to refer to the
tablet along with its paraphernalia such as charger, power bank, SD card, SIM card, etc.
Also indicate if the forms for transmittal are unused.
3. In Column 2, write the unit of each material transmitted. Ex: “Piece”, “Booklet”, etc.
4. In Column 3, indicate the quantity of the materials transmitted.
5. In Column 4, indicate the actual quantity of the materials received.
6. In column 5, remarks/notes may be written if necessary.
7. Under “Transmitted by:”, the name and designation of the transmitting personnel should
be written in printed form. The transmitting personnel should sign above his/her printed
name and indicate in the space provided the date when he/she signed.
8. Upon checking the materials transmitted and indicating in column 4 the correct quantity,
the receiving personnel should print his/her name in the “Received by” portion and affix
his/her signature. He/she should also indicate the date when he/she signed.
9. Ensure that both the receiving and the transmitting personnel have their own copy of the
CBMS Form 9 by accomplishing two (2) copies.
290
10. The portion “Sheet _____ of _____ Sheets” found at the top right corner of CBMS Form
9 should also be filled in. The number on the first line indicates the number of the current
sheet. This is to be accomplished consecutively, starting with “1” for the first sheet, “2” for
the second sheet, and so on. The number on the second line indicates the total number
of CBMS Form 9 used during your transmittal. Fill this in only after determining the total
number of sheets used.
An example of an accomplished CBMS Form 9 is provided below.
CBMS Form 10 (Appointment Slip to the

Household/Barangay Official)
This form is to be filled out by the EN/TS/CAS/Head CAS when setting an appointment with
the household, and Punong Barangay or any authorized official in the barangay.
This form is to be used when a callback is necessary, that is, if during the first visit, there is no
eligible respondent in the household/barangay LGU, who could provide accurate information
about the household or barangay.
291
Instructions in Filling Out the CBMS Form 10:
1. Prior to the enumeration period, the Head CAS should ensure that the necessary
information such as the name of the Chief Statistical Specialist (CSS) of the Provincial
Statistical Office (PSO), the address, telephone number, and the email address of the
PSO are indicated at the bottom part of the CBMS Form 10.
2. The EN/TS/CAS/Head CAS should write “X” in the box corresponding to the target
respondent, i.e., a household or barangay official.
3. Write the date when you visited the household/ barangay official on the line provided
opposite the date accomplished.
4. During the visit to the household/ barangay official, you should ask the most convenient
time and date the qualified respondent of the household/ barangay official would be
available for the interview.
5. Underline your designation (i.e., Enumerator or Supervisor), and write your name on
the line provided.
6. Write the date and time when you will revisit the household/barangay official. Make
sure that you maintain a record of your appointments in the calendar application on
your tablet so that you can keep track of your scheduled visit/s properly.
Note that the EN should record the date and time of visit in the remarks portion of the CBMS
Form 2 and should also be reflected in the corresponding Remarks column in the CBMS Form
1 (Listing Record of Buildings, Housing Units and Households).
Refer to the sample accomplished CBMS Form 10 below.
292
CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of
Team Supervisor)
This form is used to record the weekly output of the TS. Specifically, the TS should
use this form to record the number of households spot-checked/reinterviewed and the
number of household interviews he/she observed during the week. Moreover, the
number of CBMS Forms 2 that he/she edited for the week should be recorded in this
form.
The TS should submit this form on a weekly basis. But he/she is advised to start filling
out this form on the first day of the week and update this form daily. There should be
entries in the number of interviews/geotagging activities observed for that week using
the information on the CBMS Form 16 and the number of households spot-checked/
reinterviewed using the CBMS Form 17. This form will be shown and submitted to the
CAS during their weekly meeting.
293
Write the name of the province and city/municipality and their corresponding
geographic codes.
In Part I, Columns 1 to 9 are based on the editing of CBMS Form 2 and

administering of CBMS Form 4.
1. Column 1 – Date
Write in this column the date (MM/DD) you visited the barangay LGU
assigned to you.
2. Columns 2 and 3 – Area of Assignment
In columns 2 and 3, write the name of the barangay and the enumeration
area number, respectively.
If the enumeration area is not applicable (in case of the Form 4), leave it
blank.
3. Column 4 – Number of pages of CBMS Form 1 Scrutinized/ Edited
Write the number of pages of CBMS Form 1 which were scrutinized/ edited
for the week.
4. Column 5 and 6 – Number of CBMS Form 2 Edited and uploaded and

Returned to EN
In columns 5 and 6, write the number of CBMS Form 2 that were checked/
scrutinized/edited for the whole week and the number of CBMS Form 2 that
were returned to EN during the week, respectively.
5. Column 7 and 8 – Number of CBMS Form 4 Administered and Number of

CBMS Form 4 Reviewed and verified with barangay.
Write in column 7 the number of CBMS Form 4 administered for the week
and in column 8 the number of CBMS Form 4 reviewed and verified with
barangay during the week.
6. Remarks column
Write in this column any information that would be useful for CAS in
evaluating the weekly accomplishments of the TS in relation to CBMS Form
4 interview with the barangay LGU and scrutinizing/editing the
questionnaires/forms. These may include information on whether the
interview was assigned to another enumerator, date of appointment/callback
or pickup of accomplished CBMS Form 4 was scheduled, etc.
294
In the case of a self-administered CBMS Form 4, kindly indicate in the Remarks
column that the said form/section/s was/were accomplished by the barangay
LGU. The TS should thus take charge in reviewing the contents/sections
accomplished by the barangay LGU respondent. The number of sections in
CBMS Form 4 scrutinized/edited by the TS should be recorded in Column 7.
On Part II, Columns 1 to 12 are based on the field supervision activities done
by the TS during the week.
Write in this column the date (MM/DD) of your supervision.
4. Column 4 – Number of Interviews Observed (CBMS Form 16)
Write in this column the number of household interviews that you have
observed during the week using the CBMS Form 16.
5. Column 5 – Number of Households Spotchecked/Reinterviewed
Write in this column the number of households that you have spot-
checked/reinterviewed during the week using the CBMS Form 17.
6. Columns 6 to 8 – Other accomplishments
Write in this column any other accomplishments such as coordination with

home-owners association, LGU, meeting with EN or CAS, etc.
7. Column 9 – Remarks
Write in this column any information that would be useful for CAS in
evaluating the weekly accomplishments of the TS in relation to his/her field
supervision. These may include information on the evaluation of
performance of the EN, number of callbacks/revisits personally undertaken
by TS on behalf of the EN, among others.
295
On Part III, Columns 1 to 7 collects information on issues/concerns and actions
taken by the TS in line with enumeration, supervision and field editing .
1. Columns 1 and 2 – Barangay
Write in this column the name of the barangay and the equivalent PSGC
code, where the issue was encountered/deemed applicable.
2. Column 3 – EA Number
Write in this column the EA Number where the issue was

encountered/deemed applicable.
3. Column 4 – Issue/Concern
List in each line the issue/concern encountered corresponding to the EA and

barangay.
4. Column 5 – Action Taken
Write in each line the actions taken in response to each issue/concern listed
in Column 4.
4. Column 6 – Status of Resolution
Write in each line the status of resolution, that is, if it is resolved or referred
to CAS.
5. Columns 7 and 8 – Referrals
In case of referrals, write the name and designation of the CBMS personnel
to whom the issue/concern was directed for action.
Kindly print in BLOCK LETTERS your name (TS) and the date
(MM/DD/YYYY) when the report was submitted. Upon receipt of the CBMS
Form 10, the CAS should verify the contents of the CBMS Form 12; print
his/her name in BLOCK LETTERS; and put the date of verification.
296
CBMS Form 13 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of the
CAS)
This form is used to record the supervisory activities of the CAS. Specifically,
this form is used to record, for each EA, the number of households spot-
checked/reinterviewed, number of interviews observed, and number of
questionnaires/forms scrutinized/edited.
The CAS should accomplish this form daily. During the weekly meeting with the
Head CAS, the accomplishments recorded in this form will be used as
references in the discussion of the progress of enumeration in the areas
assigned to the CAS.
On Part I, Columns 1 to 13 are based on the field supervision activities done by

the CAS during the week.
Write in this column the date (MM/DD) of your field supervision or scrutiny of
forms.
3. Column 4 – Number of Interviews Observed (CBMS Form 16)
Write in this column the number of household interviews that you have
observed during the week using the CBMS Form 16.
4. Column 5 – Number of Households Spot-checked/Reinterviewed (CBMS

Form 17)
Write in this column the number of households that you have spot-checked/
reinterviewed during the week using the CBMS Form 17.
5. Column 6 – Number of CBMS Form 1 Scrutinized/ Edited
Write in this column the number of CBMS Form 1 that you have
scrutinized/edited during the week.
6. Columns 7 and 8 – Number of Questionnaires/Forms Scrutinized/Edited
297
Write in Columns 7 and 8 the number of CBMS Form 2 and CBMS Form
4 checked/scrutinized/edited during the week, respectively.
7. Columns 9 to 11 – Other accomplishments
Write in this column any other accomplishments such as coordination with

home-owners association, LGU, meeting with EN or CAS, and others.
Write in this column any information that would be useful for HCAS in
evaluating the weekly accomplishments of the CAS in relation to
scrutinizing/editing the questionnaires/forms. These may include information
on the evaluation of performance of the EN and TS.
On Part II, Columns 1 to 7 collects information on issues/concerns and actions

taken in line with the enumeration and field editing.
1. Columns 1 and 2 – Barangay
Write in this column the name of the barangay and the equivalent PSGC
code, where the issue was encountered/deemed applicable.
2. Column 3 – EA Number
Write in this column the EA Number where the issue was encountered/
deemed applicable.
3. Column 4 – Issue/Concern

barangay.
4. Column 5 – Action Taken
Write in each line the actions taken in response to each issue/concern listed
in Column 4.
5. Columns 6 and 7 – Referrals
In case of referrals, write the name and designation of the CBMS personnel
to whom the issue/concern was directed for action.
Kindly print in BLOCK LETTERS your name (CAS) and the date (MM/DD/YYYY) when
the report was submitted. Upon receipt of the CBMS Form 13, the Head CAS should
verify its contents and print his/her name in BLOCK LETTERS. The HCAS should also
indicate the date of verification.
298
CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record)
The supervisor should accomplish the CBMS Form 16 with observations on how the
EN performed the interview as well as the procedures for geotagging and listing of
households, VHU/VBLDG and other special cases. It is advised that the supervisor
undertake the observation of enumerators in at least two (2) instances.
Instructions in Accomplishing the CBMS Form 16:
1. Write the geographic name and code of the province, city/municipality, and
barangay, and the EA number. Also write the name of the EN assigned in the area.
2. Fill out the Observation Record following the instructions:
a. Copy from the CBMS Form 1, the BSN, HUSN and HSN of the household
interviewed by the EN.
b. Answer the questions listed in the Observation Record. These questions are
designed to evaluate if the EN followed the prescribed procedures for:
· determining the buildings eligible for enumeration,
· mapping and geotagging procedures, and
· conducting an interview with households.
Answer also the questions on whether the EN reviewed the questionnaire/form

before leaving the household and whether he/she has properly accomplished
the CBMS Form 8a (Notice of Enumeration).
In each of these questions, write “1” for “Yes” if the EN followed the correct
procedure. Otherwise, write “2” for “No”.
c. Write in the Remarks column explanations or comments for entries needing

clarification.
d. Repeat steps a to c for each household interview or geotagging/ mapping

activity that you observe.
e. Record the questions that were found difficult to administer, confusing to

respondent. Indicate the specific item number or section, actions taken by the
supervisor to correct and recommendations for the future conduct of CBMS.
f. Write the recommendation or action taken for any observation about the
performance of EN needing appropriate action on the space provided at the
bottom of the Observation Record.
3. Under the “Prepared by:” portion, write your name and designation and affix your
signature. Also indicate the date when you accomplished the form.
299
While in the EA, the supervisor is expected to accompany the EN and observe the conduct of
interviews. He/she should note down his/her observations and comments on CBMS Form 16,
while the interview is in progress. The observations and suggestions must be discussed with
the EN right after the interview.
Major areas for improvement and recommendations for development based on the
supervisor’s observations should be given right away to the EN, so that he/she can correct
his/her mistakes while he/she is in his area of assignment. The weekly meetings with the EN
should also be used to remind ENs on common errors in mapping/geotagging and conducting
interviews and how to deal/correct these.
CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check/Reinterview Record)
Spot-checking and reinterviewing of households using CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check and

Reinterview Record) is done to verify if the EN adheres strictly to the CBMS concepts and
definitions and to the prescribed procedures in conducting data collection.
This form is used for any of the following:
● Recording the observations during spot-checking, and

● Recording the answers of the respondent during the reinterview.
A supervisor will conduct reinterviews of households to verify if the EN has conducted the
interview following the prescribed procedures. This should be carried out especially in areas
suspected of padding or splitting of households.
For supervisors who will use CAPI in administering the CBMS Form 17, they will need to
choose five (5) households for reinterview and download their corresponding Form 2. The
downloaded Form 2 will then be stored in the “For Matching” tabs. Under this tab, select the
household to be re-interviewed and click on the “Spot-check” button. The CS Entry Application
will then appear, and the supervisor can start performing the reinterview.
Instructions in Filling Out CBMS Form 17:
1. Write the geographic name and code of the province, city/municipality, and
barangay, and the EA number. Also write the name and code number of the EN
assigned in the area.
If the CAPI application is used, select the barangay; indicate the EA number; and
type in the EN’s name and code number.
2. Fill out the Spot-check/Reinterview Record by following the instructions below.
300
I. SPOTCHECK RECORD
a. Indicate the date (MM/DD/YYYY) of spot-checking/reinterview.
b. For each building/housing unit spot-checked, answer the following questions

through observation:
● Is there a 2022 CBMS sticker posted on the building/housing

unit?
● Are the BSN, HUSN, and HSN correctly written on the sticker?
● Are there needs for improvement? What are these?
● Is there an “X” mark for callback on the sticker?
Note that the CBMS Form 8a (Notice of Enumeration) or CBMS sticker will
be posted in building/housing unit and barangay halls signifying that these
structures were covered in the CBMS.
c. On the printed CBMS Form 17, put “X” mark in the box for either “Yes” or
“No” in each of the questions. If the CAPI application is used, simply select
either “Yes” or “No”.
II. REINTERVIEW RECORD
a. Write/enter the date of the reinterview (MM/DD/YYYY).
b. Copy the BSN, HUSN, and HSN from the sticker of the household to be
reinterviewed.
c. Ask the respondent of the household being reinterviewed about the

questions indicated in the Reinterview Record. These questions pertain to
the name of the respondent, the address and whether a CBMS EN visited
the household. If the answer is “YES”, ask the date the EN visited the
household and the name of the respondent interviewed during that visit.
d. Ask for the number of male and female members in the household and
record the figures in the spaces provided. The CAPI application should be
able to sum the number of males and females to derive the total number of
household members.
e. Proceed to administer a short version of the CBMS Form 2 (Household

Profile Questionnaire) in the Reinterview Record. Selected CBMS Form 2
data items covered in the CBMS Form 13 include data items on
demographic, economic and housing characteristics of the households.
f. If the CBMS Form 17 is administered through CAPI, go to the “For

Validation” tab upon completing the CBMS Form 17 then match the CBMS
Form 17 with its corresponding CBMS Form 2 by cling on the “Match” button.
As TS/CAS, you can run a summary of the “Comparison with

Accomplished CBMS Form 2” using the CBMS Mobile Application. An
301
error list will then be generated showing the inconsistencies between the two
forms, if there are any.
Relay to the EN for verification any inconsistencies found. If there is a need

to edit the corresponding Form 2, return it to him/her by clicking on the
“Return” button.
If the entries in both forms are consistent, upload the accomplished Form 17
by clicking on the “Upload” button.
g. If the CBMS Form 17 is administered through PAPI, accomplish the portion

marked “Comparison with Accomplished CBMS Form 2”.
● Write the date when the selected entries in CBMS Form 17 were
compared with the selected entries in CBMS Form 2.
● Put an “X” mark in the box for either “Yes” or “No” if the name
of the respondent of the CBMS Form 2 is the same as the one
reinterviewed in this CBMS Form 13.
● Record the response as in CBMS Form 2 as well as the CBMS
Form 17.
h. Write the result of matching the entries in CBMS Form 2 and CBMS Form
17. Write “1” for matched or “2” for unmatched.
3. After accomplishing the CBMS Form 17 in paper format, write your name, and affix
your signature on the line corresponding to “Prepared by”. Also write your
designation and the date when you accomplished this form.
4. Inconsistencies on the responses of the household in items marked with (*) in the
above-listed indicators would mean that the EN should revisit the household to
correct entries in the CBMS Form 2, especially if the respondent of the CBMS Form
17 is the same as in the CBMS Form 2. The supervisor should instruct the
concerned EN to act on the matter at the soonest possible time. Questionnaires
with inconsistencies when compared to CBMS Form 17 will have to be returned to
EN (or TS, for CAS, HCAS and other Supervisors) for verification/editing. The
EN/TS may go back to the household for verification, if necessary.
CBMS Form 18 (Central Office and Field Office

Supervision Form - Data Collection)
This form is used to record the supervisory activities during the enumeration
phase. Specifically, this form is used to record, for each EA, the number of
households spot-checked/reinterviewed, number of interviews observed,
number of questionnaires/forms scrutinized/edited, and the issues/challenges
encountered.
This form should be accomplished by the field and central offices personnel
during the field visit/supervision.
302
On Part I, Columns 1 to 11 are based on the field supervision activities done by

the field/central offices personnel during the week.
1. Column 1 – Enumerator/Team Supervisor’s Code
Write in this column the code of ID of the Enumerator/Team Supervisor

assigned to the area that was supervised
In this column, indicate the date of visit/supervision
4. Column 5 – Number of Households Spot-checked/Reinterviewed (CBMS

Form 17)
Write in this column the number of households that you have spot-checked/
reinterviewed during the week using the CBMS Form 17.
5. Column 6 – Observations noted
Indicate in this column all the observations noted during spot-checking/

reinterview.
6. Column 7 – Observations noted
Indicate in this column all observations noted about the performance of the
EN/TS as reflected in the CBMS Form 16.
7. Columns 8 and 9 – Number of Questionnaires/Forms Scrutinized/Edited
Write in Columns 7 and 8 the number of CBMS Form 2 and CBMS Form
4 checked/scrutinized/edited during supervision.
7. Columns 10 – Errors/Inconsistencies noted
Write in this column the common errors/inconsistencies found upon

scrutinizing the CBMS Form 2 and 4
Write in this column any remarks on the scrutinization/editing of

questionnaires.
303
On Part II, Columns 12 to 21 collects information on issues/concerns and
actions taken in line with the enumeration and field editing.
9. Column 12 – Enumerator/Team Supervisor’s Code
Write in this column the code of ID of the Enumerator/Team Supervisor

assigned to the area that was supervised
In these columns, write the name of the barangay and the enumeration area
number, respectively.
In this column, indicate the date of visit/supervision
12. Column 16 – Issue/Concern in Covering the Enumeration Area
List in each line the issue/concern encountered in covering the EA
13. Column 17 – Action Taken/Recommendation
Write in each line the action/s taken in response to each issue/concern listed
in Column 16.
Write in this column any remarks/notes on the issues/challenges

encountered in covering the EA.
15. Column 19 – Issue/Concern on CBMS Forms, Supplies, Materials, Financial

Matters, Coordination, etc.

barangay.
16. Column 20 – Action Taken/Recommendation
Write in each line the action/s taken in response to each issue/concern listed
in Column 19.
Write in this column any remarks/notes on the issues/challenges

encountered related to CBMS forms, supplies, materials, financial matters,
coordination, and other matters if there are any.
304
Kindly print in BLOCK LETTERS your name, designation, and the date of submission
and then affix signature.
CBMS Form 19 (Certification of Punong Barangay)
The TS will be responsible for securing the Punong Barangay’s signature if the barangay has
more than one (1) EN. However, if more than one (1) TS is assigned in the barangay, the TS
assigned in the EA where the Barangay Hall is located will have to secure the Punong
Barangay’s certification.
At the end of the enumeration, the TS should request the Punong Barangay to sign in this
form, certifying that the EN/s assigned in the barangay had already completed their
enumeration and geotagging tasks for the 2022 CBMS. The beginning and ending dates of
the enumeration period for the entire barangay, the date of issuance of certification, and the
name of the province, city/municipality, and barangay should also be indicated in the form.
If there is only one (1) EN assigned in a barangay, the EN will be responsible in having the
CBMS Form 19 signed by the Punong Barangay. The certification refers only to the conduct
of enumeration in the barangay and not on the population count of the barangay.
CBMS Form 20 (Certificate of Work Completed)

After the completion of the CAS’, TS’ or EN’s work, a certificate of work completed
(CBMS Form 20) will be issued to him/her by the Head CAS. This will attest that he/she
had satisfactorily completed the tasks assigned to him/her. This document will also
serve as a supporting document for the payment of wages and other financial claims.
Instructions in Filling the Out CBMS Form 20:
1. Write the name of the CAS, TS or EN clearly on the lines provided.
2. Write the beginning and ending dates of the enumeration.
3. Write the name of the province, city/municipality and barangay on the lines
provided. Also write the EA number.
4. Write the date and place of issuance on the lines provided.
The Head CAS should write his/her name on the line provided and affix his/her
signature above his/her printed name. He/she should also write his/her designation on
the line provided
305
306
11 Post Enumeration Activities
This chapter discusses the activities to be done by the CBMS Area Supervisor (CAS) and
Team Supervisor (TS) once the enumeration in an enumeration area (EA) or city/municipality
has been completed. These activities, which are called post-enumeration activities include
transmittal, folioing, packaging, verification of accomplished questionnaires and maps, and
transmittal of forms and other CBMS materials to Provincial Statistical Office (PSO) through
the Head CAS.
Transmittal of CBMS Materials

Roles of TS in the Transmission of CBMS Materials
The TS should check if the EN had already submitted all the required CBMS questionnaires,
forms, maps, and materials for each EA he/she had already been completed. After doing these
final check routines, the TS should submit to the CAS the following questionnaires, forms,
maps, and materials:
● CBMS Form 1 - Listing Record of Buildings, Housing Units and Households

● CBMS Form 2 - Household Profile Questionnaire
● CBMS Form 3 - Waiver/Consent Form
● CBMS Form 4 - Barangay Profile Questionnaire
● CBMS Form 8a - Notice of Enumeration
● CBMS Form 9 - Transmittal and receipt form
● CBMS Form 10 - Appointment Slip to the household head/barangay
● CBMS Form 11 - Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator
● CBMS Form 12 - Weekly Accomplishment Report of Team Supervisor
● CBMS Form 13 - Weekly Accomplishment Report of CBMS Area Supervisor
● CBMS Form 16 - Observation record
● CBMS Form 17 - Spot-check/Reinterview record
● CBMS Form 19 - Certification of Punong Barangay
● CBMS Form 20 - Certification of Work Completed
All unused CBMS questionnaires, forms, and other CBMS materials should also be returned
and transmitted.
The TS should ensure that all tablets, questionnaires/forms (Q/F), and materials related to the
CBMS are submitted by the ENs under his/her supervision within two (2) days after the end of
the enumeration.
Check if the following accessories that goes with the table were returned:
● Power bank
● Charger cable and base
● Casing
● Earphones
● Box with manual
307
Note: Team Supervisor should check if the Asset Tag Number of the tablet matches with the
number on its box.
Also check if the following required administrative forms and other materials were submitted.
● Enumerator’s Weekly Accomplishment Report

● Daily Time Record
● Identification Card
● Enumerator’s Manual
Prepare duplicate copies of CBMS Form 9 - Transmittal/Receipt Form for all accepted and
submitted CBMS materials.
A two-day period should be used by the TS to record and collate all materials and equipment
used for the CBMS, review all the accomplished questionnaires, finish wrap-up activities, and
transmit all the CBMS questionnaires/materials to the CAS.
Roles of CAS in the Transmission of CBMS Materials
1. The CAS should consolidate all CBMS materials and equipment received from the TS
and prepare the corresponding transmittal form.
2. The CAS should transmit all materials to the Head CAS within two (2) days after the
last set of submissions in his/her areas of assignment.
3. The two-day period should be used by the CAS to review the accomplished
questionnaires, finish wrap-up activities, and transmit all the census
questionnaires/materials to the Head CAS.
The CAS may opt to submit the completed barangays/EAs CBMS materials on a staggered
basis.
Folioing of the Accomplished Administrative Forms
The CAS should fill out this form and use this as cover of the folio of accomplished CBMS
administrative forms as follows:
● CBMS Form 12 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of Team Supervisor)

● CBMS Form 13 (Weekly Accomplishment Report of CAS)
● CBMS Form 16 (Observation Record)
● CBMS Form 17 (Spot-check/Reinterview Record)
● CBMS Form 19 (Certification of Punong Barangay)
● CBMS Form 20 (Certificate of Work Completed)
● CBMS Form 21 (Summary Report on Field Supervision of CAS)
● CBMS Form 22 (Clearance)
● Other administrative forms:
308
o ID card
o Daily Time Record (CSC Form 48)
o Certificate of Appearance
o Itinerary of Travel
o Disbursement Voucher (General Form5A)
o Payroll (General Form7A)
The forms should be folioed separately by type and city/municipality. Use the CBMS Form 9
(Transmittal/Receipt Form) as a cover form, which lists down all accomplished CBMS
administrative forms to be forwarded to the Head CAS.
Summary Report on the Field Supervision

Each CAS is required to prepare and submit a CBMS Form 21 (Summary Report on Field
Supervision of CAS) in his/her areas of assignment. This form contains the summary of
problems that he/she has encountered, and actions taken on all phases during his/her
supervision. These phases in supervision are classified into the following:
a. Observation of Interviews and Re-interview of Household
b. Scrutiny and Field Editing of Questionnaires/Forms and Maps
c. Problems in Covering the EA and in Geotagging
d. Problems on CBMS Forms, Supplies, and Materials
The CAS should write the name of the province and city/municipality and their corresponding
codes. In each EA, the CAS should write the common and specific errors encountered during
the observation of households, re-interviews of households, and scrutiny of questionnaires.
Moreover, the CAS should write the specific problems encountered in covering the EA and,
on the CBMS questionnaires, forms, supplies, and materials. He/she should also write the
action taken to address the problem.
The CBMS Form 21 should be submitted within 10 days after the completion of the
enumeration of his/her areas of assignment. This will be required for the issuance of CBMS
Form 20 (Certificate of Work Completed) to the CAS by the Head CAS.
Narrative Report
All CAS/TS are required to prepare and submit a narrative report on the data collection phase
of the 2022 CBMS in their respective areas of assignment. The narrative report should be
submitted within 10 days after the completion of the enumeration in the areas assigned to
them. The narrative report is to be submitted to the Head CAS and is a requirement for the
issuance of the CBMS Forms 20 (Certification of Work Completed).
309
The CAS/TS should use the following guide questions in preparing the report:
1. Pre-enumeration
Updating/Verification/Inspection of Area Maps
● What percentage of the total barangays assigned to you have maps?

● How many barangays did you visit? (Specify per day)
● What were the problems encountered and the corresponding actions taken?
Conduct of Training
● Where did you conduct the training for your ENs and TSs?
● How would you assess this training site using the criteria specified in the
Training Guide?
● How many ENs/TSs did you train? How many classes did you hold?
● Did you follow the training schedule? If not, why?
● Did you administer the classroom exercises? Include in your narrative report a
summary of the grades of the trainees.
● Was the Training Guide helpful? How about the posters and blown-up
flipcharts? Why or why not?
● What were the problems encountered and the corresponding actions taken
during the training?
● If there are ENs or other CBMS hired personnel who did not finish their training
or resigned, what were their concerns based on your knowledge?
● What is your assessment of the CBMS Mobile Application? What aspects of
the application were discussed thoroughly? Which ones were not? If not, why?
2. Enumeration
Problems Encountered
● What were the problems encountered and the corresponding actions taken
during the field enumeration?
● What were the problems encountered in sending the Progress Monitoring
reports through application?
● What were the problems encountered in the use of CBMS Mobile Application?
● Which data items/questions in the CBMS forms/questionnaires need
improvement?
● If there are ENs or other CBMS hired personnel who did not finish their
workload or resigned, what were their concerns based on your knowledge?
Transmission of Reports
● How did you submit your reports to the Head CAS?

● How often?
● Did you utilize methods other than those specified in this manual to obtain the
report from the TSs and to transmit these reports to the Head CAS? What were
these methods?
310
3. Post-enumeration
● Did you encounter any problem in collecting the forms and materials from your TSs
and ENs within the prescribed period? What were these problems?
● How were you able to transmit the forms and materials to the Head CAS?
4. Overall assessment of the 2022 CBMS Operations
Give your assessment of the operations in terms of the training, pre-enumeration

activities, enumeration activities, and post-enumeration activities. Be specific as
possible.
5. Suggestions/recommendations to improve the CBMS and future data collection activities
Issuance of Clearance
After the completion of all CBMS-related activities and after submitting all the accomplished
questionnaires/forms, barangay/EA/block maps, field operation forms, unused forms,
narrative reports, and other documents, as well as ICT equipment/devices and other
paraphernalia the EN/TS can already secure the clearance. This clearance is a certification
that he/she is already cleared of all the duties and responsibilities assigned to him/her in
connection with the 2022 CBMS. This should be signed by the Head CAS.
311
2022 CBMS Appendices
Appendix 1 Training Programme
Appendix 2 CBMS Form 4 - Barangay Profile Questionnaire
Appendix 3 CBMS Form 7 - City/Municipal LGU Data Sheet
Appendix 4 CBMS Form 9 - Transmittal/Receipt Form
Appendix 5 CBMS Form 10 - Appointment Slip to Household/ Barangay Official
Appendix 6 CBMS Form 11 - Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator
Appendix 7 CBMS Form 12 - Weekly Accomplishment Report of Team Supervisor
Appendix 8 CBMS Form 13 - Weekly Accomplishment Report of CAS
Appendix 9 CBMS Form 16 - Observation Record
Appendix 10 CBMS Form 17 - Spot-check/Reinterview Record
Appendix 11 CBMS Form 18 - Central Office & Field Office Supervision Form
(Data Collection)
Appendix 12 CBMS Form 19 - Certification of Punong Barangay
Appendix 13 CBMS Form 20 - Certificate of Work Completed
Appendix 14 CBMS Form 21 - Summary Report on Field Supervision of CAS
Appendix 15 CBMS Form 22 – Clearance
312
Appendix 2
Barangay Profile Questionnaire
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
Appendix 3
CBMS Form 7 - City/Municipal LGU Data Sheet
341
342
343
Appendix 4
CBMS Form 9 - Transmittal/Receipt Form
344
Appendix 5
CBMS Form 10 - Appointment Slip to Household/ Barangay Official
345
Appendix 6
CBMS Form 11 - Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator
346
Appendix 7
CBMS Form 12 - Weekly Accomplishment Report of Team

Supervisor
347
348
349
Appendix 8
CBMS Form 13 - Weekly Accomplishment Report of CAS
350
351
Appendix 9
CBMS Form 16 - Observation Record
352
Appendix 10
CBMS Form 17 - Spot-check/Reinterview Record
353
Appendix 11
CBMS Form 18 - Central Office & Field Office Supervision Form

(Data Collection)
354
355
Appendix 12
CBMS Form 19 - Certification of Punong Barangay
356
Appendix 13
CBMS Form 20 - Certificate of Work Completed
357
Appendix 14
CBMS Form 21 - Summary Report on Field Supervision of CAS
358
359
Appendix 15
CBMS Form 22 – Clearance
360
361

2022 CBMS Supervisor&#39;s Manual (23 June 2022) v2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2022 CBMS Supervisor&#39;s Manual (23 June 2022) v2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

i

DENNIS S. MAPA, Ph.D.

Quezon City, Philippines

1.1 The 2022 CBMS

1.2 Objectives of the 2022 CBMS

a. generate updated and disaggregated data necessary in targeting beneficiaries;

1. CBMS database lodged at the respective Local Government Units (LGUs)

● Delivery of public services

1.5 Reference Period

1.6 Enumeration Period

1.7 Authority for the Conduct of the 2022 CBMS

1.8 Data Privacy

1.9 Confidentiality of Information

Section 26 of RA No. 10625 stipulates that “individual data furnished by a respondent to

1.10 Responsibility of the respondents to provide truthful

1.11 Organizational Setup for the 2022 CBMS

ILLUSTRATION OF THE 2022 CBMS ORGANIZATIONAL SET-UP

1.12 CBMS Operational Framework

Procurement of supplies (as listed in Annex F) Jan 2022 Apr 2022

Printing of questionnaires, forms, and manuals Feb 2022 Apr 2022

Recruitment and hiring of enumeration personnel May 2022 Jun 2022

Orientation on the BPQ for Barangay Officials May 2022

Generation and Processing of QField GeoPackages for the 2022 CBMS

Training Module I-A (CBMS Data Collection)

Ocular Inspection/Courtesy Call to Punong Barangay 28 July or 06 Aug 2022

Operations 08 Aug 2022 06 Oct 2022

Training Module I-B (CBMS Mapping)

Third Level Training (Provincial) 21 Nov 2022 23 Nov 2022

Geotagging of Government Projects, Service Institutions/Infrastructure and 01-Dec-22 30-Dec-22

Training Module II-A (Data Processing 1: Data Cleaning, Verification and

Data Evaluation 21-Nov-22 09-Dec-22

Tabulation of Results 05-Dec-22 23-Dec-22

Training-Workshops on Generation of Statistical Tables and Poverty Maps

Series of Dissemination Fora Apr 2023 May 2023

Training-Workshops on Local CBMS Database Management

Training on Local Development Planning and Budgeting July 2023

Training on the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) August 2023

2.1 Designation and Appointment

Below is the general procedure for supervisors:

Illustration 2.1 – Supervision General Process Flow

Pre-enumeration and Training

2.3 CBMS Area Supervisor

Pre-enumeration and Training

Weekly Meeting with the HCAS

2.4 Team Supervisor

Specifically, the duties and responsibilities of the TS are as follows:

Pre-enumeration and Training

Weekly Meeting with the CAS

2.5 Preferred Schedule of Weekly Meetings of CBMS

Preferred Day of Head CAS CAS TS Personnel to Meet

3.1 Training of CAS

3.3 Enumeration Area of Assignment

Head CBMS Area Supervisor

CBMS Area Supervisor

City/Municipal Statistician (or LGU Focal Person on the

3.4 CBMS Materials and Supplies

4. Field Enumeration/Supervision Reporting Forms

6. Other CBMS Forms

7. Other Administrative Forms

8. Health and safety materials

Head CBMS Area Supervisor

4.1 Device Registration

How to register a device in MIS

4.2 Personnel Registration

2022 CBMS Supervisor's Manual (23 June 2022) v2

2022 CBMS Supervisor's Manual (23 June 2022) v2